ASE Maintenance & Storage Facility - Ford Construction specifications part 1... · ASE Maintenance & Storage Facility TYPE B-3 DELIVERABLE ... Air Force Base, ... required an additional

140th Wing, COANG 10 May 2017 Buckley AFB, CO

ASE Maintenance & Storage Facility TYPE B-3 DELIVERABLE

SPECIFICATIONS

140th WINGCOLORADO AIR NATIONAL GUARDBUCKLEY AIR FORCE BASEAURORA, COLORADO

Division 1 and 2 Division 3, 4 and 5 Structural Division 3, 5, 6‐12 Architectural, Division 32 Landscaping

Division 16 Communication and Division 28

Division 16 Fire Alarm and Controls

Division 21

Division 22 Division 23 Division 26

Division 31 and 32 Paving

ASE Maintenance and Storage Facility CRWU 06-9125

TOC - 1 SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 General Requirements 01001 Affirmative Procurement 01002 Permit Requirements 01010 Scope of Work 01039 Coordination and Meetings 01040 As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Safety Policies and Procedures 01090 Reference Standards and Definitions 01230 Options 01300 Submittals 01310 Construction Progress Schedules 01380 Construction Photographs 01390 Request for Information 01401 Hazardous Material Usage 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01420 Environmental Protection 01451 Contractor Quality Control 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01510 Temporary Utilities 01520 Construction Waste Management and Cleanup 01530 Barriers 01561 Erosion and Sediment Control 01590 Field Offices and Sheds 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Substitutions 01640 Manufacturers’ Services 01650 Starting of Systems 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties 01800 Sustainable Design Measures 01900 General Commissioning Requirements 01980 International System of Units (SI) Standards



DIVISION 1 – FORMS (For Reference) 01000 DBIDS Application Form 01001 Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form 01002 AF From 103 Dig Permit 01002 AF Form 592 USAF Hot Work Permit 01002 Confined Entry Permit Form (sample) 01002 FAA Form 7460-1 2017 01300 Submittal Schedule (AF Form 66) 01300 Material Approval Submittal (AF Form 3000) 01310 Contract Progress Schedule (AF Form 3064) 01310 Contract Progress Report (AF Form 3065) 01401 Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form 01401 Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form Closeout Procedures 01640 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation 01700 DD Form 1354 Checklist 01700 Transfer and Acceptance of DOD Real Property (DD Form 1354) 01700 AFTO 747 Project Acceptance 01700 Project Close Oct Checklist 01730 Maintenance Summary Form 01800 Air National Guard Sustainable Design Analysis Score Sheet, Version ANG 2010(1) DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 024116 Structural Demolition DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 033510 Polished Concrete Finishing 034500 Precast Architectural Concrete DIVISION 4 – MASONRY 042000 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 – METALS 051200 Structural Steel Framing 051213 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing 052100 Steel Joist Framing 053100 Steel Decking 054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 055000 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 064023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 066400 Plastic Paneling



DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE CONTROL 071900 Water Repellents 072100 Thermal Insulation 072500 Weather Barriers 074113 Metal Roof Panels 074213 Metal Wall Panels 075323 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer (EPDM) Roofing 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 077200 Roof Accessories 078413 Through-Penetration Firestop Systems 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 081113 Steel Doors and Frames 081416 Flush Wood Doors 083113 Access Doors and Frames 083324 Overhead Rolling Doors 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts 085113 Aluminum Windows 086250 Tube Daylighting Device 087100 Door Hardware 088000 Glazing DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 090640 Finish Material Schedule 092216 Non-Structural Steel Framing 092900 Gypsum Board 093000 Tiling 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 096513 Resilient Base and Accessories 096813 Tile Carpeting 099123 Painting DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 101400 Signage 102113 Toilet Compartments 102600 Wall Protection 102800 Toilet Accessories 104313 Automatic External Defibrillator (AED) Cabinets 104413 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets 105113 Metal Lockers DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 111460 Overhead Reels



DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS 120000 Furnishings Matrix & Cut Sheets 122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds 129300 Site Furnishings DIVISION 13 – 15 Not Applicable DIVISION 16 – SPECIALTY SYSTEMS 16700 Communications, Premises Distribution System 16705 Communications Outside Plant 16720 Intercommunication and Paging System 16721 Fire Alarm System 16730 Mass Notification System DIVISION 17-20 Not Applicable DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION 211313 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System 213000 Fire Pumps DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220518 Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping 220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 220523.12 Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping 220523.15 Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping 220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation 221116 Domestic Water Piping 221119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 221316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 221319 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 221513 General Service Compressed Air Piping 223400 Fuel-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters 224213.13 Commercial Water Closets 224213.16 Commercial Urinals 224216.13 Commercial Lavatories 224216.16 Commercial Sinks 224500 Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 224713 Drinking Fountains



DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 230713 Duct Insulation 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 231123 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 233113 Metal Ducts 233300 Air Duct Accessories 233423 HVAC Power Ventilators 233713 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles 235523.16 High-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters 237200 Air-To-Air Energy Recovery Equipment 238126 Split-System Air Conditioners 238239.19 Wall and Ceiling Unit Heaters DIVISION 24 – 25 Not Applicable DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260513 Medium-Voltage Cables 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 260572 Overcurrent Protective Device Short-Circuit Study 260574 Overcurrent Protective Devise Arc-Flash Study 260923 Lighting Control Devices 260926 Lighting Control Panelboards 262200 Low-Voltage Transformers 262416 Panelboards 262726 Wiring Devices 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 263600 Transfer Switches 264113 Lightning Protection for Structures 265100 Interior Lighting 265600 Exterior Lighting DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS Not Applicable See Division 16



DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280513 Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security Systems 281300 Access Control

DIVISION 29-30 Not Applicable

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 311000 Site Clearing 312000 Earth Moving

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321216 Asphalt Paving 321313 Concrete Paving 321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 328400 Planting Irrigation 329200 Lawns and Grasses 329300 Exterior Plants

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 330500 Common Work Results for Utilities 334100 Storm Utility Drainage Piping

DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION Not Applicable

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

ASE MAINTENANCE STORAGE FACILITY CRWU 06-9125

SPECIFICATION 01000-1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. A new 12,500 square foot one-story ASE Maintenance and Storage Facility will be constructed for the Colorado Air National Guard located on Buckley Air Force Base, Aurora, CO as described herein and shown on the construction drawings.

B. The Contractor will be held responsible for all requirements described in the Contract Documents. All work, including that of subcontractors, shall be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure to be familiar with the requirements of the Contract will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to comply.

C. The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and the arrangement of the Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among subcontractor or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01039 – Coordination and Meetings

B. Section 01040 – As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements of Utilities

C. Section 01045 – Cutting and Patching

D. Section 01090 – Reference Standards and Definitions

E. Section 01300 – Submittals

F. Section 01310 – Construction Progress Schedules

G. Section 01401 – Hazardous Material Usage

H. Section 01410 – Testing Laboratory Services

I. Section 01451 – Contractor Quality Control

J. Section 01710 – Cleaning

K. Section 01740 - Warranties




L. Section 01800 – Sustainable Design

1.3 WORK SCHEDULING

A. Normal base work hours for the Contractor will be between the hours of 7:30 am through 4:30 pm, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal Holidays. If the Contractor desires to work during periods other than above, Contractor must notify the Contracting Officer 5 working days in advance of Contractor’s intention to work during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspection forces and for notification of fire, security and safety. When the Contracting Officer determines that they are reasonably available, Contracting Officer may authorize the Contractor to perform work during periods other than normal duty hours/days. However, if inspectors are required to perform in excess of their normal duty hours/days solely for the benefit of the Contractor, the actual cost of the inspection, at overtime rates, will be charged to the Contractor and will be deducted from the final payment of the Contract amount. (Note: If applicable, at time of award this paragraph will be modified to the negotiated schedule for this Project).

B. The following Federal legal Holidays are observed by this base:

New Year's Day 1 January Martin Luther's King's Birthday Third Monday of January President's Day Third Monday of February Memorial Day Last Monday of May Independence Day 4 July Labor Day First Monday in September Columbus Day Second Monday in October Veteran's Day 11 November Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Christmas Day 25 December

C. NOTE: Any of the above holidays falling on a Saturday will be observed the preceding Friday, holidays falling on a Sunday will be observed on the following Monday.

D. A minimum of ten (10) days prior to commencing on-site work on the job initially, resumption of work after prolonged interruption (7 calendar days or more) commencement of any warranty work, and upon completion of warranty work, the Contractor must notify the Contracting Officer(CO). When relocating to new sites, returning to sites for follow-up work on a phased work plan, notification to the CO is sufficient. Notification should be by written communication however advance notification may be followed up through personal contact, telephone, or in email, and should be accomplished sufficiently in advance to allow scheduling of inspection forces. The above




precautions are to ensure contractor access to the site, coordination with users, construction inspection and recording of work proceedings.

E. The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and the arrangement of the Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among subcontractor or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade.

1.4 ENTRY TO BASE/ACCESS TO SITE

A. Buckley Air Force Base is a closed base, pursuant to Sec 21, Internal Security Act of 1950, 50 U.S.C. 797 and, as such, only those persons granted permission may enter. It is, therefore, required that control be exercised over Contractor personnel while working on the base. To maintain this control, all Contractor employees or Subcontractor employees requiring access to Buckley A.F.B. are required to obtain a Defense Biometric Identification System Application (DBID) prior to accessing the base. The DBID application must be completed and turned into the Visitor Control Center (VCC) a minimum of 72 hours prior to the required access to Buckley A.F.B. The required DBID application is included at the end of this Section.

B. An Entry Authorization List (EAL) is required through the 140th Security Forces Squadron in addition to the Base Access DBID. All employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors requiring access to the airfield, even under escort, required an additional Security Check and be listed on a separate ETL from the Base Access DBID.

C. All Contractor vehicles that will access Buckley Air Force base are required to obtain a vehicle pass from the Visitor Control Center (VCC) at the 6th Ave gate. Vehicle must have the current vehicle registration, current insurance data, and current emissions stickers to obtain the vehicle pass. All Contractors' vehicles must enter at the Mississippi gate for vehicle inspections prior to entry to the base.

D. During construction, the Contractor shall permit authorized base personnel access to the facilities within the work area. The Contractor shall provide protection to persons and property throughout the progress of the work.

E. In the event of a declared National Emergency or a site visit by High Government Officials, the Contracting Officer may be required to suspend work on this Contract for security reasons. The Contractor shall ensure the Contracting Officer has a current “Off Duty” contact name and telephone number at all times to facilitate notification.

F. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all regulations and orders of the Commanding Officer of the Military Installation, respecting




identification of employees, movements on installation, parking, truck entry, and all other military regulations, which may affect the work.

G. The work under this Contract will be performed at an operating Military Installation with consequent restrictions on entry and movement of nonmilitary personnel and equipment. The Military Installation may have specific requirements, which will be identified at the Preconstruction Conference.

1.5 UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL

A. The Contractor shall inform all personnel working under its jurisdiction (including subcontractor and visiting supplier personnel) that access to areas outside of the immediate work area, excluding direct haul and access routes, Contracting and Civil Engineering offices and point of supply and storage, is prohibited. Circulation of said personnel will be limited to official business only. Persons in violation of the above will be apprehended and appropriately disciplined.

1.6 INSPECTION OF SITE

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete coordination and proper relation of the work of all trades. Reference Contract Clauses FAR 52.236-3,“Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work” and FAR 52.236-8,“Other Contracts”.

B. It is recommended that prospective offerers visit the premises and thoroughly familiarize themselves with the details of the work and working conditions. It is the responsibility of all offerers to have compared the premises and the site with the Specifications and Drawings, and to have satisfied themselves as to all existing conditions of the premises, the existing obstructions, the actual elevations, and any other conditions affecting the execution and completion of the work prior to submission of the Proposal. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-3,“Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work”.

C. No allowances or extra construction on behalf of any Contractor will be permitted subsequently by reason of error or oversight on the part of the contractor, subcontractor, or on account of interferences by the activities of the Contracting Officer or others. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-3,“Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work”.

D. All dimensions shown on the Drawings are based on “as-built” record drawings and design of new construction or additions to facilities and, to the extent possible, accurately represent existing conditions; however, there may be some variance between existing conditions and Contract Drawings. Before the commencement of work, the Contractor is responsible for verifying all




existing conditions, dimensions and for reporting to the Contracting Officer any discrepancies that may affect performance of the work represented by Contract Drawings and specifications. Reference Contract Clause DFARS 252.236-7001“Contract Drawings, Maps, and Specifications”.

1.7 CORRELATION OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACTS

A. The Specifications, Contract and the accompanying Drawings are intended to describe and provide for a complete, new and usable facility. They are intended to be cooperative and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The Contractor will understand that the work herein described shall be complete in every detail, not withstanding every item necessarily involved is not particularly mentioned, and the Contractor shall be responsible to provide all labor, material, and coordination for the entire completion of the work intended. Should any error or inconsistency appear in the Drawings or Specifications, the Contractor, before proceeding with the work, shall make mention of same to the Contracting Officer for proper adjustment, and in no case shall the work proceed with uncertainty. Reference Contract Clause DFARS 252.236-7001,“Contract Drawings, Maps and Specifications” and FAR 52.236-21 “Specifications and Drawings for Construction”.

1.8 REPORT OF ERROR AND DISCREPANCIES

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all discrepancies in work due to failure to obtain dimensions and investigate existing conditions at the site, building, and premises before fabrication and installation.

B. The Contractor shall bear all costs in replacing all materials and labor due to not observing the above paragraph and such replaced materials shall meet the approval of the Contracting Officer.

C. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of any discrepancies.

D. Reference contract clauses FAR 52.236-21,“Specifications and Drawings for Construction”. FAR 52.246-12 “Inspection of Construction”, and DFARS 252.236-7001,“Contract Drawings, Maps and Specifications”.

E. Any proposed changes to the specifications or drawings by the Contractor must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer for approval prior to implementation.




1.9 DIVISION OF WORK

A. The various divisions of the specifications shall not be considered as negotiations of the material and labor involved. The arrangement and order of these divisions have been made for convenience only, and it is not the intent, nor shall it be so construed, a particular trade or subcontractor must perform that work included in any one division.

B. Any item mentioned under any division heading must be supplied even though it is not specified under the heading for the respective work, but is shown on the Drawings. No claims for extras arising out of real or alleged error in such arrangement or order of the various divisions will be given consideration.

C. The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and the arrangement of the Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among subcontractor or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade.

D. Reference Contract clause FAR 52.236-21,“Specifications and Drawings for Construction”.

E. Any proposed changes to the specifications or drawings by the Contractor must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer for approval prior to implementation.

1.10 METHOD OF CARRYING ON THE WORK

A. All work under the Contract shall be arranged and carried on in such a manner as to complete work in the least amount of time possible. The Contractor shall consult with the Contracting Officer as to methods or sequence of carrying on the work. A definite program of work using the Critical Path Method (CPM) shall be arranged and submitted to the Contracting Officer before starting work. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-15, “Schedules for Construction Contracts”.

B. Activities in the vicinity of this Project may be kept in full or partial operation during construction. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contracting Officer and schedule construction activities. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-8,“Other Contracts”.

1.11 STANDARDS OF MANUFACTURE

A. All recognized regulatory/code standards shall be the latest published edition prior to the date of release for bid/proposal of the Contract Documents.




B. For purpose of establishing the standard of construction and the requirements to be met in the work of all divisions, the Drawings and these Specifications are based on the use of products herein after specified, adapted to the installation as required to meet the condition.

C. Where brand names are shown, these names are intended to describe a quality of product, and in no way are intended to limit products of equal quality. Therefore, products of other manufacturers may be employed for this work provided they are equivalent materials and construction and equally adaptable to the conditions as approved by the Contracting Officer. The contractor is responsible to assure that all associated work required to install an equal product that has equivalent materials and construction and equally adaptable to the conditions at no additional cost to the Government. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-5, “Materials and Workmanship”.

1.12 MEANING OF APPROVED, DIRECTED, ETC.

A. “Approved”, “Directed”, “Required”, “Applicable”, or words of like or similar effect, when used in the Specifications shall be interpreted to mean “Approved By”, “Directed By”, etc., the Contracting Officer unless otherwise specifically stipulated. Refer to Section 01090.

1.13 MISPLACED MATERIALS

A. Any material that is deposited elsewhere than areas designated as approved by the Contracting Officer shall be rehandled and deposited where directed. No payment will be made for rehandling such material. The Contracting Officer will notify Contractor of any noncompliance with the foregoing provisions.

1.14 COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND REGULATIONS

A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable codes and/or ordinances in force at the time of construction. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that where EPA, DEQ or other such regulations control the removal, handling, installation or disposal of materials, they shall be strictly adhered to whether or not specifically referenced in the construction documents.

B. Contractor shall have all material data sheets available at the site at all times on any materials used to comply with OSHA and EPA. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.223-3“Hazardous Material Identification and Material Safety Data”.

C. The contract drawings and specifications may require the contractor to provide and install products/materials/systems that exceed the requirements of




Codes and regulations. This work shall be installed to the higher standard called for in the drawings and specifications.

1.15 MATERIAL TESTING BY NATIONAL LABORATORIES

A. Electrical materials and equipment shall be new and bear the UL label or be listed in UL Electrical Construction Materials Directory or Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Directory, wherever standards have been established by the agency. Refer to Section 01410.

B. The Contractor shall submit proof that the material or equipment, which the Contractor proposes to furnish under this Specification, conforms to the standards of Underwriters’ Laboratories. The label of Underwriters Laboratories (UL) shall be accepted as conforming to this requirement. Refer to Section 01300.

C. In lieu of the label, the Contractor may submit a written certification from any recognized testing agency, adequately equipped and competent to perform such services, that the material or equipment has been tested and conforms to the standards, including the methods of testing used.

1.16 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 01300 SUBMITTALS for other submittal requirements.

B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: The Contractor shall furnish submittals in the form of drawings, manufacturer’s brochures, pamphlets, or written specifications on all items to be installed unless specifically directed otherwise by these Specifications or by the Contracting Officer. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-5, “Material and Workmanship”, FAR 52.225-11, “Buy American-Construction Materials under the Trade Agreement”, FAR 52.223-3, “Hazardous Material Identification and Material Safety Data”, and DFARS 252.227-7033, “Rights in Shop Drawings”. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS for other submittal requirements.

C. Approval of Materials: Prior to the purchase of material, the Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer, for material approval/disapproval, brochures and technical literature covering, in detail, the materials the Contractor proposes to supply. This shall include the specific catalog and model specification number designations. Submittals shall demonstrate that the item conforms to all of the requirements. No unapproved or disapproved materials shall be used. Submittals shall be made for the items listed on AF Form 66, Schedule of Material Submittals, or equivalent. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-5 “Material and Workmanship”. Refer to Section 01310.




1.17 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING, WORK PROGRESS AND PREPARATION OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS

A. Refer to Section 01310 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES for other progress schedule requirements.

B. The Contractor shall prepare a work progress schedule on AF Form 3064 “Contract Progress Schedule”, or acceptable substitute form. For construction projects in excess of $1 million, a CPM schedule is also required. These schedules are to be submitted to the Contracting Officer for approval, in the number of copies as directed, prior to start of construction. The schedule will show the order in which the contractor proposes to perform the work, the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting and completing the various divisions and salient features of the work. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-15, “Schedules for Construction Contracts”. The work shall be scheduled so that upon the start of construction, work progresses in a continuous and diligent manner. A schedule that does not reflect steady and reasonable progress throughout the construction period will be rejected. The schedule shall include a line item for rough inspections by Government personnel or personnel under contract to the Government as outlined in the various sections of the Specifications or on the Drawings. A rough inspection is required on all installed systems prior to sealing off or closing in a wall, pipe chase, suspended ceiling system etc. These systems include but are not limited to: domestic and heating water lines, communication and electric runs, all insulation material to be covered by other material (GWB, wood panel etc), duct runs, ceiling suspension systems, raised flooring, fire detection/protection/suppression systems etc. A second or finish inspection will be conducted after these systems are “hidden” to ensure the quality of the finished product. The finish inspection does not constitute the final Project inspection accomplished at Project completion. The Contractor shall request these inspections, rough inspections, finish inspection, and final project inspection, through the Contracting Officer.

C. A weekly meeting shall be held between the Contractor, COR and Contracting Officer, to discuss work progress, problems and potential change orders. The Contractor shall attend these meetings at no additional cost to the Government. Prior to the start of specific work elements of a project, the Contractor shall confer with the COR and coordinate on items affecting Government operations. Refer to Section 01039.

D. Weekly progress reports are to be submitted on AF Form 3065 “Contract Progress Report”, or acceptable substitute form, are required for both the Contractor and the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) covering the period from notice to proceed through final inspection. If there are possible deviations from the original plan, those are to be noted and approved by the




Contracting Officer before work changes are implemented. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-15, “Schedules for Construction Contracts”.

E. The Contract Schedule will include closeout. The schedule of Values determined for each division will include line items for payment to include the following (as applicable):

1. O&M Data and Manuals (0.2% of job)

2. Manufacturer’s services (i.e., training for equipment use) (based on training)

3. As-built drawings (Preliminary = 0.2% of job, Final = 0.4% of job)

4. SWPPP site log (0.1% of job)

5. DD Form 1354 data (0.1% of job)

6. Warranties (based on warranty value)

7. Punch-List Items (1% of job)

1.18 SAFETY ASSURANCE

A. Compliance with Regulations. All work including the handling of hazardous materials or the disturbance or dismantling of structures containing hazardous materials shall comply with the applicable requirements of 29 CFR 1910/1926. Work involving the disturbance or dismantling of asbestos or asbestos-containing materials; the demolition of structures containing asbestos; and/or disposal and removal of asbestos, shall also comply with the requirement of 40 CFR, Part 61, Subparts A and B. ETL 1110-1-118 and DA Circular 40-83-4. All work shall comply with applicable state and municipal safety and health requirements. Where there is a conflict between applicable regulations, the most stringent shall apply.

B. Contractor Responsibility. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance with all applicable regulations pertaining to the health and safety of personnel during the execution of work. The Government shall not be held liable for any action on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor’s employees or subcontractor, which result in illness, injury or death. Report all safety incidences immediately to the Contracting Officer.

C. Crawl spaces and attics are to be treated as confined space entry. Contractor must follow 29 CFR 1910.146 and use Air Force Form 1024 when making an entry. NOTE: A confined space does not include areas above suspended acoustical tile ceiling.




D. Where an employee can fall more than 6 feet, a fall protection system must be used; 29 CFR 1926.500 stipulates where this occurs and the different types of fall arrest systems.

E. When the Contractor is working in buildings that are occupied by Government personnel, the Contractor must provide Safety Data Sheets (SDS) to the Contracting Officer before starting work.

F. All references to protection of the site and adjacent buildings when trenching, shall include protection of all employees also.

G. Inspections, Tests and Reports. The required inspections, tests and reports made by the Contractor, subcontractor, specially trained technicians, equipment manufacturers and other as required, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

H. Materials and Equipment. Special facilities, devices, equipment, clothing and similar items used by the Contractor in the execution of work shall comply with applicable regulations.

I. Traffic Control Devices. The Contractor shall comply with the recommendations contained in Part 6 of the U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administrations “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (D6.–1-1989) to ensure proper warnings to motorists and adequate traffic control. The Contractor shall provide all warning lights, barricades and other traffic control devices and signs.

1.19 REVIEWS, INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

A. Quality Control, to include contractor’s inspections and tests, of the work accomplished is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Government accomplished inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of the Government and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of providing quality control measures to ensure that the work strictly complies with the Contract requirements. No submittal reviews, inspection or test by the Government shall be construed as constituting or implying acceptance. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction”.

1.20 QUALITY CONTROL/TESTS

A. See Section 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for other test requirements.

B. The contractor has sole responsibility for the quality of work accomplished and that the work complies with the drawings, specifications, codes and regulations.




C. Where work is specified to be in conformity with Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), or with Federal Specifications or with specifications of well known recognized technical and trade organizations, but no tests are specifically stipulated in connection herewith, the Contractor shall furnish and pay for any tests or certifications required by the Contracting Officer to show that the proposed materials meet with the applicable requirements at no additional cost to the Government. Refer to Section 01410.

D. The Contractor shall submit a written certification from any recognized testing agency, adequately equipped and competent to perform such services, that the material or equipment has been tested and conforms to the standards, including the methods of testing used.

E. Wherever testing or analysis of material is required, such testing unless otherwise noted will be made at the Contractor’s expense.

F. Subsequent testing of those materials which fail to meet specifications will be accomplished by the Contractor at no cost to the Government.

G. Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Program: The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective quality control program in accordance with the Contract. Within 10 days of the Award of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide one copy of the Project CQC plan to the Contracting Officer. This document, as a minimum, shall include name and address of the independent testing agency and the responsible principal with the firm; a summary of QC tests required by the specification and to be provided by the testing agency; and typical daily reports forms to be used for this Project. The plan shall also indicate organizational procedures to immediately notify the Contracting Officer of test results in noncompliance with the specification and recommendations on correction. The testing agency must be an independent company and not owned or partially owned by the Contractor or any relation or employee of the Contractor. Refer to Section 01451.

H. Samples used for testing shall be selected as specified for the various tests elsewhere in the specifications but in every case the method of selecting samples and the location for selection shall be as approved by the Contracting Officer.

I. Tests shall be made in accordance with the specified testing procedures and/or methods and otherwise as required to provide compliance with all Contract requirements. Tests shall be made by independent, commercial testing laboratories approved in writing by the Contracting Officer.

J. Results of all tests shall be recorded on certified test reports of the commercial testing laboratories. Reports shall include a statement that the materials tested




do or do not meet the requirements of the Contract specifications. The testing agency shall immediately notify (verbally) the Contracting Officer of any tests, which indicate failure to meet the Contract requirements. All reports shall be forwarded directly to the Contracting Officer within 5 days of the actual performance of the test. Any item, for which test reports show failure to meet all Contract requirements, shall be retested as often as required to show full compliance with Contract requirements, at the Contractor’s expense.

K. Contractor will provide an emergencies plan, with names of personnel to accomplish the repairs in the event of utility and/or communications emergencies.

1.21 KEYS

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any Government-owned keys that have been issued to the Contractor for access to facilities or areas pertinent to this Contract.

B. Upon completion of the work in an area, or upon request of the Contracting Officer, the key or keys relevant to the area shall be returned immediately. Keys shall be returned prior to final payment.

C. Should the Contractor lose a key: The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, immediately and in writing, but not later than one working day after the Contractor is aware of the lost key. Should the key not be found before final acceptance, the final Contract payment shall be reduced by the replacement cost for each key not returned and, if required by the Contracting Officer, any re-keying costs and cost of any other damages suffered by the Government.

1.22 WARRANTY

A. Refer to Section 01740. In addition to the specific guarantees required by the specifications for certain portions of the work to be performed under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a written warranty for all of the work to be performed under this Contract, against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Final Acceptance or Beneficial Occupancy by the Government in writing.

B. All work including workmanship, material, and equipment (other than Government furnished equipment) shall be warranted for the full period of standard manufacturer’s warranty, but in no case shall be warranted for a period of less than one year upon notice from the Contracting Officer of any failure during this warranty period, the part or parts shall be replaced promptly with new parts by and at the expense of the Contractor. Whenever the manufacturer of a piece of equipment supplied by the Contractor customarily




provides a warranty covering the equipment, the Contractor shall promptly turn over such to the Contracting Officer.

C. Upon completion, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with one (1) electronic file and three (3) bound sets containing maintenance, repair and operating instructions and parts lists for each piece of installed equipment.

D. All Warranties shall start at date of “Final Acceptance” or “Beneficial Occupancy”.

E. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction” and FAR 52.246-21, “Warranty of Construction”.

1.23 CUTTING AND REPAIRING

A. Refer to Section 01045. Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, the Contractor shall do all necessary cutting, drilling, fitting and patching of work and corresponding work that may be required to make several parts come together and fit it to receive, or be received, by work of other trades shown upon, or reasonably implied, by the Drawings and Specifications for the completed Project. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction”.

B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all cutting, replacement, and repairing of work that is due to faulty workmanship and which is not specifically covered by Specifications for trades which are affected. The Contractor will also be held responsible for providing, without extra cost to the Government, any small incidental items which are not specifically mentioned in trade specifications, but which are necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings, and under the general understanding that the work when completed, shall be a finished and workmanlike job. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-5, “Material and Workmanship” and FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction”.

1.24 SITE CLEANUP

A. Refer to Section 01710. The Contractor shall maintain the construction site in as clean and orderly condition as possible. Site cleanup shall be conducted daily. All refuse and/or salvage material shall be gathered and disposed of periodically to maintain the site in this condition. All roadways, taxiways and ramp areas within the work area, or used by the Contractor, shall be swept and vacuumed daily to assure safe operation of aircraft. The cleaning operation shall be accomplished with self-propelled sweepers equipped with pick-up devices. The method of cleaning and equipment employed shall be subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-12, “Cleaning Up”.




B. During and after periods of rain, this construction site may have a very high water table and/or areas of standing surface water. Dewatering techniques are the Contractor’s requirement to protect installed work and assure progress of the work; however, the Contracting Officer shall approve dewatering methods prior to start of dewatering work.

C. Following completion of the work, the Contractor shall clean the entire area from any debris and/or excess of misplaced material due to the Contractor’s operation and obtain Contracting Officer’s approval of this finished work. (Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.246-12, entitled “Inspection of Construction” and FAR 52.236-12, “Cleaning Up”.)

D. When working within the airfield security fencing areas, the contractor shall sweep all airfield pavements and paved approaches to the airfield on a daily bases with a motorized sweeper capable of vacuuming debris from the pavement into a self contained closed container for dumping off site at an approved location. All debris from the airfield will be disposed off base. Work on the airfield pavements system to include the runway, taxiways, aircraft parking apron, aircraft hangar floors where aircraft may still be maintained by the government, and hanger approach aprons will require additional sweeping requirements to be addressed within these specifications.

1.25 LAYOUT AND GRADES

A. All lines and grade work not presently established at the site shall be laid out by the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any discrepancy between actual grade and finish grade as indicated on the drawings will be brought to the attention of the Contracting Officer at the time of discovery. The Contractor shall maintain all established boundaries and benchmarks and replace as directed any which are destroyed or disturbed. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-17, “Layout of Work”.

B. The Contractor shall engage a Professional Engineer or Registered Land Surveyor, licensed to practice in the State of Colorado, to properly establish all locations, grades, elevations, dimensions, joints, etc., necessary to the proper location of all items of work included in this Contract. All such items shall be established in relation to the benchmark and control points noted on the Drawings.

C. Prior to acceptance of the facility and at such times as directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces of the building where work under this Contract was completed.

D. All protective coatings, except lacquers, shall be removed from finish surfaces and the finish surfaces shall be washed and cleaned. Contractor shall be held




responsible for all damaged materials, and at completion, shall replace, at the Contractor’s own expense, all such damaged materials.

E. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-12, “Cleaning Up”, and FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction”.

1.26 REFUSE AND SALVAGE MATERIALS:

A. All refuse, debris, and construction waste shall be legally disposed of off base at the Contractor’s expense. (Reference FAR 52.236-12 “Cleaning Up.”). Accumulations of refuse on the site will not be permitted.

B. All salvage property removed and not reinstalled under this Contract shall be returned to the Government at a place on base designated by the Contracting Officer, or properly disposed of when directed by the Government.

C. Nonhazardous solid waste must be diverted to recycling, through appropriate means available to the Contractor, if such diversion is less than or equal to the equivalent cost of landfill or incineration.

D. Prior to Contract closeout the Contractor must supply a report, including the following:

1. Amount (in tons) of nonhazardous solid waste, including construction and demolition debris, that is composted, mulched, recycled, reused, donated or otherwise diverted from a disposal facility.

2. Amount (in tons) of solid waste (including construction and demolition debris) transferred to a disposal facility (landfill).

1.27 STORAGE

A. No secure storage space will be provided by the Government. The Government will not be responsible for property belonging to, or under the present control of the Contractor. The Contracting Officer, or COR if required, will designate an unsecured, open area for storage of construction equipment and materials during the period covered by this Contract. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-10, “Operations and Storage Areas”.

B. The Contractor shall construct such temporary sheds, as may be required, for the use of workmen and as required for tool cribs and storage of all work under this Contract. Temporary sheds shall be confined to the space assigned by the Contracting Officer, or COR. Sheds shall be of approved construction and wood floors, lighting and heat shall be provided in all parts used by workmen. Exterior of sheds shall be painted, all parts maintained in good condition throughout the life of the Contract, and at completion, all parts shall




be removed and the premises cleaned up. Reference Contract Clauses FAR 52.236-10, “Operations and Storage Areas” and FAR 52.236-12, “Cleaning Up”.

1.28 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES

A. As soon as practicable after issuance of Notice to Proceed of Contract, and until final completion of the work, Contractor shall provide, maintain and later remove suitable temporary office(s). All field offices must be in good repair, painted on the exterior, provided with adequate heating, lighting and maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-10, “Operations and Storage Areas”.

B. The Contractor shall, if required, provide temporary office space for exclusive use of the Government inspectors, to include contracted inspectors. This office shall include, as a minimum, a desk, and a suitable chair at no additional cost to the Government.

C. The Contractor is reminded that smoking in buildings on a Government facility is prohibited. A smoking area for employees, away from the main entrance of a building, must be provided.

1.29 TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES

A. The Contractor must provide all temporary toilet facilities. The temporary toilet facilities shall meet the requirements of health authorities having jurisdiction and shall be kept clean and in a sanitary condition at all times.

1.30 TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY MONITORING

A. The Contractor shall provide telephone service at the field office for personal and subcontractor use. Arrangements with the telephone company will be the responsibility of the Contractor, as well as all charges for installation, services and removal.

B. All communications with DOD organizations are subject to communications security (COMSEC) review. Contractor personnel will be aware telephone communications networks are continually subject to intercept by unfriendly intelligence organizations. The DOD has authorized the military departments to conduct COMSEC monitoring and recording of telephone calls originating from, or terminating at, DOD organizations. Therefore, civilian Contractor personnel are advised any time they place a call to, or receive a call from, an USAF organization, they are subject to COMSEC procedures. The Contractor will assume the responsibility for ensuring wide and frequent dissemination of the above information to all employees dealing with DOD information.




1.31 UTILITIES

A. Where the Contracting Officer has determined that Government operated utilities are not adequate, they will not be furnished to the Contractor. Where existing outlets are available and adequate without modification, the Contractor may use reasonable amounts of specified utilities for this construction operation without charge. The Contractor is responsible for installing temporary service outlets and meters, as necessary, and charges will be made in accordance with the clause entitled “Availability and Use of Utility Services, FAR Clause 52.236-14. Any expense incurred to gain access to these utilities (temporary tap-ins, etc.,) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and all utilities shall be returned to their original configurations at the end of the contracts. No alterations to existing utilities shall be accomplished without the written permission of the Contracting Officer. The following utilities will be made available: electricity and water.

1.32 UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS (OUTAGES)

A. All utility shutdowns require the prior approval of the Contracting Officer. Request for utility shutdown shall be made in writing at least four (4) weeks prior to the expected date of implementation. As soon as actual shutdown date is known, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, requesting approval at least eight (8) work days prior to requested shutdown.

B. The Contractor’s progress schedule shall include preliminary listing of all proposed shutdown dates. Every effort shall be made to make all shutdowns as brief as possible, and as limited in extent as possible.

1.33 EXCAVATING PERMIT (DIGGING PERMIT)

A. Contractor is required to secure a Buckley Air Force Base excavating (Digging) permit AF Form 103, from Base Civil Engineering, Building 1005, before proceeding with any exterior onsite excavating or digging. The Base Civil Engineer must have a minimum of four (4) working days notice from the Contractor prior to permit being secured. The Contractor shall be responsible for signatures and coordination with communications, fire department, plumbing shop, electrical shop, grounds shop, environmental, safety, security police, base operations, and any affected public utility.

B. The government will mark all known and depicted utility lines one time. The contractor is responsible to maintain these markings, make actual locates through pot holing or other methods, make record documents or off-sets to re-establish markings if markings are no longer visible throughout the duration of work for underground utilities and structures prior to actual digging by hand or by equipment that may damage the underground utilities or structures.




1.34 COMPRESSED AIR

A. Contractor shall provide all compressed air used for work under this Contract, including temporary lines and connections. All temporary lines, etc., shall be removed at the completion of the work.

1.35 WEATHER PROTECTION AND TEMPORARY HEATING

A. The Contractor will provide and maintain weather protection as may be required to properly protect all parts of the structure from damage during construction.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs and maintenance to the heating system or units during the period during progress of building construction and shall deliver same to the Government, at termination of such use, in perfect condition, cleaning out all air ducts and replacing all filters. Any temporary heating shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

1.36 BLOCKING OFF BASE STREETS

A. At least two hours prior to the blocking of any street, the Contractor shall notify the CO, Base Fire Department and Base Security Police, identify the location, the reason and the estimated time of closure. No more than two streets shall be closed at any time, and the two shall be no closer than five blocks from each other. However, there will be no road closures without at least eight days of prior notification to the CO, Base Fire Department, Base Security Officer and the Contracting Officer.

1.37 ARCHEOLOGICAL, PALEONTOLOGICAL AND ENDANGERED SPECIES FINDS

A. Any archeological finds (evidence of human occupation) or paleontological finds (evidence of prehistoric plant or animal life) are to be reported to the Contracting Officer immediately. All work in the vicinity shall be stopped immediately, however work may continue in other areas without interruption. Protect native endangered flora and fauna and notify the Contracting Officer of any construction activities that might threaten endangered species or their habitats.

1.38 REAL PROPERTY/EQUIPMENT REPORT

A. Refer to section 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT for DD form 1354 requirements.

B. The Contractor shall furnish, upon completion of the Project, “Real Property Installed Cost”, DD Form 1354 worksheet in electronic form and one signed




hard copy, of all equipment installed in the facility, and the installed cost of each item. Furthermore, the listing shall include the location of each item and nameplate date.

C. Typically, the listing includes: air conditioners, air handling units, condensers, fans, pumps, air compressors, transformers, unit heaters, regulators, direct current power supplies, latrine fixtures, motors, engines, motor or engine-driven equipment, cranes, drinking fountains, sinks, water coolers, generators, space heaters, water heaters, refrigerators, freezers, coolers, meters, gas detectors, humidifiers dehumidifier, air purifier, ovens, power units, fuel tanks, water tanks, elevators, welders, recorders, reels, scales, hydrants, intrusion detection equipment, fire detection and alarm equipment, emergency light sets, emergency eye wash, deluge showers, washers, dryers, dishwashers, bridge cranes, and like items of equipment.

D. Final payment will not be made to the Contractor until the Government has received and approved the listing. The Contractor shall use the “Real Property Installed Cost” form provided in the Preconstruction Contractor Guide or given at the Pre-performance Conference.

1.39 DAMAGES, REPAIRS

A. All damages by the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired, or replaced, at the Contractor’s expense, as directed by the Contracting Officer. Any Government property damaged as a result of the work, materials, or operations of the Contractor shall be restored at no additional expense to the Government.

B. All existing sidewalks, curbs, and pavement disturbed, broken or removed or otherwise damaged by the Contractor during performance of the work under this Contract shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s own expense. Replaced sidewalks, curbs, and pavements shall be smooth, shall blend into the existing work, and shall not present depressions or humps.

C. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236-9, “Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures, Equipment, Utilities and Improvements”.

1.40 AS-BUILT AND RECORD DRAWINGS

A. See section 01040 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, RECORD DRAWINGS, AND GPS REQUIREMENTS and Section 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for detailed As-Built, Record Drawings, and GPS requirements.

B. The Contractor shall keep an accurate record of all deviations, changes and modifications from the approved contract documents to include drawings and




specifications which may occur in the work as actually constructed, and shall submit to the Contracting Officer, at completion of the work. Complete information including descriptions, drawings, dimensions, marked prints, etc., as required to track the changes of the original construction drawings to the As-Built conditions.

C. The Red-lined Drawings and specifications shall be complete with any deviation in actual construction and shall be completed as construction is taking place. The information is to be color coded for easy decoding.

D. When construction is complete, the completed Red-Line Drawings along with any additional drawings, notes, and GPS information will be used to complete the final set of RECORD DRAWINGS.

1.41 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC AND SAFETY

A. Where possible, construction work shall not interfere with the normal operations of traffic, particularly emergency vehicles and equipment. Contractor is responsible for safety on the Project site at all times.

B. The Contractor shall use only established haul routes. When materials are transported in prosecution of the work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading limit established by Federal, State or Local Law or regulation. When it is necessary to cross curbing or sidewalks, protection against damage shall be provided by the Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the base with respect to all operations and the operations of subcontractors. The Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airfield or base.

D. With respect to the Contractor’s own operations, and those of all the Contractor’s subcontractor, the Contractor shall provide authorized and approved marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment, vehicles, storage areas, and any work or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the base.

E. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain weighted barricades, warning signs, and other traffic control devices as required to maintain traffic and ensure the safety of aircraft and the Contractor’s equipment. The Contractor shall make an estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and coincidental necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic.




1.42 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

A. Any Contractor’s equipment that causes or generates electro-magnetic disturbances or interference shall be removed from service until properly repaired. The Contracting Officer may also require repositioning or removal of the equipment from the base.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of work with base communications personnel, who may be working in the area and making them aware of proposed work that may affect the work of their particular trade in process of performance.

1.43 COMMERCIALLY OWNED/OPERATED RADIOACTIVE SOURCES USED ON BUCKLEY AIR FORCE BASE, AURORA, GREELEY ANGS, OR FT CARSON, COLORADO

A. When using radioactive sources for soil compaction tests or stress/support studies for detection of structural/weld defects in structural framing, pressurized pipe, vessels, etc., on Buckley AFB, CO, Greeley ANGS, or Ft Carson, CO, the operator shall comply with the following requirements.

1. Prior to bringing the radiation generator on to Buckley AFB CO, Greeley ANGS, or Ft Carson, CO, the Contractor shall provide the Base Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) and the Contracting Officer with the following information/ documentation for review and approval.

a. A copy of the Radioactive Source Permit with operational use conditions/restrictions with expiration date or a Certification of Exemption from licensure from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) or Agreement State (AS).

b. A current list of trained and qualified employees that will be using the radioactive source to include documentation and certification of training that can be verified.

c. The name of the Permit Radiation Safety Officer (PRSO), emergency contact telephone number, and current address for each source used on Buckley AFB, Greeley ANGS, or Ft Carson, CO.

d. Operating instruction(s)/technical order(s) for the equipment that contains the radioactive source.

e. Designated storage location of the radioactive source if it remains on Buckley AFB, Greeley ANGS, or Ft Carson, CO, overnight.




f. Proposed marking of the storage location if it exceeds 2mR/hr as measured at the surface of the storage container.

g. A copy of the company Radiation Safety Program.

h. Emergency Response Plan in case of an emergency for a lost or damaged source and/or over exposure incident/injury.

i. Provide the portion of their contract that identifies the location(s) of where the source will be used, for how long, and for what type use.

2. After approval is received for use of the specific radiation generator, the Contractor shall:

a. Meet proper Department of Transportation (DOT) and NRC shipping criteria to include properly filled out shipping manifest(s), container marking/labels, and placards on the vehicle as needed when transporting the source onto and around base. Documents shall also allow Contractor to remove the source from the equipment, when needed. The source and the activity shall dictate which DOT and NRC regulations and CFR's are applicable.

These include, but not limited to 10 CFR Parts 19, 20, 21, 30, 33, 34, and 71 for the permit and operation itself; 29 CFR 1910,1096 for occupational safety and health activities when using the instrument; 40 CFR Part 190 for environmental protection activities; 49 CFR Parts 172 and 173 for transporting the instrument, and if the source is lost or stolen 10 CFR Parts 30, 40, 50, 70, 73 & 150.

b. Limit authorized use of radio luminescent signs and markers to areas with low occupancy and where electrical power is not available except at prohibitive cost.

3. The Contractor shall not:

a. Buy radioactive materials or accept radioactive materials into the Air Force inventory without approval from the Radioisotope Committee (RIC).

b. Buy or use radium without RIC approval.




c. Buy radio luminescent signs and markers solely for energy conservation in general administrative, industrial, and housing applications.

4. The base RSO, or representative, reserves the right to inspect work sites and terminate/suspend any operation involving a radioactive source deemed to be unsafe IAW applicable laws, rules and federal regulations.

1.44 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL USAGE

A. Refer to Section 01410. The Contractor shall establish a hazardous material (HM) storage and distribution system when HM is to be used. All HM required to support the Contract shall be reported to the Hazardous Material Pharmacy (HMP) using the Contractor HM Identification Form. The Contractor HM Identification Form will be provided to the Contractor at or prior to the Preconstruction meeting. Additional HM needed by the Contractor shall be identified to the Contracting Officer's Representative for approval by the Hazardous Material Pharmacy (HMP) (See Attachment “Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form, Part I at the end of Section 01401, HAZARDOUS MATERIAL USAGE).

B. The Contractor planning to use HM for the work must register with the base Hazardous Material Pharmacy (HMP), Bldg 1024, prior to start of work in order to support the installation’s compliance with Executive Order 12856, Federal Compliance with Right-to-Know Laws and Pollution Prevention Requirements.

C. The Contractor shall maintain Contractor HM Identification Form for HM on the jobsite for inspection/verification.

D. The COR will verify that the HM identified to HMP is the only HM in use on the jobsite.

E. The Contractor shall provide the following to the HMP:

1. Provide a list of each material, quantity, location and duration of material for all proposed HM. Hazardous Material (HM) shall be construed to mean any item that is:

a. A health hazard or physical hazard as defined in 29 CFR, 1910.1200(c).

b. Regulated in its disposal by EPA under 40 CFR.

c. Hazardous as defined by DOT regulations under 49 CFR.




d. Hazardous as defined by the Dangerous Goods Regulations of the International Air Transport Association.

2. Provide a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each item on the list.

3. Typical examples of hazardous materials used on the jobsite include, but are not limited to:

a. Petroleum based liquids/gases (gasoline, kerosene, diesel, propane, butane, acetylene, etc.).

b. Explosives.

c. Adhesives and glues.

d. Shot charges for anchor systems.

e. Volatile solvents (such as PVC cleaner and glues, paint thinners).

f. Nonwater-based paints.

g. Liquid sealants.

h. Epoxies and coating systems.

i. Acidic or alkali cleaners.

F. The Contractor shall establish an HM storage and issue location that complies with Federal, state and local environmental regulations. Materials issued shall be tracked for quantities used. Unused materials shall be inventoried and removed from the ANG installation prior to closeout of the Contract or expiration date of the HM. Reports of material delivered, used and removed from the installation shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer monthly and prior to Contract closeout.

G. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state and local environmental standards.

H. The Contractor shall accompany the COR and the installation Environmental Manger (EM) on Project closeout inspection to ensure all used and unused HM has been removed from the installation. This requirement shall not be a punch list item and must be accomplished prior to the Government accepting beneficial occupancy of the facility or construction item. (See Attachment “Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form Close-Out Procedures, Part II at the end of Section 01401, HAZARDOUS MATERIAL USAGE).




I. Any material suspected of being hazardous that is encountered during performance of a project shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Contracting Officer, at which time a determination will be made as to whether hazardous material testing shall be performed. If the Contracting Officer directs the Contractor to perform tests, and/or the material is found to be of a hazardous nature requiring additional protective measures, a modification may be required, subject to equitable adjustment under the terms of the Contract.

J. The Contractor is advised that friable and/or non-friable asbestos-containing material may be encountered in Project areas. Friable asbestos-containing material is any material that contains more than 1 percent asbestos by weight, and, that hand pressure can crumb, pulverize or reduce to powder when dry. Non-friable asbestos-containing materials are materials in which asbestos fibers are bound by a matrix material, saturate, impregnate or coating. Non-friable asbestos-containing materials do not normally release airborne asbestos fiber during routine handling and end-use. However, excessive fiber concentrations may be produced during uncontrolled abrading, sanding, drilling, cutting, machining, removal, demolition, or other similar activities. 29 CFRs 1910.1001, 1910.1009 and 2916-55 shall be referenced in the event asbestos-containing materials are encountered. Friable asbestos-containing materials are not authorized for use in new construction or maintenance projects.

1.45 ENERGY AND WATER EFFICIENCY AND RENEWABLE ENERGY

A. Refer to Section 01800. The Government’s policy is to acquire supplies and services that promote energy and water efficiency, advance the use of renewable energy products, and help foster markets for emerging technologies.

B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of energy-using products for construction, renovation, or maintenance of a public building by acquiring energy-using products designated by the Department of Energy’s Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP).

1.46 POLLUTION ABATEMENT

A. All work shall be performed in a manner minimizing pollution of air, water and land as required.

B. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. Tarpaulins must be fastened over load before entering surrounding streets. Removal of any materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.




C. Burning of any material is strictly prohibited.

D. Stream beds, lakes, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids or other harmful materials. Grading shall be accomplished to prevent surface drainage from the construction site containing harmful amounts of sediment from draining onto adjacent areas.

E. Flushing on concrete trucks is restricted to the location specifically designed for this purpose by the Contracting Officer or the COR.

F. Excess mortar, plaster or drywall materials shall not be disposed of on Government property. Water utilized for plastering or drywall equipment shall be disposed of in accordance with the instructions of the COR, and under no circumstances shall water be disposed of in areas which are planted or scheduled to be planted.

1.47 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

A. All waste materials generated by any work under the contract performed on a Government installation shall be handled, transported, stored, and disposed of by the Contractor and subcontractors at any time in accordance with all applicable Federal, state, or local laws, ordinances, regulations, court orders, or other types of rulings having the effect of the law, including, but not limited to Executive Order 12088, 13 October 1978; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 ET SEQ); the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. Sec 1857 ET SEQ); the Endangered Species Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. Sec 1531, ET SEQ); the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sec 2601, ET SEQ); the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. Sec 470, ET SEQ); the Solid Waste Disposal Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 ET SEQ); and the Archaeological and Historic Preservation Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. Sec 469, ET SEQ). Should the United States Government be held liable for any neglect or improper actions by the Contractor or any subcontractor regarding removal or disposal of any hazardous waste, the Contractor shall reimburse the Government for all such liability.

1.48 WORK BY GOVERNMENT

A. The Government reserves the right to undertake performance by Government forces, for the same type or similar work as contracted herein, as the Government deems necessary or desirable, and to do so will not breach or otherwise violate this Contract.




1.49 REGULATIONS

A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, state, local, DOD, National Guard Bureau, Army and Air Force regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control and fire prevention.

B. The Contractor, employees, and subcontractors are subject to, and shall abide by and comply with, all relevant statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations of the United States (including Executive Orders of the President of the United States and The Governor of the State of Colorado) and any State (or other public authority now or hereafter in force). The Contractor agrees to observe and comply with all applicable state and Federal requirements regarding social security, workman’s compensation, unemployment insurance and any other matters concerning employment applicable to the performance of this Contract or rules, regulations, directions and order not inconsistent herewith as may from time to time be issued by the Government. The unilateral act of any governmental body against any employee of the Contractor for the violation of a state or Federal law or regulation shall not excuse the Contractor from full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Contract.

C. The Contractor may use the Civil Engineering library which contains applicable Army and Air Force publications as well as some commercial project data information or Contracting Resources on the Internet, or DOD Acquisition Home Page with links for several other sites with available publications, forms and project data information, http://www.acq.osd.mil/. These may also be acquired from the Government Printing Office website, http://www.access.gpo.gov/su_docs.

D. The Contractor, employees, and subcontractors shall become familiar with and obey the regulations of the installation including fire, traffic, safety and security regulations while on the military installation. Those driving motor vehicles shall observe and obey all speed limits posted throughout the installation. Personnel should not enter restricted areas unless required to do so and only upon prior approval. All Contractor and subcontractor employees shall carry proper personal identification with them at all times.

E. Contractor’s equipment shall be conspicuously marked for identification and parked or placed within approved areas only, out of the way of driveways, emergency access roads, and traffic. The Contractor shall ensure that all parts of the facility where work is being performed are adequately protected. The Contractor shall comply with all security regulations imposed by the base/post commander against vandalism and theft.

http://www.acq.osd.mil/

http://www.access.gpo.gov/su_docs




1.50 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall comply with all security regulations imposed by the base/post commander and/or agency occupying the space where work is to be performed. Any necessary security clearances shall be obtained prior to commencement of work.

B. The Contractor shall ensure that all parts of the facility where work is being performed are adequately protected against vandalism and theft. At the request of the Contracting Officer, a key will be provided by the Contractor to obtain entry to the site if secured by the Contractor at the end of the work day.

C. The Government will provide no escorts as part of this contract. The Contractor is to provide escorts for work within restricted areas of the facility and project site if escorts or additional days are required. All escorts will have a United States Air Force Line Badge issued by the 460th Space Wing Security Forces Office with the proper restricted areas indicated on the line badge for where escorts are required. In addition escorts will be qualified to drive on the airfield, and have a valid AF Form 483 for the Buckley AFB airfield.

a. Escorts are required to maintain constant surveillance and control of contractor personnel at all times while contractor personnel are in restricted/controlled areas. Control is defined as being able to immediately identify and stop any actions which may violate established security procedures, place the individual(s) being escorted in an unsafe/dangerous situation, or cause damage or destruction of government property (i.e. entering active taxiways or runways).

b. The Contractor will provide escorts for all other times where work is accomplished in areas described as a restricted area for this contract and to and from the work area from the established project Entry Control Point (initial point of entry into the restricted area) typically through an Airfield Fence gate. Where multiple crews are working in various locations in the restricted area for this contract and outside of surveillance and control of the escort, multiple escorts are required. .

c. Contractor personnel must be within surveillance and control of the escort, see b above.

i. The contractor has the option of hiring off duty 460th Space Wing Fire Fighters; off duty 140th Wing Security Forces personnel, 140th Maintenance Group personnel; or 140th Wing Traditional Guardsmen with a current line badge for the Restricted Area annotated on the badge for general access to the Airfield, for the Restricted Area annotated on the badge for escorting within the Main Ramp Restricted Area, and/or with the Restricted Area annotated on the badge for escorting within the Alert Area.




ii. If requested by the awarded Contractor, a listing of potential escorts will be provided at the Pre Construction Meeting to the awarded Contractor.

iii. Wages and compensation paid by the Contractor to escorts will not be determined or approved by the Government and are the sole responsibility of the Contractor to negotiate with potential escorts. The Laborers Wage Rate determination is a potential wage rate the Contractor can utilize for the minimum pay scale for an escort. The following is provided as information only! Based on past rates paid, the Contractor can expect to compensate escorts approximately $25.00 per hour.

d. Controlled Areas for this contract are as follows: i. South Runway Fill Area: Work within the Airfield Fence at the south

end of the airfield to dispose of clean excavation materials for the purpose of filling in depressions, grading and seeding material. The Contractor is required to have an escort, Controlled Area annotated on the badge for escorting within the Airfield Controlled Area on their line badge, within that area. The Contractor is to notify the Contracting Officer 10 working days prior to the date that actual access to the Controlled Area is required.

1.51 ACCESS AND GENERAL PROTECTION/SECURITY POLICY AND PROCEDURES

The contractor shall comply with all applicable installation/facility access and local security policies and procedures, which may be obtained from the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR). The contractor shall also provide all information required for background checks to meet installation access requirements to be accomplished by the local installation’s Security Forces, Director of Emergency Services or local Security Office (See paragraph 1.4 above). The contractor shall ensure compliance with all personal identity verification requirements as directed by DoD, HAF and/or local policy. Should the Force Protection Condition (FPCON) change, the Government may require changes in contractor security matters or processes.

1.52 EMPLOYEE SCREENING

Contractor and all associated sub‐contractors employees shall comply with adjudication standards and procedures using the National Crime Information Center Interstate Identification Index (NCIC‐III) and Terrorist Screening Database (TSDB) (AFI 31‐101 and AFI 10‐245), applicable installation, facility and area commander installation/facility access and local security policies and procedures (provided by government representative).

1.53 AT LEVEL I AWARENESS TRAINING




All contractor employees, to include subcontractor employees, requiring access Government Installations, Facilities and Controlled Access areas shall complete AT Level I awareness training within 21 calendar days after contract start date or effective date of incorporation of this requirement into the contract, whichever is applicable. Certificates of completion for each affected contractor employee and subcontractor employee will be maintained by the COR or Antiterrorism Representative. AT level I Awareness Training is available at the following website: http://jko.jten.mil

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION




PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Name: Date:

As of 2 FEB 12

Hair Color Gender Driver's License #

Social Security Number

State of IssueHome Phone Number Work Phone Number

Weight (Lbs)

EDITED BY CONTRACTING EDITED BY CONTRACTING

EDITED BY CONTRACTING

Days Of Access Hours Of Access

Sponsoring Agency's Title (Unit,

organization, or Agency)

*Note: The applicant's signature indicates that he or she authorizes Law Enforcement Officials

to perform National Crime Information and Colorado Crime Information Check

Sponsoring Agency's Phone

Number

Company Name

Height Eye Color

(may be signed at time of card issuance)

Defense Biometric Identification System Application Date received by the VC:________________

Section I

Date of BirthLast, First MI

Privacy Act Statement

1974 as Amended applies - this communication contains personal information, which must be protected IAW DOD 5400.11R, AFI 33-332 and is

“FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Date of Expiration (YYYY/MM/DD) Today's Date (YYYY/MM/DD)

140 MSG/MSC 720-847-

Mon-Fri 0700-1800

FPCON Level

Applicant Signature Date Address

Section II Sponsoring Agencies Information

Sponsor's Printed Name Sponsors Signature

Issued By:

Section III NCIC Check

Authenticated By:

Favorable Date of Check: Derogatory

* Applications are valid for the duration of the contract not to exceed three years from card issue date.

Printed Name Signature


SPECIFICATION 01001-1 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT

SECTION 01001 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT AND POLLUTION PREVENTION

A. Affirmative Procurement is a mandatory component of the Air Force pollution prevention program. The AF Installation Pollution Prevention Program Guide includes this goal for Affirmative Procurement: "100 percent of all products purchased each year in each of U.S. EPA's 'Guideline Item' categories shall contain recovered materials meeting U.S. EPA's Guideline Criteria." This document contains guidelines for implementing the RCRA, EO, DOD, and Air Force requirements.

1.2 AUTHORITY AND REFERENCES

A. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Section 6002 (42 U.S.C. 6962).

B. Executive Order (EO) 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental Energy, and Economic Performance, Oct 2009

C. Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 247, Comprehensive Procurement Guideline for Products containing Recovered Material.

D. Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The requirements for submittals of Products and Product Data may be duplicated in this section and other sections for the purpose of meeting LEED sustainable design requirements.

B. Contracting Officer approval is required for submittals with a "GA" designation. Submittals having an "FIO" designation are For Information Only. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS:

1. SD-01 Data

Product Data; GA (Show the recycled content for each product submitted in all sections of the specifications)



C. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's material specifications, installation instructions, physical characteristics, etc, to show that the product meets project and specification requirements. The Contractor shall submit a completed “Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form” (attached) for all listed products and any additional products with recycled content purchased for this project. A report is due on the 15th of October if that date falls within the contract performance period and prior to the pre-final inspection date.

1. SD-13 Certificates

Product Certificates; GA

D. The Contractor shall submit documentation certifying that products meet or exceed the specified requirements. Certification documentation shall be included with all product data submittals for all sections of the specifications.

1. SD-14 Samples

Product Samples; GA

E. Reference Section 01001, Paragraph 1.7. The Contractor shall submit written documentation to support his/her decision not to acquire items meeting the minimum content levels prior to submittal of any product data on those items.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT: The purchase of environmentally preferable products manufactured from recycled and reclaimed materials.

B. ACQUISITION: The acquiring by contract with appropriated funds for supplies or services (including construction) by and for the use of the Contracting Officer through purchase or lease, whether the supplies or services are already in existence or must be created, developed, demonstrated, and evaluated. Acquisition begins at the point when agency needs are established and includes the description of requirements to satisfy agency needs, solicitation and selection of sources, award of contracts, contract financing, contract performance, contract administration, and those technical and management functions directly related to the process of fulfilling agency needs by contract.

C. CONTRACTOR: The prime Contractor, Subcontractor, material suppliers, and equipment suppliers who provide the products that will be used in the construction of this project.

D. ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE: Products or services having a lesser or reduced effect on human health and the environment when compared to competing products or services, serving the same purpose. This comparison



may consider raw materials acquisition, production, manufacturing, packing, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, or product or service disposal. (Section 201, EO 12873)

E. EPA DESIGNATED ITEM: An item that is or can be made with recovered material; that is listed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in a procurement guideline (40 CFR, Part 427); and for which EPA has advised purchasing recommendations in a related Recovered materials Advisory Notice (RMAN). (FAR 23.402)

F. EXECUTIVE AGENT OR AGENCY: An executive agency as defined in 5 U.S.C. 105. For the purpose of this order, military departments, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 102 are covered under the auspices of the Department of Defense.

G. FORM: The Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form found at the end of this section.

H. POLLUTION PREVENTION: Source reduction as defined in the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 13102), and other practices that reduce or eliminate the creation of pollutants through (a) increased efficiency in the use of raw materials, energy, water, or other resources; or (b) protection of natural resources by conservation.

I. POSTCONSUMER MATERIAL: A material or finished product that has served its intended use and has been discarded for disposal or recovery, having completed its life as a consumer item. "Post consumer material" is a part of the broader category of "recovered material".

J. PROCUREMENT: The purchase and providing of products to be used in the construction of this project.

K. PRODUCT: Materials and equipment that will be used in the construction of this project.

L. RECOVERED MATERIALS: Waste materials and by-products which have been recovered or diverted from solid waste, but such term does not include those materials and by-products generated from, and commonly reused within, an original manufacturing process. (Section 205, EO 12873 and FAR 23.402)

M. RECYCLABILITY: The ability of a product or material to be recovered from or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream for the purpose of recycling. (Section 206, EO 12873)

N. RECYCLING: The series of activities, including collection, separation, and processing by which products or other materials are recovered from the solid waste steam for use in form of raw materials in the manufacture of new products other than fuel for producing heat or power by combustion. (Section 207, EO 12873)



O. RECYCLED MATERIAL: A material utilized in place of raw or virgin material in product manufacturing consisting of materials derived from post consumer waste, industrial scrap, material derived from agricultural wastes, and other items, all of which can be used in new product manufacturer. (EPA Guidelines & OFPP Policy Letter 92-4)

P. RECYCLED PRODUCT: A recycled product is one made completely or partially from waste materials or by-products recovered or diverted from the solid waste stream.

Q. SOLID WASTE: Garbage, refuse, sludge and other discarded materials including those from industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community activities. This excludes solids or dissolved materials in domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial waste water effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flow, etc. (EPA Guidelines)

R. SPECIFICATION(S): A clear and accurate description of the technical requirements for materials, products, or services including the minimum requirement for materials' quality and construction and any equipment necessary for an acceptable product. In general, specifications are in the form of written descriptions, drawings, prints, commercial designations, industry standards, and other descriptive references.

S. UNREASONABLE PRICE: If the cost of the recycled content product exceeds the cost of a non-recycled item, the Air Force considers the cost to be unreasonable. (Air Force Affirmative Procurement Plan)

T. VERIFICATION: Procedures used by procuring agencies to confirm both vendor estimates and certifications of the percentages of recovered materials contained in the products supplied to them or to be used in the performance of a contract. (EPA Guidelines)

U. WASTE PREVENTION: Any change in the design, manufacturing, purchase, or use of materials or products (including packaging) to reduce their amount or toxicity before they are discarded. Waste prevention also refers to the reuse of products or materials.

V. WASTE REDUCTION: Preventing or decreasing the amount of waste being generated through waste prevention, recycling, or purchasing recycled and environmentally preferable products.

1.5 REGULATORY BACKGROUND

A. Section 6002 of RCRA requires federal agencies to give preference in the acquisition process to products and practices that conserve and protect natural resources and the environment. EO 12873 requires federal agencies to expand



waste prevention and recycling programs, implement affirmative procurement programs for the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-designated items, and procure other environmentally preferable products and services. The stated purpose of the Affirmative Procurement Program is to stimulate the market for recovered materials. As a result of EO 12873, the EPA issued the Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPGs) that have established the mandatory procurement by federal agencies of 36 items produced with recovered materials. The EPA has also issued Recovered Material Advisor Notices (RMANs) to accompany the CPGs and provide detailed information on the designated items. Please direct all questions regarding the plan to the Contracting Officer for forwarding to the Environmental Office (to be supplied by 14OCE).

1.6 APPLICABILITY

A. These procedures apply to Contractors employed in the construction of projects at Buckley AFB, CO. Please direct all questions regarding the plan to the Contracting Officer.

1.7 EXEMPTIONS

A. EPA Recommendations: The U.S. EPA’s recommends minimum recycled content levels are mandatory for procurements of those items listed in the AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT REPORTING FORM, unless one of the following exemptions applies. RCRA provides the following exemptions from the requirement to purchase EPA-designated items:

1. The product is not available from a sufficient number of sources to maintain a satisfactory level of competition (i.e., available from two or more sources).

2. The product is not available within a reasonable period of time.

3. The product does not meet the performance standards in applicable specifications or fails to meet reasonable performance standards of the procuring agency.

4. The product is not available at a reasonable price. For Air Force purposes, "unreasonable price" is defined as follows: If the price of the recycled-content product exceeds the cost of a non-recycled item, then the price is considered unreasonable.

B. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor is responsible for completion of the Form with respect to the work and products being provided. The Prime Contractor is responsible for insuring that all sub-contractors comply with this order. Each Contractor shall provide written documentation to support his/her



decision not to acquire items meeting the minimum content levels. This documentation shall be forwarded to the Contracting Officer for review and approval. In the event the documentation fails to support the Contractor's findings, the Contracting Officer's Representative shall return the documentation to the Contractor citing the reason(s) for disapproval. The Contractor shall resubmit and address the deficiencies. Contractor is cautioned not to proceed with acquiring non-compliant materials until the Contracting Officer’s approval is received.

1.8 U.S. EPA DESIGNATED ITEMS

A. The 54 U.S. EPA-designated items are listed below. Not all of these materials may be required in the construction of this project. Please refer to the drawings and specifications. The attached AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT REPORTING FORM shall be used to demonstrate compliance with the stated procurement requirements.

1. PAPER PRODUCTS:

a. All paper and paper products, excluding building and construction paper grades.

2. VEHICULAR PRODUCTS:

a. Lubricating oils containing re-refined oil, including engine lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids, and gear oils, but excluding marine and aviation oils.

b. Tires, excluding airplane tires.

c. Reclaimed engine coolants, excluding coolants used in non-vehicular applications.

3. CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS:

a. Building insulation products.

b. Structural fiberboard products for applications other than building insulation.

c. Laminated paperboard products for applications other than building insulation.

d. Cement and concrete, including products such as pipe and block, containing fly ash.



e. Cement and concrete, including concrete products such as pipe and block, containing ground-granulated blast furnace (GGBF) slag.

f. Carpet made of polyester fiber for use in low- and medium-wear applications.

g. Floor tiles containing recovered rubber or plastic.

h. Patio blocks containing recovered rubber or plastic.

i. Shower and restroom dividers/partitions containing recovered steel or plastic.

j. Reprocessed and consolidated latex paint for specific uses.

k. Carpet cushion.

l. Flowable fill.

m. Railroad grade crossing surfaces.

4. TRANSPORTATION PRODUCTS:

a. Traffic barricades used in controlling or restricting vehicular traffic.

b. Traffic cones used in controlling or restricting vehicular traffic.

c. Parking stops.

d. Channelizers used as temporary traffic control devices.

e. Delineators used as temporary traffic control devices.

f. Flexible delineators used as temporary traffic control devices.

5. PARK AND RECREATION PRODUCTS:

a. Playground surfaces containing recovered rubber or plastic.

b. Running tracks containing recovered rubber or plastic.

c. Plastic fencing.

d. Park benches and picnic tables.

e. Playground equipment.

6. LANDSCAPING PRODUCTS:



a. Hydraulic mulch products containing recovered paper or recovered wood.

b. Compost made from yard trimmings, leaves, and/or grass clippings.

c. Garden and soaker hoses containing recovered rubber or plastic.

d. Lawn and garden edging containing recovered rubber or plastic.

e. Food waste compost.

f. Plastic lumber landscaping timbers and posts.

7. NON-PAPER OFFICE PRODUCTS:

a. Office recycling containers.

b. Office waste receptacles.

c. Plastic desktop accessories.

d. Toner cartridges.

e. Binders.

f. Plastic trash bags.

g. Printer ribbons (re-inked ribbons or re-inking equipment/service for ribbons).

h. Plastic envelops.

i. Solid plastic binders.

j. Plastic clipboards.

k. Plastic file folders.

l. Plastic clip portfolios.

m. Plastic presentation folders.

8. MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS:

a. Pallets

b. Sorbents.



c. Industrial drums.

d. Awards and plaques.

e. Mats.

f. Signage, including sign supports and posts.

g. Manual-grade strapping.

1.9 INTENT

A. The intent of this section is to increase the awareness of all Contractors as to the availability of products manufactured from, or that contain recycled materials, thereby increasing the use of these products in the construction of this project.

B. The various sections of the specifications contain references to products to be used in the construction of this project. The listed product may or may not be manufactured from or contain recycled materials. Therefore, all Contractors, Subcontractor, equipment suppliers, and material suppliers are responsible for compliance with this specification. Recycled products shall be used wherever possible subject to the exemptions as per the paragraph entitled EXEMPTIONS. Substitution of recycled materials or recycled products for specified products are subject to the provisions of the Article entitled EXEMPTIONS.

1.10 RECYCLED OR RECOVERED PRODUCTS

A. All construction materials to be used in this project, unless on existing exemption list, is to be identified on the Form at the end of this section.

1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Companies specializing in the manufacture of products that comply with the requirements of this section shall have a minimum of 3 year’s documented experience.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PARTIAL LIST OF PRODUCT SOURCES AND INFORMATION

A. The following is a partial list of companies that manufacturer products using recycled materials. This partial list is presented to establish a standard of quality and does not infer that other manufacturers do not qualify. All



products intended for use on this project, whether listed below or not, shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer's Representative in accordance with specification Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

1. GENERAL DATA:

a. GreenSpec Binder, Environmental Building News, www.ebuild.com.

b. Certified Forest Products Council, www.cerifiedwood.org/.

c. Wiley Series in Sustainable Design, www.wiley.com/.

d. The Carpet and Rug Institute, www.carpet-rug.com/.

e. Information, McGraw-Hill, [email protected].

f. Florida Directory of Recycled Product Vendors, ww.2.dep.state.fl.us/waste/programs/rbac/downloads/rbac_dir.pd.

g. Oikos Green Building Source, News, searchable products data base, library, www.oikos.com.

h. Green Design Network, News, publications, databases, www.greendesign.net.

i. Green Works Recycled Content7 Product Guide, detailed vendors directory, www.metrokc.gov/greenworks/recycontent.htm.

2. DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE:

a. GranCem, granulated blast-furnace slag, www.grancem.com/

b. Syndesis, cement-based, pre-cast product workable with wood tools, www.syndesisinc.com/.

3. DIVISION 4 – MASONRY:

a. Heble Building Systems, autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, www.heble.com/.

b. Ytong Florida Ltd., autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, www.ytong-usa.com/.

4. DIVISION 6 – CARPENTRY:

a. Avonite, solid surfacing, www.avonite.com/.



b. Chemical Specialties, wood treatment, www.treatedwood.com/.

c. Homasote Company, structural fiberboard, www.homasote.com/.

d. Isoboard, fiberboard composed of straw fibers and non-toxic resins, www.isoboard.com/.

e. TrusJoist Mac Millan, engineered wood products, www.homasote.com/.

5. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION:

a. Duro-Last Roofing, recycled PVC walkway pads, 1-800-248-0280

b. Johns Manville, Insulation products, www.jm.com/.

c. Majestic Skylines, rubber-based slate-look roofing for steep roofs, www.majesticskylines.com/.

d. Owens-Corning, insulation products, www.owenscorning.com/.

6. DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS:

a. Marvin Window & Door, windows, some meeting "Energy Star Label", www.marvin.com/.

b. Pella, energy efficient windows, www/pella.com/.

7. DIVISION 9 – FINISHES:

a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.-Flooring Systems, www.armstrong-floors.com/.

b. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.-Ceiling Systems, www.ceilings.com/.

c. Benjamin Moore & Co., VOC free acrylic interior latex paint, www.benjaminmoore.com/.

d. CanFibre Group Ltd., all-green medium-density fiberboard, www.canfibre.com.

e. Chemrex Inc., low-e interior paint, www.chemrex.com/.



f. Collins & Aikman Floor coverings, carpet with 100 percent post-consumer backing, www.powerbond.com/.

g. DesignTex, Inc., polyester panel fabric made from 100 percent PET fiber, www.dtex.com/.

h. Dodge-Regupol, Inc., 100 percent recycled rubber-flooring, www.regupol.com/.

i. Eco-sensitive modular tile, vinyl tile with 100 percent recycled carpet-backing, www.powerbond.com/.

j. Environmental Stone Products, stone manufactured from 100 percent recycled glass, www.environmentalstone.com/.

k. Glidden: residential interior latex paints 100 percent free of VOC, www.icipaintstores.com/.

l. Homasote Inc., sound barrier, www.homasote.com/.

m. Isoboard Enterprises, Inc. panel made from wheat straw and non-toxic resins, 1-503-242-7345.

n. Marley-Flexco Co., flooring made form 95 percent recycled truck and bus tires, www.marleyflexco.com/.

o. The Mat Factory, Inc., interlocking roll-up tiles made from 100 percent postconsumer tire rubber and PVC plastic from electric cable covers, 1-949-645-3122.

p. Permafirm Pad Co., carpet pads made from almost 100 percent recycled content, 1 800-344-6977.

q. Sherwin Williams, VOC compliant paints and enamels, www.sherwin.com/.

r. SierraPine Limited, formaldehyde-free particleboard and medium density fiberboard containing recycled/recovered wood fiber, www.sierrapine.com/

s. Summittville Tiles, impervious porcelain tiles using feldspar tailings, www.summitville.com/.

t. Tectum, natural-fiber acoustical ceiling and wall panels, www.tectum.com/.

u. Tiles with natural fibers, tiles made of a bio-alloy material and natural fibers, www.maderatile.com.



v. USG Interiors, Inc., synthetic gypsum board, www.usg.com/.

w. Decorative Architectural Tiles, floor, counter & wall tile made from 100 percent postconsumer glass, 1-808-8857812.

x. Forbo, linoleum flooring utilizing renewable resources, www.forbo.com/.

8. DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES:

a. The Access Store, modular ramping system made from 100 percent recycled rubber, www.accessstoe.com/.

b. BP Solar, photovoltaic modules and systems, www.bp.com/bpsolar/index.

c. Mecho Shade Systems, interior shadecloths, www.mechoshade.com/.

d. R Control, structural insulated panel (SIP), www.mechoshade.com/.

9. DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS:

a. Guilford of Maine, fabric from 100 percent recycled materials, www.terratex.com/.

b. Phenix Biocomposites, tabletops made from soy based products free of petrochemicals, 1-800-324-8187.

c. Safe Solutions, LLC, furniture manufactured from waste wood, 1-970-247-3333.

10. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS: Montgomery KONE, AC girlies elevators, www.montgomery-kone.com/.

11. DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL:

a. Advance Transformer Company, linear reactor ballast, www.advancetransformer.com/.

b. Artemide Inc., energy efficient cold-cathode lighting, www.artemide.com/.

c. Edison Price Lighting, track mounted metal-halide PAR 30 &38 lamps, 1-212-521-6995.

d. Leviton Manufacturing Corporation, Inc., occupancy sensors, www.leviton.com/.



e. Phillips Lighting, energy efficient compact fluorescent lamps, www.phillips.com/lighting.

f. Osram Sylvania, mercury-free lamps and energy efficient fluorescent lamps, www.osramsylvania.com/

g. Sensor Switch, lighting control occupancy sensors, www.sensorswitch.com/.

h. Venture Lighting, pulse-start high performance lamp-ballast system, www.venturelighting.com/.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All products shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions.

3.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are apart of this Specification:

1. Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form.

END OF SECTION


CVO/183160A MARCH 5, 2017 01001 SUPPLEMENT 1 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT

AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT REPORTING FORM (PER EXECUTIVE ORDER 13101) PROJECT NUMBER:___________________________________ BLDG NUMBER:_______________________________________ PROJECT MANAGER___________________________________ PROJECT INSPECTOR:_________________________________ Contractor:________________________________________ This form is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted through Contracting Officer to CECC. It is the responsibility of the Construction Inspector to submit this data to the Base Environmental Manager who in-turn reports IAW E.O. 13101, Federal Acquisition, Recycling, and Waste Prevention.

RECYCLED OR RECOVERED PRODUCT

TOTAL RECOVERED MATERIALS

CONTENT (RMC) (%)

ACTUAL RMC (%)

QUANTITY USED/UI

EXEMPTED 1,2,3,4

Rock Wool Insulation 75% Fiberglass Insulation 20-25% Cellulose Loose Fill/Spray-On Insulation

75%

Perlite Composition Board Insulation 23% Plastic Rigid Foam Insulation 9% Plastic Foam In Place Insulation 5% Plastic Foam, Glass Fiber Reinforced Insulation

6%

Phenolic Rigid Foam Insulation 5% Structural Fiber Board 80-100% Laminated Paper Board 100% Cement/Concrete (FLYASH) SEE SPEC1 High Fly Ash Flowable Fills 95% Low Fly Ash Content Flowable Fill 6-14% Carpet (PET) 25-100% Bonded Polyurethane Carpet Cushion 15-50% Jute Carpet Cushion 40%

1

Cement ASTM C595, “Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements” ASTM C150, “Standard Specification for Portland Cement” AASHTO M 240, “Blended Hydraulic Cements”

Concrete ASTM C618, “Standard Specification for Fly-Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolans For Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete” ASTM C311, “Standard Methods of Sampling and Testing Fly-Ash and Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Concrete Cement” ASTM C989, “Ground-Granulated Blast Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete Mortars” AASHTO M 302, “Ground-Granulated Blast Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars” American Concrete Institute Standard Practice ACI 226.R1, “Ground-Granulated Blast Furnace Slag as a Cementitious Constituent in Concrete”





CONTENT (RMC) (%)

ACTUAL RMC (%)

QUANTITY USED/UI

EXEMPTED 1,2,3,4

Synthetic Fibers Carpet Cushion 100% Rubber Carpet Cushion 60-90% Rubber Plastic Patio Blocks 90-100% Rubber or Plastic Floor Tile 90-100% Steel Restroom Divider/Partition 16% Plastic Restroom Divider/Partition 20-100% Concrete Railroad Crossing 15-20% Rubber Railroad Crossing 85-95% Steel Railroad Crossing 25-30% BOF/100%

EAF2

Traffic Cones Made from PVC, LDPE, Crumb Rubber

50-100%

Traffic Barricades (Type I and II only) Made From HDPE, LDPE, PET, Steel, Fiberglass

100%

Channelizers, Plastic 25-95% Channelizers, Rubber Base 100% Delineators, Plastic 25-90% Delineators, Rubber Base 100% Delineators, Steel Base 25-50% Flexible Plastic Delineators 25-85% Parking Stops, Plastic or Rubber 100% Parking Stops, Concrete Containing Coal Fly Ash

20-40%

Parking Stops, Concrete Containing Ground-Granulated Blast Furnace Slag

25-70%

Playground Surfaces, Including Rubber or Plastic

90-100%

Plastic Fencing for Use to Control Snow, Drifting Sand, or as a Safety Barrier

90-100%

Running Tracks. Including Rubber or Plastic

90-100%

Plastic Park Benches and Picnic Tables 100 % Plastic Composite Park Benches and Picnic Tables

100%

Aluminum Park Benches and Picnic Tables

25%

Concrete Park Benches and Picnic Tables

15-40%

Steel Park Benches and Picnic Tables 25-30 % BOF/100% EAF

Plastics Playground Equipment 100% Plastic Composites Playground Equipment

95-100%

Steel Playground Equipment 25-30 % BOF/100%

2 Designated items can be made from steel manufactured in either a Basic Oxygen Furnace (BOF) or an Electric Arc Furnace (EAF).





CONTENT (RMC) (%)

ACTUAL RMC (%)

QUANTITY USED/UI

EXEMPTED 1,2,3,4

EAF Aluminum Playground Equipment 25% Garden Hose, Rubber or Plastic 60-65% post-

consumer materials

Soaker Hose, Rubber or Plastic 60-70% post-consumer materials

Lawn/garden edging, plastic or rubber 30-100% Paper-Based Hydraulic Mulch 100% Wood-Based Hydraulic Mulch 100% Compost Purchase or Use Compost Made From Yard Trimmings, Leaves, Grass Clippings, and Food Waste

100%

HDPE Lumber Timbers and Posts 75-100% Mixed Plastics/Sawdust Lumber Timbers and Posts

100%

HDPE/Fiberglass Lumber Timbers and Posts

95%

Other Mixed Resins Lumber Timbers and Posts

95-100%

Latex Paint; White, Off-White or Pastel Colors

20%

Latex Paint; Gray, Brown, Earth-Tones, Other Dark Colors

50-99%

Consolidated Latex Paint (When Color and Performance Don’t Matter).

100%

Plastic Non-Road Signs 80-100% Aluminum Signs 25% Plastic Sign Posts and Supports 80-100% Steel Sign Posts and Supports 25-30 % BOF/100%

EAF

Awards and Plaques Glass 75-100 Wood 100% Paper 40-100 Plastic and Plastic/ Wood Composite

50-100

The following exemptions may apply to the non-procurement of recycled/recovered content materials: 1) The product does not meet appropriate performance standards 2) The product is not available within a reasonable time frame 3) The product is not available competitively (from two or more sources) 4) The product is only available at an unreasonable price (compared with a comparable non-recycled content product.)

http://www.epa.gov/cpg/glossary.htm#hdpe



CERTIFICATION I hereby certify the Statement of Work/Specifications for the requisition/procurement of all materials listed on this form comply with EPA standards for recycled/recovered materials content. _______________ _______________ _____________ Contractor Contracting Officer Environmental Management


SPECIFICATION 01002-1 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01002 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Contractor required permits to be filed with Federal Agencies and the Contracting Officer.


A. Section 01000, General Conditions

B. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS - (Para 1.33 Digging Permit, 1.43.1.a. Radioactive Source Permit).

C. Section 01420 Environmental Protection – (Para 2.1 Permits For Equipment; Para 2.2 Permits needed for Construction… ;)

D. Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.

1. Refer to Sections 01300 and 01420 for Related References

2. CFR Part 77

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals for Contracting Officer’s Approval: The following items shall be submitted for approval:

B. Submittals for Information Only: The following items shall be Contractor certified:

1. Digging Permit – Before any “digging” is performed on the job, an AF Form 103, Base Civil Engineering Work Clearance Request, must be obtained and displayed at the work site for the duration of the permit.



Provide copy(ies) of (all) AF Form 103, Base Civil Engineering Work Clearance Requests, after they have been approved by 460th CES.

2. Radioactive Source Permit – Provide copy(ies) of (all) Radioactive Source Permit(s) on file for each piece of equipment containing radioactive material.

3. State Federal and Local Contractor’s Environmental Permits – Provide copy(ies) of (all) Contractor required Environmental Permit(s) after they have been approved.

4. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport – Provide copy(ies) of (all) Permanent Notice of Construction Form(s) after they have been “Determined” by the FAA.

5. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport – Provide copy(ies) of (all) Temporary Notice of Construction Form(s) after they have been “Determined” by the FAA.

6. WELDING, CUTTING, BRAZING, or “HOT WORK”: – Before any “hot work” is performed on the job, an AF Form 592, USAF Welding, Cutting, or Brazing Permit, must be obtained and displayed at the work site for the duration of the permit. Provide copy(ies) of (all) AF Form 592 USAF Welding, Cutting, or Brazing Permit after they have been approved by 460th CES/CEF

7. Confined Space Permit—Before any entry into a confined space contractor to complete their own Confined Space Program to include Confined Space Entry permits per OSHA requirements. Buckley Air Force Base Fire Department will only provide emergency response if required.

1.5 FAA FORM 7460 – 1

A. This form is required for all vertical construction and excavation equipment work performed within the airfield fence. This form is required for all vertical construction and changes to facility roof lines anywhere on Buckley AFB. The form is required for all construction within 6 miles of runway at Buckley Air Force Base, Greeley Airport, and Runways on Fort Carson and Peterson Air Force Base.

B. Facilities, Poles, Towers, Mounted Equipment, Fences etc require a Notice of Construction, Permanent Permit.



C. The contractors equipment with the greatest height, when in operation that exceeds the existing height of the facility be being worked on requires a Notice of Construction, Temporary Permit. When the equipment will be used at multiple locations multiple permits are required. When the contractor is working on multiple locations, the highest piece of equipment at each site will be permitted.

D. Forms can be accessed at the following locations:

1. https://oeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/external/portal.jsp

2. https://oeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/external/content/forms.jsp


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 REVIEW OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. Contractor will review the drawings and specifications for all additional required permit(s) and accomplish the required permitting processes prior to starting work requiring a permit. Copies of these permits will be submitted to the Contracting Officer.

3.2 PERMIT APPLICATION AND PROCESS

A. Contractor will submit all permits to the required agencies with adequate time for the permits to be processed, approved/granted and returned to the contractor so as not to impact the required progress of work. Some permits required in excess of 30 days to be processed; no time will be added to the construction period for delays caused by the contractor not accomplishing the required actions in a timely manner. The contractor is solely response for obtaining the required information from the drawings, specifications, and regulatory agency to complete the permit forms correctly and submit to the required agencies.

3.3 PERMIT FILE

A. Contractor will maintain a record copy of all permits on the job site for review by the Contracting Officer; Government Inspector’s, government employed, or contract employed; and/or regulatory agencies. Contractor will make this

https://oeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/external/portal.jsp

https://oeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/external/content/forms.jsp



file and the records contained within available on arrival and request at the job site for a review of the permit file and/or individual permits on file.

3.4 FAA NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION PERMIT

A. Contractor will complete the FAA Form 7460-1 entries as the “Sponsor”. Multiple permits will typically be required for projects on Buckley AFB, Peterson AFB, Fort Carson or Greeley ANGS based on the location of the project and the work involved.

B. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the required permits prior to mobilization of equipment with height requirements. The contractor is responsible for determining and documenting the ground elevation, coordinates and height of equipment on the forms for their intended location and use. Equipment height most be the total possible height the equipment can reach, not the intended height for use for this project.

END OF SECTION

BASE CIVIL ENGINEERING WORK CLEARANCE REQUEST (See Instructions on Reverse)

DATE PREPARED

1. Clearance is requested to proceed with work at on Work Order No. 332 or Contract # This area Has Has not been staked or clearly marked. Involving excavation or utility disturbance per attached sketch.

2. TYPE OF FACILITY/WORK INVOLVED (mark “ X ” in all applicable fields)

A. PAVEMENTS D. FIRE DETECTION & PROTECTION SYSTEMS G. AIRCRAFT OR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

B. DRAINAGE SYSTEMS E. UTILITY OVERHEAD UNDERGROUND H. SECURITY

C. RAILROAD TRACKS F. COMM OVERHEAD UNDERGROUND I. OTHER

3. NAME/SIGNATURE REQUESTING OFFICIAL 4. TELEPHONE NO. 5. ORGANIZATION

6. NAME / SIGNATURE OF CONTRACT COR / INSPECTOR (is applicable) 7. TELEPHONE NO. 8. ORGANIZATION

9. We request that the following information be given at the time the request is processed. A. Description of work to be accomplished.

B. What type of digging equipment will you be using?

C. How wide of an opening is required? (Length X Width) D. What is the maximum depth required?

E. Can the depth be modified? F. Date clearance is required

No ***Requester will be responsible for maintaining own locates and following 460 CES guidelines***

460 CES REMARKS REVIEWER’S NAME AND INITIALS 10. CIVIL ENGINEER ING

A. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

B. WATER, SEWER, GAS, POL DISTRIBUTION

C. ENVIRONMENTAL

D. DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, PAVEMENTS

E. CATHODIC PROTECTION

F. ALARMS

G. HVAC H. RTS Gene O’Neill 303-525-1396 Mike Roberts, 303-619-0012 I. 140TH CIVIL ENGINEERING 847-9904

ORGAINZATION REMARKS REVIEWER’S NAME / INITIALS

11. SECURITY POLICE: Bldg 620 (847-9593) 12. 460th SAFETY: Bldg 1030 (847-6778)

13. COMMUNICATIONS Bldg 730 (847-6727)

14. BASE OPERATIONS Bldg 909 Airfield Manager (847-9731)

15. FIRE DEPT Bldg 806 David Herman (847-9926) 16. ADF Mr. Robert Lee (303-677-3354) Maintenance Shop (303-677-2026) 17.Commercial Utilities Company Ticket Number as required (1-800-922-1987)

18. OTHER (Specify) ONLY VALID WITH Map ATTACHMENTS

19. REQUESTED CLEARANCE APPROVED DISAPPROVED

20. TYPED NAME AND SIGNATURE OF APPROVING OFFICER (Chief of Operations Flight or Deputy Chief of Operations Flight)

Ernie Gordon, Program Manager

21. Date Signed

AF FORM 103, Apr 10 (EF-V1) PREVIOUS EDITIONS ARE OBSOLETE

AF FORM 103 WORK CLEARANCE REQUEST INSTRUCTIONS 460th CE CUSTOMER SERVICE PH: 720-847-9913 DATE_________ The BCE work clearance request is used for any work (contract or in-house) that may disrupt aircraft or vehicular traffic flow, base utility services, protection provided by fire and intrusion alarm system, or routine activities of the installation. This form is used to coordinate the required work with key base activities and keep customer inconvenience to a minimum. This form is required for any excavation on the installation of more than 6 inch(s) in depth. 1. The requester will provide necessary info for Sections 1-8 of the form, and provide the necessary work specifications for sections 9a-f. The designated area for locates must be clearly staked or marked with environmentally safe, water-soluble white paint. The requester will then be provided with a work order number from CE Customer Service. INITIAL: ________ 2. The requester will visit the agencies listed on the AF Form 103 Sections 11, 16 & 17 and obtain their coordination on the form before the meeting. After obtaining these clearances the requester will bring the AF Form 103 to Bldg. 1005, CE Customer Service NLT Wednesday 1200 hrs to request Work Request Meeting on Thursday at 0900 hrs. INITIAL: ________ 4. Requestor must attend the Work Request coordination meeting specified by the 460 CES Customer Service representatives. Non-CES requestors must be accompanied by a CES advocate (COR/Inspector). A Customer Service representative will be in charge of getting the approving signature and then calling the requester to pick up the completed form. INITIAL: ________ 5. Requests to locate utilities by Civil Engineering will be made 7 days prior to excavation. Large locate requests will be made 14 days prior. The requester will ensure utilities have been marked before excavation, all locates are final. Requestor is responsible for maintaining all locates. Should a need arise for re-locating utilities; request will be made using an AF Form 332 by the CES advocate (minimum 7 days to process). The markings of underground utilities shall be considered valid so long as the markings are clearly visible but not for more than 30 calendar days. INITIAL: ________ 6. The requester will not proceed until all blocks on the form have been completed or marked as N/A by an approved authority and the request has been approved by the Operations Flight Chief or Deputy Operation Flight Chief or a designated representative. If any utilities are damaged without an approved AF Form 103 the contractor will be held responsible for the damage and repair. The requester/equipment operator MUST carry/maintain a copy of approved AF Form 103 on site during the work. INITIAL: ________ 7. The requester will provide a copy of the completed AF Form 103, with attachments, to the contract inspector (if applicable) and will maintain a copy of the form on the job site. Upon the completion of installed new utilities the requester will provide updated as-built drawings to Mr. Delbert Brown, GeoBase Manager (847-9309). INITIAL: ________ 8. It is the requester’s responsibility to renew AF Form 103 before it expires. AF Form 103 is only valid for 30 days from signed date. If renewing after 30 days, a new AF Form 103 will be processed. It’s the responsibility of the contactor(s) to remove any/all locate markings upon job completion. INITIAL: ________ 9. After the locates are performed, the excavator must exercise caution while excavating. The marked facility should be within 18” of each side of the locate marks. If excavation is necessary within that area exposing the underground facility by manual excavation is suggested. The use of any power-operated earth-moving equipment can easily damage a facility. It can also disturb the facility by its weight and/or other characteristics of the equipment. INITIAL: ________ IN THE EVENT THAT A UTILITY LINE IS DAMAGED: 1. The requester will immediately contact the Base Fire Department at ext. 911 for any situation that requires emergency response. The requester will also immediately notify the Customer Service Section of Civil Engineering at 720-847-9913 and the Contracting Officer or Inspector when any utility line is damaged. Other agencies listed on the AF Form 103 will be contacted by the requester as appropriate. INITIAL: _______ AF 103 Revised Nov 2011

USAF HOT WORK PERMIT (See instructions on reverse)

1. Control Number

2. Date Permit Issued 3. Time Permit Issued 4. Expiration (Date and Time)

5. Company/Organization 6. Company/Organization Phone Number

7. Location Facility Number Floor Number

Aircraft Tail Number Inside Hanger Outside Hanger

Other:

8. Description of Work

9. Is Fire Watch required? Yes No

Performed by: Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI) Operator/Supervisor Fire Watch 10. Before approving any hot work permit, the PAI shall inspect the work area and confirm that precautions have been taken to prevent fire IAW AFI 91-203 and NFPA 51B.

Sprinklers in service

Adequate ventilation

Hot work equipment in good repair

Pressure cylinders are secured properly

Portable fire extinguishers are provided (20 BC rated - immediate area / 80 BC rating back-up wheeled extinguisher)

Explosive atmosphere eliminated (WITHIN 16 M (50 FT) OF WORK)

Flammable liquids, vapors and gases removed

Remove combustibles where possible. Otherwise protect with fire-resistant tarpaulins or metal shields

Floors swept clean of combustibles

Appropriate shields are used

Wall and floor openings are covered

Combustible floors wet down, covered with damp sand, or fire-resistant shields

Any special precautions needed

11. The location where the work is to be performed has been examined, necessary precautions taken and permission is granted for stated work.

Name:

Signed: Contact Number: Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI)

12. I am fully qualified to perform this operation, understand my responsibilities and my equipment meets all requirements as outlined in AFI 91-203 and NFPA 51B.

Name:

Signed: Operator or On-scene supervisor

13. Has this process been evaluated by installation Bioenvironmental Engineering? If “Yes,” attach documentation (BE Survey Report, PPE List, etc.). If “No,” obtain BE coordination below.

Name:

Signed/Date: Duty Title: 14. FINAL CHECK: Work area and all adjacent areas to which sparks and heat might spread, including floors above and below and opposite side of walls, were inspected at least 30 minutes or later after the work was completed and were found fire safe.

Name:

Signed:

AF Form 592 (Supersedes OCT 80) SEP 07

Table 27.2. How To Fill Out AF Form 592, USAF Hot Work Permit.

Block 1. Control Number. Control numbers should be kept in a log so duplicate numbers are not assigned. A control number consists of the year, a dash, and the number from the log. Example: 03-001 would be the first control number assigned in the year 2003.

Block 2. Date Permit Issued. (Self-Explanatory) Block 3. Time Permit Issued. (Self-Explanatory) Block 4. Expiration (Date and Time): Date and Time the Permit Expires. Block 5. Company/Organization: Name of Company/Organization Issued Permit. Block 6. Company/Organization Phone Number: Contact Phone Number of

Company/Organization Issued Permit. Block 7. Location: Is it located in a Facility? What Floor? Is work being done on

an Aircraft? What is the Aircraft Tail Number? Is the Aircraft Inside or Outside a Hanger?

Block 8. Description of Work: Give a brief description of the work. Block 9. Is Fire Watch required? Answer Yes or No.

Performed by: Who is performing the Fire Watch? Block 10. Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI) fills out Inspection Checklist prior

to execution of hot work. Block 11. PAI signature granting permission to execute work. Block 12. Operator/On-scene supervisor signature stating understanding of

responsibilities under AFI 91-203 and NFPA 51B. Block 13. Installation BE signature confirming coordination, as required. Block 14. Fire Watch signature confirming Final Check completion.

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Sample 1 Date:

Site location or description:

Purpose of entry: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Supervisor(s) in charge of crews: Type of crew (welding, plumbing, etc) Phone #:

Permit duration: Communication procedures (including equipment): __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Rescue procedures (also see emergency contact phone numbers at end of form): __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ REQUIREMENTS COMPLETED (Put N/A if item doesn’t apply)

DATE TIME REQUIREMENTS COMPLETED (Put N/A if item doesn’t apply)

DATE TIME

Lockout/De-energize/Try-out Supplied Air Respirator (N/A if alternate entry)

Line(s) Broken-Capped-Blank Respirator(s) (Air Purifying) Purge-Flush and Vent Protective Clothing Ventilation Full Body Harness w/ “D” ring Secure Area (Post and Flag) Emergency Escape Retrieval Equip Lighting (Explosive Proof) Lifelines Hotwork Permit Standby safety personnel (N/A if

alternate entry)

Fire Extinguishers Resuscitator—Inhalator (N/A if alternate entry)

Add other specific information, if needed, or attach additional instructions or requirements. See the following examples in bold print. Line(s) to be bled/blanked: Ventilation equipment: PPE clothing: Respirator(s): Fire extinguisher(s): Emergency retrieval equipment:

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Sample 1 (continued)

AIR MONITORING Substance Monitored Permissible Levels Monitoring Results

Time monitored (put time) Percent Oxygen

Record the time 19.5% to 23.5%

LEL/LFL Under 10% Toxic 1: _____ PEL ____STEL Toxic 2: _____ PEL ____STEL Toxic 3: _____ PEL ____STEL Toxic 4: _____ PEL ____STEL REMARKS: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Air Tester Name ID# Instrument(s) Used (For example: oxygen meter, combustible gas indicator, etc.)

Model # or Type Serial# or Unit

ATTENDANTS AND ENTRANTS Attendant(s)

(Required for all confined space work except alternate entry)

ID# Confined Space Entrant(s) ID#

REMARKS: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

SUPERVISOR AUTHORIZATION - ALL CONDITIONS SATISFIED Department or phone number: ______________________________________________

EMERGENCY CONTACT PHONE NUMBERS:

AMBULANCE: _________________

FIRE: _________________

SAFETY: _________________

RESCUE TEAM: _______________

OTHER: ____________


Sample 2 Date and time issued:

Job site/space I.D.:

Equipment to be worked on:

Standby personnel: Date and time expires:

Job supervisor:

Work to be performed:

1. Atmospheric Checks: Time: ___________________________

Oxygen _____________%

Explosives _____________%L.F.M.

Toxic _____________ PPM

2. Tester's signature: ___________________________________

3. Source isolation (No Entry): N/A Yes No

Pumps or lines blinded, disconnected, or blocked:

4. Ventilation modification: N/A Yes No

Mechanical:

Natural Ventilation only:

5. Atmospheric check after isolation and ventilation:

Oxygen: _______% >19.5% Explosive: _______% L.F.M. <10% Toxic: _______PPM <10PPM H2S Time: ________________________________________ Tester's signature: ________________________________________

6. Communication procedures:

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


Sample 2 (continued) 7. Rescue procedures: ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

8. Entry standby and backup persons successfully completed required training? Is it current?

Yes

No

9. Equipment: Direct reading gas monitor-tested:

N/A

Yes

No

Safety harnesses and lifelines for entry and standby persons:

Hoisting equipment:

Powered communications:

SCBA’s for entry and standby persons:

Protective clothing: All electric equipment listed: Class I, Division I, Group D and non-sparking tools 10. Periodic atmospheric tests:

Oxygen _______% Time ______________ Oxygen _______% Time ______________

Oxygen _______% Time ______________ Oxygen _______% Time ______________

Explosive _______% Time ______________ Explosive _______% Time ______________

Explosive _______% Time ______________ Explosive _______% Time ______________

Toxic _______% Time ______________ Toxic _______% Time ______________

Toxic _______% Time ______________ Toxic _______% Time ______________

We have review the work authorized by this permit and the information contained here. Written instruction and safety procedures have been received and are understood. Entry cannot be approved if any squares are marked in the “No” column. This permit not valid unless all appropriate items are completed.

Permit prepared by: ___________________________________________________ Entry Supervisor Approved by: ________________________________________________________ Unit Supervisor Review by: __________________________________________________________ Operations Manager This permit is to be kept at the job site. Return this job site copy to the unit supervisor following job completion.

Entrants Name Sign in Sign out Sign in Sign out


Sample 3 PERMIT VALID FOR 8 HOURS ONLY. ALL PERMIT COPIES MUST REMAIN AT THE SITE UNTIL JOB IS COMPLETED. Date: Site location /description:

Purpose of entry: Supervisor (s) in charge of crews

Type of Crew

Telephone #

Communication procedures: ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Rescue procedures (telephone number at bottom): ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

BOLD INDICATES MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS TO COMPLETE AND REVIEW PRIOR TO ENTRY Note: For Items that do not apply, enter N/A in the blank.

REQUIREMENTS COMPLETED DATE TIME REQUIREMENTS COMPLETED DATE TIME

Lockout/De-energize/Tagout Full Body Harness w/"D" Ring

Line(s) Broken-Capped-Blank Emergency Escape Retrieval Equipment

Purge-Flush and Vent Lifelines

Ventilation Fire Extinguishers

Secure Area (Post and Flag) Lighting (Explosive proof)

Breathing Apparatus Protective Clothing

Resuscitator - Inhalator Respirator(s) (Air Purifying)

Standby Safety Personnel Burning and Welding Permit

Continuous Monitoring: Yes No Periodic Monitoring Frequency: ________________________________ Test(s) Permissible entry level

Percent of oxygen 19.5% TO 23.5%

Lower flammable limit Under 10%

Carbon monoxide +35 PPM

Aromatic Hydrocarbon +1 PPM *5 PPM

Hydrogen Cyanide (Skin) *4 PPM

Hydrogen Sulfide +10 PPM *15 PPM

Sulfur Dioxide +2 PPM *5 PPM

Ammonia * 35 PPM

* Short-term exposure limit: Employees can work in the area up to 15 minutes. + 8 hour Time Weighted Average: Employees can work in the area 8 hours (longer with appropriate respiratory protection). REMARKS: ______________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Sample 3 (continued)

GAS TESTER NAME & CHECK #: _______________________________________________________

INSTRUCTIONS USED: _______________________________________________________________ MODEL &/OR TYPE: _________________________________________________________________

SERIAL &/OR UNIT #: ________________________________________________________________

SAFETY STANDBY IS REQUIRED FOR ALL CONFINED SPACE WORK

SAFETY STANDBY PERSON(S) CHECK# ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________ CONFINED SPACE ENTRANT(S) CHECK # ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________

SUPERVISOR AUTHORIZATION - ALL CONDITIONS SATISFIED:

Department or phone number: _______________________

EMERGENCY CONTACT PHONE NUMBERS:

Ambulance: _____________________________

Fire: __________________________________

Safety: ________________________________

Gas coordinator: ________________________

NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION § 77.7 Form and time of notice. (a) If you are required to file notice under §77.9, you must submit to the FAA a completed FAA Form 7460–1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration. FAA Form 7460–1 is available at FAA regional offices and on the Internet.

(b) You must submit this form at least 45 days before the start date of the proposed construction or alteration or the date an application for a construction permit is filed, whichever is earliest.

(c) If you propose construction or alteration that is also subject to the licensing requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), you must submit notice to the FAA on or before the date that the application is filed with the FCC.

(d) If you propose construction or alteration to an existing structure that exceeds 2,000 ft. in height above ground level (AGL), the FAA presumes it to be a hazard to air navigation that results in an inefficient use of airspace. You must include details explaining both why the proposal would not constitute a hazard to air navigation and why it would not cause an inefficient use of airspace.

(e) The 45-day advance notice requirement is waived if immediate construction or alteration is required because of an emergency involving essential public services, public health, or public safety. You may provide notice to the FAA by any available, expeditious means. You must file a completed FAA Form 7460–1 within 5 days of the initial notice to the FAA. Outside normal business hours, the nearest flight service station will accept emergency notices.

§ 77.9 Construction or alteration requiring notice.

If requested by the FAA, or if you propose any of the following types of construction or alteration, you must file notice with the FAA of:

(a) Any construction or alteration that is more than 200 ft. AGL at its site.

(b) Any construction or alteration that exceeds an imaginary surface extending outward and upward at any of the following slopes:

(1) 100 to 1 for a horizontal distance of 20,000 ft. from the nearest point of the nearest runway of each airport described in paragraph (d) of this section with its longest runway more than 3,200 ft. in actual length, excluding heliports.

(2) 50 to 1 for a horizontal distance of 10,000 ft. from the nearest point of the nearest runway of each airport described in paragraph (d) of this section with its longest runway no more than 3,200 ft. in actual length, excluding heliports.

(3) 25 to 1 for a horizontal distance of 5,000 ft. from the nearest point of the nearest landing and takeoff area of each heliport described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(c) Any highway, railroad, or other traverse way for mobile objects, of a height which, if adjusted upward 17 feet for an Interstate Highway that is part of the National System of Military and Interstate Highways where overcrossings are designed for a minimum of 17 feet vertical distance, 15 feet for any other public roadway, 10 feet or the height of the highest mobile object that would normally traverse the road, whichever is greater, for a private road, 23 feet for a railroad, and for a waterway or any other traverse way not previously mentioned, an amount equal to the height of the highest mobile object that would normally traverse it, would exceed a standard of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.

(d) Any construction or alteration on any of the following airports and heliports:

(1) A public use airport listed in the Airport/Facility Directory, Alaska Supplement, or Pacific Chart Supplement of the U.S. Government Flight Information Publications;

(2) A military airport under construction, or an airport under construction that will be available for public use;

(3) An airport operated by a Federal agency or the DOD.

(4) An airport or heliport with at least one FAA-approved instrument approach procedure.

(e) You do not need to file notice for construction or alteration of:

(1) Any object that will be shielded by existing structures of a permanent and substantial nature or by natural terrain or topographic features of equal or greater height, and will be located in the congested area of a city, town, or settlement where the shielded structure will not adversely affect safety in air navigation;

(2) Any air navigation facility, airport visual approach or landing aid, aircraft arresting device, or meteorological device meeting FAA-approved siting criteria or an appropriate military service siting criteria on military airports, the location and height of which are fixed by its functional purpose;

(3) Any construction or alteration for which notice is required by any other FAA regulation.

(4) Any antenna structure of 20 feet or less in height, except one that would increase the height of another antenna structure.

Mail Processing Center Federal Aviation Administration Southwest Regional Office Obstruction Evaluation Group 2601 Meacham Boulevard Fort Worth, TX 76193 Fax: (817) 321-7765 Phone: (817) 321-7750 Website: https://oeaaa.faa.gov

PLEASE TYPE or PRINT INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING FAA FORM 7460-1

ITEM #1. Please include the name, address and phone number of a personal contact point as well as the company name.

ITEM #2. Please include the name, address and phone number of a personal contact point as well as the company name.

ITEM #3. New Construction would be a structure that has not yet been built.

Alteration is a change to an existing structure such as the addition of a side mounted antenna, a change to the marking and lighting, a change to power and/or frequency, or a change to the height. The nature of the alteration shall be included in ITEM #21 “Complete Description of Proposal”.

Existing would be a correction to the latitude and/or longitude, a correction to the height, or if filing on an existing structure which has never been studied by the FAA. The reason for the notice shall be included in ITEM #21 “Complete Description of Proposal”.

ITEM #4. If Permanent, so indicate. If Temporary, such as a crane or drilling derrick, enters the estimated length of time the temporary structure will be up.

ITEM #5. Enter the date that construction is expected to start and the date that construction should be completed.

ITEM #6. Please indicate the type of structure. DO NOT LEAVE BLANK.

ITEM #7. In the event that obstruction marking and lighting is required, please indicate type desired. If no preference, check “other” and indicate “no preference” DO NOT LEAVE BLANK. NOTE: High Intensity lighting shall be used only for structures over 500’ AGL. In the absence of high intensity lighting for structures over 500’ AGL, marking is also required.

ITEM #8. If this is an existing tower that has been registered with the FCC, enter the FCC Antenna Structure Registration number here.

ITEM #9 and #10. Latitude and longitude must be geographic coordinates, accurate to within the nearest second or to the nearest hundredth of a second if known. Latitude and longitude derived solely from a hand-held G P S instrument is NOT acceptable. A hand-held GPS is only accurate to within 100 meters (328 feet) 95 percent of the time. This data, when plotted, should match the site depiction submitted under ITEM #20.

ITEM #11. NAD 83 is preferred; however, latitude and longitude may be submitted in NAD 27. Also, in some geographic areas where NAD 27 and NAD 83 are not available other datum may be used. It is important to know which datum is used. DO NOT LEAVE BLANK. ITEM #12. Enter the name of the nearest city and state to the site. If the structure is or will be in a city, enter the name of that city and state.

ITEM #13. Enter the full name of the nearest public-use (not private-use) airport or heliport or military airport or heliport to the site.

ITEM #14. Enter the distance from the airport or heliport listed in #13 to the structure.

ITEM #15. Enter the direction from the airport or heliport listed in #13 to the structure.

ITEM #16. Enter the site elevation above mean sea level and expressed in whole feet rounded to the nearest foot (e.g. 17’3” rounds to 17’, 17’6” rounds to 18’). This data should match the ground contour elevations for site depiction submitted under ITEM #20. ITEM #17. Enter the total structure height above ground l e v e l in whole feet rounded to the next highest f o o t (e.g. 17’3” rounds to 18’). The total structure height shall include anything mounted on top of the structure, such as antennas, obstruction lights, lightning rods, etc.

ITEM #18. Enter the overall height above mean sea level and expressed in whole feet. This will be the total of ITEM #16 + ITEM #17.

ITEM #19. If an FAA aeronautical study was previously conducted, enter the previous study number.

ITEM #20. Enter the relationship of the structure to roads, airports, prominent terrain, existing structures, etc. Attach an 8-1/2” x 11” non-reduced copy of the appropriate 7.5 minute U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Quadrangle Map MARKED WITH A PRECISE INDICATION OF THE SITE LOCATION. To obtain maps, contact USGS at 1-888-275-8747 or via internet at “http://store.usgs.gov”. If available, attach a copy of a documented site survey with the surveyor’s certification stating the amount of vertical and horizontal accuracy in feet.

ITEM #21. • For transmitting stations, include maximum effective radiated power (ERP) and all frequencies.• For antennas, include the type of antenna and center of radiation (Attach the antenna pattern, if available).• For microwave, include azimuth relative to true north.• For overhead wires or transmission lines, include size and configuration of wires and their supporting structures (Attach depiction).• For each pole/support, include coordinates, site elevation, and structure height above ground level or water.• For buildings, include site orientation, coordinates of each corner, dimensions, and construction materials.• For alterations, explain the alteration thoroughly.• For existing structures, thoroughly explain the reason for notifying the FAA (e.g. corrections, no record or previous study, etc.).

Filing this information with the FAA does not relieve the sponsor of this construction or alteration from complying with any other federal, state or local rules or regulations. If you are not sure what other rules or regulations apply to your proposal, contact local/state aviation’s and zoning authorities.

Paperwork Reduction Work Act Statement: This information is collected to evaluate the effect of proposed construction or alteration on air navigation and is not confidential. Providing this information is mandatory or anyoneproposing construction or alteration that meets or exceeds the criteria contained in 14 CFR, part 77. We estimate that the burden of this collection is an average 19 minutes per response, including the time for reviewinginstructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, completing and reviewing the collection of information. A federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required torespond to, nor shall a person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays a currentlyvalid OMB Control Number. The OMB control number associated with this collection is 2120-0001. Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at:800 Independence Ave SW, Washington, DC 20591, Attn: Information Collection Clearance Officer, AES-200.

Fcrm 7460-1 (2-12) Superseded Previous Edition Electronic Version (Adobe) NSN: 0052-00-012-0009

Please Type or Print on This FormForm Approved OMB No.2120-0001

Expiration Date:

Failure To Provide All Requested Information May Delay Processing of Your Notice

U.S. Department of Transportation Notice of Proposed Construction or AlterationFederal Aviation Administration

FOR FAA USE ONLYAeronautical Study Number

1. Sponsor (person, company, etc. proposing this action):

Attn. of:

Name:

Address:

City: State: Zip:

Telephone: Fax:

9. Latitude: 0 , , " 0 10. Longitude: , ,

11. Datum: NAD 83 NAD 27 Other

12. Nearest: City: State

13. Nearest Public-use (not private-use) or Military Airport or Heliport:

14. Distance from #13. to Structure:

15. Direction from #13. to Structure:

16. Site Elevation (AMSL): ft.

17. Total Structure Height (AGL): ft.

18. Overall Height (#16 + #17) (AMSL): ft.

19. Previous FAA Aeronautical Study Number (if applicable):

-OE

20. Description of Location: (Attach a USGS 7.5 minute Quadrangle Map with the precise site marked and any certified survey)

2. Sponsor's Representative (if other than #1):

Attn. of:

Name:

Address:

City: State: Zip:_______________

Telephone: Fax:

3. Notice of: New Construction Alteration Existing

4. Duration: Permanent Temporary ( months, days)

5. Work Schedule: Beginning End

6. Type: Antenna Tower Crane Building Power Line Landfill Water Tank Other

7. Marking/Painting and/or Lighting Preferred: Red Lights and Paint Dual - Red and Medium Intensity White-Medium Intensity Dual - Red and high Intensity White -High Intensity Other

8. FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number (if applicable):

21. Complete Description of Proposal: Frequency/Power (kW)

Notice is required by 14 Code of Federal Regulations, part 77 pursuant to 49 U.S.C., Section 44718. Persons who knowingly and willingly violate the notice requirements of part 77 are subject to a civil penalty of $1,000 per day until the notice is received, pursuant to 49 U.S.C., Section 46301(a)

I hereby certify that all of the above statements made by me are true, complete, and correct to the best of my knowledge. In addition, I agree to mark and/or light the structure in accordance with established marking & lighting standards as necessary.

Date Typed or Printed Name and Title of Person Filing Notice Signature

FAA Form 7460-1 (2-12) Supersedes Previous Edition NSN: 0052-00-012-0009


SPECIFICATION 01010-1 SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION 01010 SCOPE OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF PROJECT

The work to be done under this contract is the construction in a workmanlike manner of the Work as shown, document and set forth in the Contract Documents to construct a new maintenance and administration building at Buckley Air Force Base. Briefly the Work of the Contract can be summarized as follows: Project Description: Buckley Air Force Base Maintenance. Stories: One, partial building is a high bay. Approximate Area: 12,500 square feet. Occupancy Classification: B (office)/ S1 (storage). Construction Type: Type IIB. Foundations: Shallow Spread footings and isolated pad footings for columns.

Blast Resistant Design: For exterior walls and openings in accordance with Unified Facilities Criteria DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings. Structure: Structural steel framing for beams, columns and steel bar joist roof framing with metal decking for the roof. The roof framing is supported on load-bearing concrete masonry walls and load bearing light-gage framed walls.

Exterior Walls: The exterior walls are a mix between smooth and split face CMU either load bearing or with light-gauge back up. Two types of metal wall panels occur on CMU backup. Roof: Standing seam metal roof with prefinished fascia on the sloped roof and EPDM on the low slope roof. Partitions: Gypsum wall board on metal studs with selected areas of CMU. Mechanical Systems Plumbing: Domestic water and storm sewer Fire sprinklers HVAC and Controls Electrical



Power and Lighting Telephone

Fire Alarm and Detection Security and data raceways 1.2 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACT TIME, AND LIQUIDATED

DAMAGES

A. Construction means, methods and sequence of construction are to be determined by the General Contractor and approved by the Contracting Officer.

B. The Contractors shall achieve Substantial Completion 365 days from the date of receiving Notice to Proceed (NTP) unless approved otherwise by the Contracting Officer

C. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time specified in the contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying the specified amount of liquidated damages for each calendar day of delay until work is completed or accepted. Reference contract clause FAR 52.211-12 Liquidated Damages Construction for specific amount.

1.3 BID SCHEDULE OPTIONS

A. Base Bid: All items shown in drawings except identified bid options

B. Bid Options (Add Options):

1. Demolition of Building 1606 2. New Storm Sewer 3. Remove Pavement and Replace with Seed 4. Exhaust in maintenance bay 5. Solar PV Rough-In 6. New Telecomm Service Conduit

a. 12 strand singlemode fiber optic cable and 50-pair copper cable b. 24 strand singlemode fiber optic cable and 100-pair copper cable

7. Cranes (rail installed equipment only) 8. Electrical Emergency Backup for Building

1.4 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)

A. All items and work indicated on the drawings or in the specifications as N.I.C. will be furnished and installed by the Government.

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS



A. The General Contractors shall thoroughly familiarize himself with the Drawings and Specifications to ensure against misunderstanding between trades during entire construction of the Project.

B. Before construction begins, a construction schedule shall be prepared by the Contractors and reviewed/accepted by the Contracting Officer.

1.6 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS

A. Rough-In: All rough-in for all items of work and materials indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, except as may be specifically excluded, shall be furnished and installed, complete, by the Contractors.

B. Preservation and Restoration of Property: Contractors shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property on the surface or underground, along and adjacent to the work, and shall conduct their operations in a manner that will ensure against injury or damage thereto.

C. Where any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the work, or because of non-execution thereof, on the part of the Contractors, such property shall be restored by the Contractors, at no cost to the Government, to a condition equal to that existing before such damage was done, by repairing, rebuilding or otherwise restoring same in a manner acceptable to the Government.

D. All work performed under this Contract shall proceed with due care and safety for all personnel and pedestrians. All work shall be planned so that the Project can be secured against unauthorized entry at the end of each working day.

E. Although every endeavor has been made, on the Drawings and in Specifications to show all new and existing conditions, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to fully and carefully evaluate and comprehend the drawings and jobsite conditions prior to submitting the bid proposal. It is not the intent of the Contract to pay the Contractors for work due to minor deviations from Drawings and Specifications. The drawings provided represent the best known as-built condition of the existing conditions and the notes provided represent the best known conditions at the time of award.

1.7 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractors shall provide and maintain all necessary fences, barricades and other reasonable safeguards required to insure the safety of all personnel.





END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01039-1 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Coordination and project conditions.

B. Preconstruction meeting.

C. Progress meetings.

D. Pre-installation meetings.

E. Examination.

F. Preparation.


A. Section 01000, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

B. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

C. Section 01310, CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES.


E. Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL

1.3 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

B. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate areas in preparation for Substantial Completion.

C. After the Government takes occupancy of the Project, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of the Government’s activities.



1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. The Contracting Officer will schedule and preside at the pre-construction meeting.

B. Attendance Required:

1. Contracting Officer and other Colorado Air National Guard (Government) representatives.

2. Local and regional Government representatives.

3. Installation representatives (Engineering, Fire Marshall, Security, etc.).

4. Contractor.

5. Major Subcontractors.

6. Architect/Engineer Firm Representatives.

C. Agenda:

1. Execute Notice to Proceed.

2. Distribute Contract Documents.

3. Submission of list of Subcontractors.

4. Review Government checklist of CONTRACTING requirements.

5. Discuss Schedule.

6. Discuss critical sequencing.

7. Designation of responsible personnel.

8. Explain procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.

9. Explain procedures for submission of applications for payment.

10. Explain Shop Drawing submittal procedure.

11. Discuss procedures for maintaining record documents.

12. Discuss fire and safety procedures.

13. Discuss security procedures.

14. Discuss accident prevention and reports.



15. Discuss housekeeping procedures.

16. Discuss the use of the Installation’s property/premises:

17. Discuss office and storage trailer locations.

18. Discuss location of parking for construction personnel.

19. Discuss major equipment deliveries.

20. Erosion and Sediment Control (Storm Water Pollution Plan).

21. Hazardous materials.

22. Discuss LEED requirements.

23. Discuss other issues pertinent to completing the contract.

D. Meeting Minutes: Minutes will be taken by the Contractor and distributed to Government, the Contractor, and the Installation’s Point of Contact.

1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. The Contracting Officer shall schedule the weekly or bi-weekly progress meetings throughout project or as required.

B. The Contractor shall preside at all weekly or bi-weekly progress meetings.

C. The Contractor shall coordinate meetings, prepare an agenda and distribute to all of the participants.

D. The progress meetings shall be held at a location determined by the Contracting Officer or COR, or at another location as indicated in the meeting notice.

E. Attendance Required:

1. Contractor's project manager.

2. Contractor's superintendent.

3. Major Subcontractors and Suppliers (as pertinent to the agenda).

4. Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR).

5. Representatives of Governmental or other regulatory agencies (as pertinent to the agenda).

6. Architect/Engineer Firm Representatives.



F. Agenda:

1. Review minutes of previous meetings.

2. Review progress of work. When a CPM is required, reviewed progress shall be in a bar chart format with each element that falls on the critical path for the next seven calendar days shown and activities that effect items currently on the critical path or will be on the critical path showing reference to that item on the critical path. Also review work not completed in the past seven calendar days. Provide a narrative of reason(s) for delay.

3. Review field observations, problems and decisions.

4. Identify problems that impede planned progress.

5. Review current approved AF Form 66 or approved equal as undated to date of meeting and status of submittals in progress. Provide a hard copy and updated PDF and excel file copy of the current AF Form 66 or approved equal. Reports from on-line project management system may be used to supplement the AF Form 66 or approved equal.

6. Review offsite fabrication and delivery schedules.

7. Review progress schedule. When a CPM is required, review impacts to the current Base Line and Monthly Updated Critical Path. Provide a narrative of schedule impacts. Refer to Section 01310 for monthly progress report forms to be reviewed prior to payment application.

8. Review corrective measures required to regain projected schedules.

9. Review projected progress of work.

10. Review maintenance of quality and work standards.

11. Review the effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.

12. Review other business relating to work.

G. Meeting Minutes: The Contractor shall record the meeting minutes and distribute copies to all of the participants, within three business days of the progress meeting. After review of the minutes, any participants requesting additional information be added to the minutes shall do so (in writing) within two business days after receipt of the minutes.





END OF SECTION



PAGE IS INENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


SPECIFICATION 01040-1 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND GPS

REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01040 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND GPS REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS

The definitions listed below form a part of this specification.

A. Attribute: For the purpose of As-Built drawings and GPS data, a features “attribute” serves to limit, identify, particularize, and describe a feature based on how it was as-found in the field or As-Built constructed to provide a detailed description that allows quick reference to the feature location(s) and properties for future designs and or modifications to the feature.

1. With reference to information of a utility line: attributes shall include GPS locates along the line, slope, depth, material types, dimensions of components, size of cables as applicable, etc. i.e. 4-4” PVC conduits, incased in concrete, conduit 1-- y-xxx fiber optic data cable(s) where y is the number of cables, xxx is the description of cable type, conduit 2—y-xxx copper cabling, conduit 3 –spare, conduit 4-spare.

2. With reference to information of a utility structures such as a manhole, inlet etc.: attributes shall include GPS locates, top of manhole rim elevations, invert elevations into and exiting the structure, material types, dimensions, labeling on the manhole or inlet cover etc. To accurately describe the feature.

3. With reference to above ground structures such as roads; fencing; walls; equipment pads; buildings; towers/foundations; etc.: attributes shall include GPS locates of the edge of pavements/top of curb, edge of sidewalks, at intersections to other surface features; GPS locates of fence corner posts, directional changes, gate posts; GPS locates of wall, pad and building corners; GPS locates of tower foundations corners or center of foundation for circular foundations with foundation diameter noted.

B. Contract Drawings: Final drawings submitted by the A&E to the contracting officer for the use of construction.

C. Red-Line Drawings: Also known as As-Built Drawings, are Contract drawings marked-up to show actual work performed to include necessary sketches, modification drawings, shop drawings and notes. Red ink is used to represent anything that was added or modified to the project. Green ink is



REQUIREMENTS

used to represent anything that is deleted from the project. These drawings should be modified as the construction project is being done.

D. As-Built Drawings: Professionally finished drawings and electronic CADD files developed from the contractors Red-Line drawings that include all of the changes and or modifications and the GPS coordinates of utilities. These need to be suitable for full-size reproduction.

E. Record Drawings: Professionally finished drawings and electronic CADD files developed from the contractors professionally finished As-Built drawings that include all of the changes and or modifications and the GPS coordinates of utilities. These should not contain any revision clouds and or references to additional documentation outside of the drawings themselves. These need to be suitable for full-size reproduction.

F. Full-Size Drawings: 24 inches x 36 inches nominal size (ARCH D) or 22 inches x 34 inches nominal size drawings with all details visually readable.

G. Half-Size Drawings: 12 inches x 18 inches nominal size (ARCH B) or 11 inches x 17 inches nominal size drawings with all details visually readable.

H. Electronic CADD Files: Electronic CADD files are files saved on CD-ROM from the CAD design program in a .DWG format. These files need to be in a AutoCAD 2012 or newer format. Electronic file should always contain everything needed to view and or print the drawing in the way it was intended to be seen. If the files were created in something other than Basic AutoCAD then the files need to be converted and or exploded. All files should be kept in one folder on the CD to include X-references, Fonts, Shape Files, and .CTB files. (Binding each sheet is an acceptable method for X-ref management and E-transmit should be used to gather all files associated with the drawings.)


A. Section 01000 – General Requirements

B. Section 01300 – Submittals

C. Section 01720 – Project Record Documents



REQUIREMENTS

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Refer to section 01000 and section 01300 for the submittal requirements for as-built drawings. Preliminary as-built drawings shall be submitted as red-line drawings. Final as-built drawings shall be CADD drawings.

D. Preliminary As-Built Drawings

E. Preliminary GPS Data

F. Final As-Built Drawings

G. Final GPS Data

1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The work includes creation of bond paper drawings and electronic CAD files on AutoCAD 2012 or newer for Record drawings to accurately depict existing conditions of the project. The Contractor is responsible for development of electronic CAD files in accordance with US National CAD Standards (NCS) and any requirements of ANG ETL 13-11.

B. Standards

The National CAD Standards (NCS) can be obtained on line at http://www.nationalcadstandard.org/ncs5/ and ANG ETL 13-11 will be made available. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the required CAD software. The 140 CES/CEC will furnish a CD of CAD (read-write) contract drawing files in the software language specified. This is the software language required by the Using Service. These drawing files shall be used to prepare required Record drawings. The Record drawings shall include all major features of the work and all details to the same level as the original contract set of drawings. All changes from the contract drawings, including but not limited to all deviations, additional information, and modifications to the contract shall be shown on the As-built drawings. GPS coordinates of all utility lines will be shown on the As-Built drawings. Where contract drawings or specifications allow for options, only the option selected and actually constructed shall be shown on the As-Built Drawings. Systems designed or enhanced by the Contractor such as HVAC control system, fire alarm system fire sprinkler system, irrigation sprinkler system, and letters of clarification, shall be accurately and neatly recorded on the As-Built Drawings using the same symbols, terminology, and general quality as the original set of contract drawings. All sheets affected by a change shall be

http://www.nationalcadstandard.org/ncs5/



REQUIREMENTS

revised. The transmittal requirements for the As-built Drawings shall be shown as events on the Contractor prepared project schedule.

1.5 DELIVERY / PAYMENT

A. Final As-Built drawings shall be submitted within 60 calendar days of substantial completion. If satisfactory As-Built drawings are not received within 120 days of substantial completion, the government will withhold funds (reference Section 01000, Paragraph 1.17) to complete the As-Built.

1.6 TRANSMITTAL OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND GPS DATA

A. Red-Line drawings: the contractor shall produce a Red-Line drawing submittal indicating as-built conditions. The submittal shall be paper drawings with hand written "clouding” and notations. Red-Line drawings shall encompass all project drawings. These drawings shall be sheets used for the construction of this project. Documents shall be submitted two (2) weeks prior to the final acceptance inspection unless otherwise directed by the COR. The COR will notify the contractor in writing of approval / disapproval. The contractor shall not submit the final As-Built drawings until he receives the COR's letter approving the Red-Line drawings.

B. Final As-Built Drawings

1. The Contractor shall produce Final As-Built Drawings on AutoCAD (Version 2010) with "clouding" layers. The Final Drawings shall include all changes. The Final Drawings in the form of a CD-ROM shall be submitted to the COR and 140 CES/CEC no earlier than the day of acceptance of the project and no later than sixty (60) days after the date on the acceptance letter for the Preliminary Drawing unless otherwise directed by the COR. Contractor shall send the following documents to the COR:

a) One (1) set of CADD files on CD-ROM (folder name containing as-built files shall be designated "AS-BUILTS" on each CD-ROM). Both CD case and CD-ROM shall contain the name of the project, location, specification number, and contract number, and words "As-Built Record Set"). The folder shall contain drawings, indexes and X-REF files related to all as-builts.

b) One (1) full-size set of bond paper As-Built Drawings, along with all red-lined hard copy drawings prepared by the Contractor during construction. COR will forward one (1) full-size set of drawings along



REQUIREMENTS

with CD-ROM to the customer. Final payment shall not be processed and approved until approval of Final As-Built Drawings.

C. Final As-Built Drawings Preparation

1. Final electronic as-built drawings shall be produced in accordance with the following process for AutoCAD drawings:

2. Clouding (as-builts) shall be accomplished on layer 63 of the drawing file.

D. For AutoCAD (*DWG) Files

1. When opened, the drawing shall be seen exactly as it should be plotted.

2. The view shall be zoomed to fit the border.

3. All information in the title block shall be filled in, including plot scale.

4. The information in the title block shall be correct, including the design file name and the plot scale.

5. All files shall reference an AutoCAD border supplied by the 140 CES/CEC.

6. All unnecessary information outside the border shall be deleted.

7. All files shall be purged.

8. All xrefs shall be included.

9. All fonts used shall be included with the set, even if it is the standard AutoCAD fonts.

10. An ASCII text file shall be provided with the following information: the name and phone number of the person we need to contact if we have problems, and the version of AutoCAD used to create and/or work on the drawings.

11. Both the .ctb file and the .pc3 file shall be supplied.

12. Each sheet/design shall have its own file and file name.

13. All proxy graphics shall be exploded to allow editing with AutoCAD without the use of Autodesk desktop software.



REQUIREMENTS

1.7 PROCEDURE

A. Upon award of this contract, One (1) CD-ROM containing the contract drawings (read-write CADD files) in AutoCAD (Version 2012) format, for use in the preparation of As-Built Drawings by the Contractor, will be forwarded to the Contractor. The Contractor shall utilize this CD-ROM to create a set of electronic CAD files and full-size Red-Line Drawings to fully indicate As-Built conditions. The Red-Line Drawings shall be maintained at the site, in a current condition until the completion of the work and shall be available for review by the COR at all times. All as-built conditions shall be on the Red-Line Drawings within two (2) days after the work activity is completed or shall be entered on the deficiency tracking system. The Contractor shall not convert electronic drawing files from one software language to another (i.e. Microstation to AutoCAD or AutoCAD to Microstation).

1.8 TITLE BLOCKS

A. The contract number and the specification number (if available) shall be shown on all sheets. "RECORD DRAWING" shall be added below the title block on all sheets. All modifications to the contract shall be posted in ascending order. The top line of the revision box shall state "REVISED TO SHOW AS-BUILT CONDITIONS" and dated. All modifications to all plans, sections, or details, shall have a modification number placed in the revision box under column entitled "Symbol". The statement "GENERAL REVISIONS" may be used when applicable. The date to be added in the revision box for modifications is found in Block 3 of Form SF-30. Cover Sheet will have Contract Award Set changed to As-Built Record Set with month & year completed. Month and year completed will also go in the date box in the title block. There will be no separate dates.

1.9 PROCEDURES FOR POSTING MODIFICATION CHANGES TO DRAWINGS

A. Follow directions in the modification for posting descriptive changes. A Modification Circle shall be place at the location of each deletion. The highest modification number on the sheet should be shown in the modification circle in the "DATE" and "DRAWING CODE" boxes of the title block. For all new details or sections that are added to a drawing, place a Modification Circle by the detail or section title.

B. For changes to a drawing, place a Modification Circle by the title of the affected plan, section or detail titles (each location).



REQUIREMENTS

C. For changes to schedules on drawings, a Modification Circle shall be placed either by the schedule heading or by the change in the schedule.

D. The Modification Circle size shall be 1/2-inch diameter unless the area where circle is to be placed is crowded. Use smaller size circle for crowded areas.

1.10 WORD ABBREVIATIONS

A. Abbreviations shown on the abbreviation sheet shall be used to describe all work items. Additional word abbreviations, not found on the abbreviation sheet but necessary to describe the work, shall be properly identified and incorporated with the other standard word abbreviations.

1.11 LEGEND SHEETS

A. Symbols, which conflict with those on the original contract legend sheet, shall not be used. Additional symbols, necessary to depict any additional work items, shall be properly identified and added to the legend sheet or supplemental legend. Those projects that do not have legend sheets may use supplemental legends on each sheet where symbol is shown.

1.12 CONTRACTOR SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Contractor shop drawings, which supersede data on the contract plans and/or additional drawings, prepared by the Contractor, shall be incorporated into the As-Built Drawings. Design plans prepared by Contractor shall include the designer's name on the As-Built Drawings.

1.13 INDEXING OF DRAWINGS

A. If drawings are added to the portfolio of drawings to depict as-built conditions, the index of drawings shall be revised accordingly.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. As-Built drawings shall include as-built information to the same level of detail as shown on the original details, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor



REQUIREMENTS

shall provide any additional full-size drawings as required to display all the details.

3.2 SITE WORK

A. Utilities

1. All utilities shall be shown whether active, inactive, shown on the original contract drawings, or found on-site. The type of utility, location, general direction, size, material make-up and depth shall be shown. The location and description of any utility line or other installations of any kind known to exist within the construction area shall be shown. The location shall include dimensions to permanent features.

a. GPS Survey of As-Built Utility Lines

1) All new underground utility lines (including electrical power and communications, gas, water, sanitary sewer, storm drains, fuel lines, roof drains and culverts) and associated fixtures (valves, manholes, test points, meters, cathodic protection points, tanks, ground points, and all point features along the new utility lines) shall be located during installation using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) surveying grade equipment. The Contractor shall survey pipe invert of gas, water, sanitary sewer, storm drains, roof drains and culverts and top of duct bank of electrical power and communications lines. Storm drains and sanitary sewer lines shall be surveyed where pipes enter manholes and inlets and at 100-foot maximum intervals along the line. The inverts of all cleanouts and tees shall be surveyed. Inverts at each end of culverts, sewer line pipe shall be surveyed. Electrical power, communications, gas and water lines shall be surveyed at all manholes, tees, valves, corners, changes in direction and at intervals along the line which will accurately depict the location of the line in both horizontal and vertical directions (50-foot maximum interval). The horizontal and vertical accuracy shall be that 95% of the points are + 0.5’ of their absolute position. The horizontal and vertical accuracy of the remaining 5% of the points shall be + 1.0’ of their absolute position. The coordinates shall be tied to Colorado Central State Plane, NAD83,



REQUIREMENTS

referenced to the Colorado High Accuracy Reference Network (HARN). The units of measurement shall be the U.S. feet and vertical datum shall be NAVD 1988. AutoCAD layer structure shall conform to Tri-Service standards.

B. Structures

1. Structures above and below ground shall be shown. The size, material make-up, location, height, and/or depth shall be shown. Manholes shall show rim elevation and invert elevations as applicable. Power poles shall show electrical equipment and voltage rating.

C. Grades

1. Grade or alignment of roads, structures, or utilities shall be corrected if any changes were made from the contract drawings. Elevations shall be corrected if changes were made in site grading.

3.3 STRUCTURAL

A. Steel/Concrete

2. Shop drawings shall be incorporated in the As-Built Drawings.

3.4 MECHANICAL

A. Ductwork

1. Ductwork shall be shown to reflect actual installation and duct size.

2. Ductwork routing changes shall be shown.

3. Show all locations and sizes of access doors to ductwork as installed.

B. Plumbing

1. Piping and fixtures shall be shown to reflect the type of material, size and the route or location.

3.5 FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

A. Panels



REQUIREMENTS

1. All contract drawing panel schedules shall be revised to show as-built conditions.

2. All alarm locations shall be shown on as-built drawings.

B. Controls

1. All control diagrams in contract drawings shall be revised to reflect as-built conditions, and set points.

C. Sprinklers

1. The location of all fire suppressions sprinklers, piping, valves and control boxes shall be shown on the as-built drawings.

3.6 ELECTRICAL

A. Panels

1. All contract drawing panel schedules shall be revised to show as-built conditions. Home-run circuit designation on electrical drawings shall accurately correspond to the as-built panel schedules.

B. Controls

1. All control diagrams in contract drawings shall be revised to reflect as-built conditions, and set points.

END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01045-1 CUTTING AND PATCHING

SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.



B. Section 01010, SCOPE OF WORK.

C. Section 01039, COORDINATION AND MEETINGS.

D. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

E. Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.

F. Section 01710, CLEANING.

G. Individual Product Specification Sections:

1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the section.

2. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections.

3. Limitations and approval required on cutting structural members.

H. Division 15, MECHANICAL.

I. Division 16, ELECTRICAL.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written request to the Contracting Officer in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:

1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.

2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.



3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.

4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.

5. Work of other Contractors.

B. Include in request:

1. Identification of Project.

2. Location and description of affected Work.

3. Necessity for cutting or alteration.

4. Description of proposed Work and Products to be used.

a. Scope of cutting and patching.

b. Trades to execute work.

c. Products proposed to be used.

d. Extent of refinishing.

5. Alternatives to cutting and patching.

6. Effect on other work.

7. Effect on structural integrity of the project.

8. Effect on work of other Contractors.

9. Written permission of affected other Contractors.

10. Date and time work will be executed.

C. Submit cost estimate for cutting and patching requested by the Contracting Officer that is beyond the contract requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation.

B. Product substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.



PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching.

B. After uncovering existing Work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.

C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.

B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work.

C. Maintain excavations free of water.

3.3 CUTTING

A. Execute cutting and fitting including excavation and fill to complete the Work.

B. Uncover work to install improperly sequenced work.

C. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.

D. Remove samples of installed work for testing when specified or requested in writing by the Contracting Officer.

E. Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work.

F. Remove work to provide for alteration of work.

G. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.

H. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed without prior approval.



I. Do not endanger any work by cutting or altering work or any part of the work.

J. Do not cut or alter work of another Contractor without written consent of the Contracting Officer.

K. Upon receipt of written instructions from the Contracting Officer, uncover work to provide for Contracting Officer’s observation of covered work. All costs associated with cutting/patching to uncover work shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.4 PATCHING

A. Execute patching to complement adjacent Work.

B. Fit products together to integrate with other Work.

C. Work shall be executed by methods that avoid damage to other Work. Provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.

D. The original installer shall perform patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces.

E. All patching shall be completed utilizing new products. Refer to appropriate specification sections for product requirements.

F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

G. After cutting and/or patching, refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to the nearest intersection or natural break point. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.

END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01050-1 FIELD ENGINEERING

SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services for:

1. Survey work required in execution of work, and generation of the As-Built Documents as outlined in Section 01040.

2. Civil, structural, Roofing, or other professional engineering services specified or required to execute the Contractor’s construction method.

B. The method of field staking for the construction of the work shall be at the option of the Contractor.

C. The accuracy of any method of staking shall be responsibility of the Contractor. All engineering for vertical and horizontal control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the preservation of all stakes and marks. If any stakes or marks are carelessly or willfully disturbed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall not proceed with any work until he has reestablished such points, marks, lines and elevations as may be necessary for the prosecution of the work.

E. The Contractor shall retain the services of a competent surveyor, registered in the State of Colorado, to layout the work and maintain a survey during construction. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper location of the work.

1.2 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS

A. All survey reference point shall be derived from benchmarks identified in the Contract Drawings or provided by the Government. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent reference points during construction.

1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Contracting Officer.

2. Report to the Contracting Officer when any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations.


SPECIFICATION 01050-2 FIELD ENGINEERING

1.3 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

A. Establish temporary bench marks as needed, referenced to data established by survey control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Record Drawings.

B. Establish lines and levels, and locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:

1. Site improvements, including utility slopes and invert elevations.

2. Batter boards for structures.

C. From time to time, verify layouts by same methods.

D. Establish all lines and grades prior to construction of site improvements.

1.4 RECORDS

A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.

B. At Contract closeout, submit a survey of installation of roadways, drainage, site grading and manholes at the same scale as the Construction Documents indicating elevations and channel stationing at 100-foot increments.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. On request of the Contracting Officer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.

B. Submit Drawings showing locations of all pipes and structures constructed. This Drawing shall be included with the Record Drawings.



END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01060-1 SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

SECTION 01060 SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Contractor required health and safety plan. See Section 01060, SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, and section 01420, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, for sample requirements

B. Construction Hazard Plan.


A. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS - (Job Hazard Analysis, Job Safety and Health Plan, Hazard Response Plan).

B. Section 01420, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.

C. Section 01710, CLEANING


1.3 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.

1. OSHA 1926. – 29 CFR, OSHA 1926.65.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals for Contracting Officer’s Approval: The following items shall be submitted for approval:

1. Designation of Safety Representative: The Contractor shall designate in writing a qualified employee OSHA Trained under 1926.65 responsible for the overall supervision of all accident prevention activities. Duties shall include ensuring applicable safety requirements are incorporated into work methods and inspecting the jobsite to



ensure that safety measures and instructions are actually being applied. This person shall be on site at all time that work is in progress.

2. The Contractor shall be trained/certified in OSHA 1926.65 procedures. All other employees performing site work will meet OSHA 1926 training requirements for their job capacity.

3. Job Safety and Health Plan:

a. The Contractor shall develop a Job Safety and Health Plan for presentation at the Pre-construction conference. The Contractor's Safety Plan shall make whatever provisions are necessary to conduct work in accordance with current OSHA standards.

b. The following are minimum requirements for the health and safety plan:

1) Safety Plans: Safety Plans will be the responsibility of the Contractor for construction areas identified by the installation and/or Government as areas of known hazards only. These plans are required by 29 CFR 1926 and are the responsibility of the Contractor. This requirement will be coordinated through the Health and Safety Program of the military installation by the Contractor.

2) Minimum Requirements for the Health and Safety Plan are as follows:

a) Must be kept on site, and must be written.

b) Will contain a hazard analysis (safety and health risk) for each site task and operation (to be supplied by the installation).

c) Will include employee training (per paragraph (3) of 1926.65).

d) Will include personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the site tasks and operations (paragraph (g) (5) of 1926.65).

e) Will include provision for medical surveillance (paragraph (f) of 1926.65).



f) Will include the frequency and types of air monitoring, personal monitoring, environmental sampling techniques, instruments to be used (their maintenance and calibration).

g) Will include a site control program (per paragraph (d) of 1926.65) to be coordinated with the installation.

h) Will include a decontamination procedure (per paragraph (k) of 1926.65).

i) Will include an emergency response plan (per paragraph (1) of 1926.65).

j) Will include a confined space entry procedure (per 1926.65 or program equivalent).

k) Will include provision for spill containment (per paragraph (j) of 1926.65).

l) Will include pre-entry briefings (prior to each site task activity) for all employees involved in the task, supervision, or emergency response.

m) Will include telephone notification of accidents and followed by a written report of the accident.

n) Written verification of adherence to the "plan" by a Safety and Health Supervisor is required (the supervisor must meet the 1926.65 training requirements for supervisors).

o) Deficiencies will be corrected immediately upon discovery and after consultation with the Contracting Officer.

B. Submittals for Information Only: The following items shall be Contractor certified:

1. Job Hazard Analysis: Contractor shall develop a job hazard analysis for presentation at the pre-construction conference. The Contractor's job hazard analysis shall list potential hazards that could arise during the course of the work.

2. Hazard Response Plan: The plan unplanned or non-predicted discovery of such hazards as transite pipe, contaminated soils, and other possible



hazards will be addressed within an Emergency Response Plan (EMR) by all contractors. This requirement will be coordinated through the Health and Safety Program of the military installation by the Contractor (sample provided by Contracting Officer).

a. Material Safety Data Sheets will be maintained at the site for all hazardous materials in use.

1.5 MONTHLY SAFETY MEETINGS

A. The Contractor will schedule subsequent safety meetings with Contractor and Subcontractor personnel on a monthly basis. Minutes of safety meetings shall be prepared and signed by the Contractor. Concurrence signed by Inspection Section and the original submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Representative for inclusion in the contract file.

B. A copy of the monthly safety meeting minutes shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer.

1.6 LIFE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall comply with 1926.65 and all provisions of this section during the life of the contract.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 HEAD PROTECTION (HARD HATS)

A. All work sites under this contract are designated Hard Hat Areas. The Contractor shall post the area and shall ensure that all personnel, vendors and visitors use hard hats while within the limits of the work site.

3.2 SAFETY VESTS

A. All personnel shall wear a reflective safety vest at all times while within the limits of the work site. Contractor shall have additional vests available for visitors to the site.

END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01090-1 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies requirements for compliance with governing regulations, codes and standards. Requirements include obtaining permits, licenses, and inspections, as well as payments, statements and requirements associated with regulations, codes and standards.

1. Related Documents

a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.

b. Specific naming of codes or standards occurs on the drawings and in other sections of these specifications.

2. Work Included

a. Throughout the Contract Documents, reference is made to codes and standards which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials, and which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics.

b. Where materials or workmanship are required by these Contract Documents to meet or exceed the specifically named code or standard, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials and workmanship which meet or exceed the specifically named code or standard.

c. It is also the Contractor's responsibility, when so required by the Contract Documents or by written request from the Contracting Officer, to deliver to the Contracting Officer all required proof that the materials or workmanship, or both, meet or exceed the requirements of the specifically named code or standard. Such proof shall be in the form requested in writing by the Contracting Officer, and generally will be required to be copies of a certified report of tests conducted by a testing agency approved for that purpose by the Contracting Officer.




A. Familiarity With Pertinent Codes and Standards

B. In procuring all items used in this work, it is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the detailed requirements of the specifically named codes and standards and to verify that the items procured for use in this work meet or exceed the specified requirements.

C. Rejection of Non-Complying Items

1. The Contracting Officer reserves the right to reject items incorporated into the Work which fail to meet the specified minimum requirements. The Contracting Officer further reserves the right, and without prejudice to other recourse the Contracting Officer may take, to accept non-complying items subject to an adjustment in the Contract Amount as reviewed by the Contracting Officer and approved by the Government.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. The following definitions supplement definitions contained in the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions and other Contract Documents. They apply generally to the Work.

1. Contracting Officer

a. The term "Contracting Officer" refers to persons in the United States Property and Fiscal Office authorized to obligate the government for the expenditure of funds. The Contracting Officer(s) is the only person authorized to make changes to the contract. Any reference on the drawings or specifications to "Contracting Officer" shall mean "The Contracting Officer or his duly Authorized Representative".

2. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the General Conditions.

3. Indicated: Refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on Drawings, or paragraphs or schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used, it is to help locate the reference.

4. Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean "directed by the Contracting Officer," "requested by the Contracting Officer," and similar phrases. No implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend the



Contracting Officer's responsibility into the Contractor's supervision of construction.

5. Reviewed: The term "reviewed," where used in conjunction with the Construction Manager's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Construction Manager's duties and responsibilities as stated in General and Supplementary Conditions.

6. Approve: Used in conjunction with action on submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Contracting Officer's duties and Approval shall not release the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill Contract Document requirements and adhere to all applicable codes and regulations.

7. Regulation: Includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders of authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions and agreements in the construction industry that control performance of the Work, whether lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not.

8. Furnish: Means "supply and deliver, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations."

9. Install: Describes operations at site including "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations."

10. Provide: Means "furnish and install, complete and ready for use."

11. Installer: Is an entity engaged by the Contractor, an employee, or subcontractor for performance of a particular activity, including installation, erection, and application. Installers shall be experienced in the operations they perform. The term "Experienced," when used with "Installer" means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size to this project, and familiar with precautions required, and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

12. Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for performance of construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the Project is to be built.

13. Testing Laboratories: A "testing laboratory" is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on, and, if required, to interpret, results of those inspections or tests.



14. Trades Use of titles such as "carpentry" is not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades persons of the corresponding generic name.

15. Assignment of Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, and assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.

B. Industry Standards

1. Trade Associates Names and Titles

a. Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations as referenced in Contract Documents are defined to mean the associated names. Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed to be but are not assured to be accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents.

AA ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION 900 19TH ST., NW, SUITE 300, WASHINGTON DC 20006 (202) 862-5100

AABC ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL 1518 K ST., NW, SUITE 503, WASHINGTON DC 20005 (202) 737-0202.

AAMA AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1540 E. DUNDEE ROAD, SUITE 310, PALATINE, IL 60067 (708) 202-1350

AAN AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF NURSERYMEN 1250 EYE ST., NW, SUITE 500 WASHINGTON, DC 20005 (202) 789-2900.

AASHTO AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS 444 NORTH CAPITOL ST., SUITE 225 WASHINGTON, DC 20001 (202) 624-5800.



AATCC AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS P.O. BOX 12215 RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC 27709-2215 (919) 549-8141.

ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 19150 DETROIT, MI 48219 (313) 532-2600

ACIL AMERICAN COUNCIL OF INDEPENDENT LABORATORIES 1725 K ST., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20006 (202) 887-5872

ACPA AMERICAN CONCRETE PIPE ASSOCIATION 8300 BOONE BLVD., SUITE 400 VIENNA, VA 22182 (703) 821-1990

ADC AIR DIFFUSION COUNCIL ONE ILLINOIS CENTER, SUITE 200, 111 EAST WACKER DRIVE, CHICAGO, IL 60601-4298 (312) 616-0800.

AFBMA ANTI-FRICTION BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1101 CONNECTICUT AVE., NW, SUITE 700 WASHINGTON, DC 20036 (202) 429-5155

AGA AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION 1515 WILSON BLVD. ARLINGTON, VA 22209 (703) 841-8400.

AHA AMERICAN HARDBOARD ASSOCIATION 520 N. HICKS RD. PALATINE, IL 60067 (708) 934-8800.

AHAM ASSOCIATION OF HOME APPLIANCE MANUFACTURERS 20 N. WACKER DRIVE CHICAGO, IL 60606 (312) 984-5800.

AI ASPHALT INSTITUTE RESEARCH PARK DRIVE P.O. BOX 14052 LEXINGTON, KY 40512-4052 (606) 288-4960.

AIA AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20006 (202) 626-7300.

A.I.A. AMERICAN INSURANCE ASSOCIATION 1130 CONNECTICUT AVE., NW, SUITE 1000 WASHINGTON, DC 20036 (202) 828-7100.

AIHA AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 8390, 345 WHITE POND DR., AKRON, OH 44320 (216) 873-2442.

AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ONE EAST WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 3100, CHICAGO, IL 60611-2001 (312) 670-2400



AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE 1101 17TH STREET, NW, SUITE 1300, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-4700 (202) 463-6573.

ALI ASSOCIATED LABORATORIES 500 S. VERMONT ST. PALATINE, IL 60067 (708) 358-7400

ALSC AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS COMMITTEE P.O. BOX 210 GERMANTOWN, MD 20875 (301) 972-1700.

AMCA AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION 30 W. UNIVERSITY DRIVE ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004-1893 (708) 394-0150.

ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 11 WEST 42ND STREET, 13TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10036 (212) 642-4900

AOAC ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTS 2200 WILSON BLVD. SUITE 400, ARLINGTON, VA 22201-3301 (703) 522-3032

AOSA ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL SEED ANALYSTS C/O LARRY J. PRENTICE 268 PLANT SCIENCE 1 ANF-UNL, BOX 19281 LINCOLN, NE 68583-0911 (217) 782-7655

APA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 11700 TACOMA, WA 98411 (206) 565-6600.

API AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE 1220 L ST., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20005 (202) 682-8000.

ARI AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE 1501 WILSON BLVD., 6TH FLOOR ARLINGTON VA 22209 (703) 524-8800

ARMA ASPHALT ROOFING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 6288 MONTROSE RD. ROCKVILLE, MD 20852 (301) 231-9050

ASA ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA 500 SUNNYSIDE BLVD. WOODBURY, NY 11797 (516) 349-7800.

ASC ADHESIVE AND SEALANT COUNCIL 1627 K ST., NW., SUITE 1000 WASHINGTON, DC 20006-1707 (202) 452-1500

ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS 1791 TULLIE CIRCLE, NE ATLANTA, GA 30329 (404) 636-8400



ASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 345 EAST 47TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 705-7722.

ASPE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF PLUMBING ENGINEERS 3617 THOUSAND OAKS BLVD., SUITE 210 WESTLAKE, CA 91362 (805) 495-7120.

ASSE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SANITARY ENGINEERING P.O. BOX 40362 BAY VILLAGE, OH 44140 (216) 835-3040.

ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 RACE ST. PHILADELPHIA, PA 19103 (215) 977-9679.

AWCMA AMERICAN WINDOW COVERING MANUFACTURERS ASSN. 355 LEXINGTON AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10017 (212) 661-4261.

AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 1550 13924 BRADDOCK RD. SUITE 100, CENTERVILLE, VA 22020 (703) 222-1100.

AWPA AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS' ASSOC. 4128 1/2 CALIFORNIA AVENUE SW NO.177 SEATTLE, WA 98116 (206) 937-5338

AWPB AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS BUREAU 4 E. WASHINGTON ST. NEWNAN, GA 30263 (404) 254-9877.

AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY P.O. BOX 351040 550 LEJEUNE RD., NW MIAMI, FL 33135 (305) 443-9353.

AWWA AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 W. QUINCY AVENUE DENVER CO 80235 (303) 794-7711.

BANC BRICK ASSOCIATION OF NORTH CAROLINA P.O. BOX 13290 GREENSBORO, NC 27415 (919) 273-5566.

BHMA BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 355 LEXINGTON AVE., 17TH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 661-4261.

BIA BRICK INSTITUTE OF AMERICA 11490 COMMERCE PARK DRIVE, RESTON, VA 22091 (703) 620-0010.

BIFMA BUSINESS AND INSTITUTIONAL FURNITURE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2335 BURTON ST., SE GRAND RAPIDS, MI 49506 (616) 243-1681.



CAGI COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS INSTITUTE C/O JOHN H. ADDINGTON, THOMAS ASSOCIATES, INC. 1300 SUMNER AVENUE CLEVELAND, OH 44115-2851 (216) 241-7333.

CAUS COLOR ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES 409 W. 44TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10036 (212) 582-6884.

CBM CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION HANNA BUILDING SUITE 772, 1422 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, OH 44115 (216) 241-0711

CCC CARPET CUSHION COUNCIL, P.O. BOX 546, RIVERSIDE, CT 06878 (209) 637-1312.

CDA COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION GREENWICH OFFICE PARK 2, BOX 1840, GREENWICH, CT 06836 (203) 625-8210

CEC CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION 1516 NINTH STREET, SACRAMENTO, CA 95814 1-800-772-3300.

CGA COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION 1725 JEFFERSON DAVIS HIGHWAY, ARLINGTON, VA 22202-4100 (703) 979-0900.

CISCA CEILING AND INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATION 5700 OLD ORCHARD ROAD, 1ST FLOOR, SKOKIE, IL 60077 (708) 965-2776

CISPI CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE 5959 SHALLOWFORD ROAD, SUITE 419 CHATTANOOGA, TN 37421 (615) 892-0137

CRI CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE BOX 2048 DALTON, GA 30722 (404) 278-3176.

CRSI CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE 933 PLUM GROVE RD. SCHAUMBURG, IL 60173 (708) 517-1200

CTI CERAMIC TILE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA 700 N. VIRGIL AVE. LOS ANGELES, CA 90029 (213) 660-1911.

DOE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 1000 INDEPENDENCE AVENUE WASHINGTON, DC 20585 (209) 252-1508.

DHI DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE 14170 NEWBROOK DRIVE CHANTILLY, VA 22022 (703) 222-2010.

DLPA DECORATIVE LAMINATE PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION 600 S. FEDERAL STREET, SUITE 400 CHICAGO, IL 60605 (312) 922-6222.



ECSA EXCHANGE CARRIERS STANDARDS ASSOCIATION 5430 GROSVENOR LANE, SUITE 200 BETHESDA, MD 20814 (301) 564-4505.

EIA ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION 2001 PENNSYLVANIA AVE, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20006-1813 (202) 457-4900.

EIMA EXTERIOR INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2759 STATE ROAD 580, SUITE 112, CLEARWATER, FL 34621 (813) 726-6477.

EJMA EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 25 N. BROADWAY TARRYTOWN, NY 10591 (914) 332-0040.

ETL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. P.O. BOX 2040 ROUTE 11, INDUSTRIAL PARK CORTLAND, NY 13045 (607) 753-6711.

FCI FLUID CONTROLS INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 9036 MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960 (201) 829-0990.

FGMA FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION WHITE LAKES PROFESSIONAL BLDG. 3310 HARRISON TOPEKA, KS 66611-2279 (913) 266-7013

FM FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH ORGANIZATION 1151 BOSTON-PROVIDENCE TURNPIKE, P.O. BOX 9102, NORWOOD, MA 02062 (617) 762-4300.

FTI FACING TILE INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 8880 CANTON, OH 44711 (216) 488-1211.

GA GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 810 FIRST STREET, NE SUITE 510, WASHINGTON D.C. 20002 (202) 289-5440.

HEI HEAT EXCHANGE INSTITUTE C/O JOHN H. ADDINGTON, THOMAS ASSOCIATES, INC. 1300 SUMNER AVENUE, CLEVELAND, OH 44115-2851 (216) 241-7333.

HI HYDRONICS INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 218 35 RUSSO PLACE BERKELEY HEIGHTS, NJ 07922 (908) 464-8200.

H.I. HYDRAULIC INSTITUTE 30200 DETROIT ROAD, CLEVELAND, OH 44145-1967 (216) 899-0010

HMA HARDWOOD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 400 PENN CENTER BLVD. PITTSBURG, PA 15235 (412) 829-0770.

HPMA HARDWOOD PLYWOOD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1825 MICHAEL FARRADAY DRIVE P.O. BOX 2789 RESTON, VA 22090-2789 (703) 435-2900.



IAPMO INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS 5032 ALHAMBRA AVENUE LOS ANGELES, CA 90032.

IBD INSTITUTE OF BUSINESS DESIGNERS 341 MERCHANDISE MART CHICAGO, IL 60654 (312) 467-1950.

IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

ICEA INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION INC. P.O. BOX 440 SOUTH YARMOUTH, MA 02664 (508) 394-4424.

IEC INTERNATIONAL ELECTRO TECHNICAL COMMISSION (AVAIL. FROM ANSI) 1430 BROADWAY NEW YORK, NY 10018 (212) 354-3300.

IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS 345 E. 47TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 705-7900.

IESNA ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA 345 E. 47TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 705-7926.

IGCC INSULATING GLASS CERTIFICATION COUNCIL C/O ETI TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. P.O. BOX 2040, INDUSTRIAL PARK CORTLAND, NY 13045 (607) 753-6711.

ILI INDIANA LIMESTONE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA STONE CITY BANK BUILDING, SUITE 400 BEDFORD, IN 47421 (812) 275-4426.

IMSA INTERNATIONAL MUNICIPAL SIGNAL ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 539 165 E. UNION STREET, NEWARK, NY 14513 (315) 331-2182.

IRI INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURERS 85 WOODLAND ST. HARTFORD, CT 06102 (203) 520-7300.

ISA INSTRUMENT SOCIETY OF AMERICA 67 ALEXANDER DRIVE P.O. BOX 12277 RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC 27709 (919) 549-8411.

KCMA KITCHEN CABINET MANUFACTURERS ASSOC. 1899 PRESTON WHITE DRIVE RESTON VA 22091-4326 (703) 264-1690

LIA LEAD INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION, INC. 295 MADISON AVENUE NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 578-4750.



LPI LIGHTNING PROTECTION INSTITUTE 3365 NORTH ARLINGTON HEIGHTS RD., SUITE J, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004 (708) 255-3003.

MBMA METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION C/O CHARLES M. STOCKINGER THOMAS ASSOCIATES, INC. 1300 SUMNER AVE. CLEVELAND OH 44115-2851.

MCAA MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA 1385 PICCARD DR, SUITE 120 ROCKVILLE, MD 20850-4329 (301) 869-5800.

MFMA MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 60 REVERE DR., SUITE 500 NORTHBROOK, IL 60062 (708) 480-9138.

MIA MARBLE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA 33505 STATE ST. FARMINGTON, MI 48335 (313) 476-5558.

ML/SFA METAL LATH/STEEL FRAMING ASSOCIATION (A DIV. OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS) 600 S. FEDERAL ST., SUITE 400 CHICAGO, IL 60605 (312) 922-6222.

MSS MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY 127 PARK ST., NE VIENNA, VA 22180 (703) 281-6613.

NAAMM NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS 600 S. FEDERAL ST., SUITE 400 CHICAGO, IL 60605 (312) 922-6222

NAPA NATIONAL ASPHALT PAVEMENT ASSOCIATION NAPA BUILDING, 5100 FORBES BLVD, LANHAM, MD 20706-4413 (301) 731-4748.

NAPF NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLASTIC FABRICATORS (NOW DLPA)

NBGQA NATIONAL BUILDING GRANITE QUARRIES ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 482 BARRE, VT 05641 (802) 476-3115.

NBHA NATIONAL BUILDERS HARDWARE ASSOCIATION (NOW DHI)

NCMA NATIONAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 781 HERNDON, VA 22070 (703) 435-4900.



NCRPM NATIONAL COUNCIL ON RADIATION PROTECTION AND MEASUREMENT 7910 WOODMONT AVE., SUITE 800 BETHESDA, MD 20814 (301)657-3110.

NECA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION 7315 WISCONSIN AVE. BETHESDA, MD 20814 (301) 657-3110

NEII NATIONAL ELEVATOR INDUSTRY, INC. 185 BRIDGE PLAZA, NORTH, FORT LEE, N.J.07024 (209) 944-3211.

NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2101 L ST., NW, SUITE 300 WASHINGTON, DC 20037 (202) 457-8400.

NETA INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOC. P.O. BOX 687, MORRISON, CO. 80465 (303) 467-0526.

NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION ONE BATTERYMARCH PARK P.O. BOX 9101 QUINCY, MA 02269-9101 (617) 770-3000, (800) 344-3555.

N.F.P.A. NATIONAL FOREST PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION 1250 CONNECTICUT AVE., NW, SUITE 200 WASHINGTON, DC 20036 (202) 463-2700.

NHLA NATIONAL HARDWOOD LUMBER ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 34518 MEMPHIS, TN 38184-0518 (901) 377-1818.

NIST NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY 100 BUREAU DRIVE, MS1070, GAITHERSBURG, MD 20899-1070 (301) 975-NIST (6478).

NKCA NATIONAL KITCHEN CABINET ASSOCIATION (NOLO KCMA).

NLGA NATIONAL LUMBER GRADES AUTHORITY 1055 W. HASTINGS ST., SUITE 260 VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA CANADA V6E 2H1 (604) 687-2171.

NOFMA NATIONAL OAK FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 3009 MEMPHIS, TN 38173 (901) 526-5016.

NPA NATIONAL PARTICLEBOARD ASSOCIATION 18928 PREMIERE COURT GAITHERSBURG, MD 20879 (301) 670-0604.

NPCA NATIONAL PAINT AND COATINGS ASSOCIATION 1500 RHODE ISLAND AVE., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20005 (202) 462-6272.



NRCA NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION 10255 W. HIGGENS RD., SUITE 600, ROSEMONT, IL 60018-5607 (708) 299-9070.

NSF NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION P.O. BOX 1468 3475 PLYMOUTH RD. ANN ARBOR, MI 48106 (313) 769-8010.

NSSEA NATIONAL SCHOOL SUPPLY AND EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATION 8300 COLESVILLE RD. NO. 250 SILVER SPRINGS, MD 20910 (301) 495-0240

NTMA NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION 3166 DES PLAINES AVE., SUITE 132 DES PLAINES, IL 60018 (708) 635-7744.

NWMA NATIONAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NOW NWWDA)

NWWDA NATIONAL WOOD WINDOW AND DOOR ASSOCIATION (FORMERLY NWMA) 1400 E. TOUHY AVE., #G54 DES PLAINES, IL 60018 (708) 299-5200, (800) 223-2301.

PCA PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION 5420 OLD ORCHARD ROAD SKOKIE, IL 60077 (708) 966-6200.

PCI PRECAST/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE 175 W. JACKSON BLVD. CHICAGO, IL 60604 (312) 786-0300.

PDI PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE (C/O SAUL BAKER) 1106 W. 77TH ST., SOUTH DR. INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46260 (317) 251-6970.

PEI PORCELAIN ENAMEL INSTITUTE 1101 CONNECTICUT AVE., NW, SUITE 700 WASHINGTON, DC 20036 (202) 857-1134.

RFCI RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE 966 HUNGERFORD DRIVE, SUITE 12-B ROCKVILLE, MD 20805 (301) 340-8580.

RIS REDWOOD INSPECTION SERVICE 405 ENFRENTE DRIVE, SUITE 200 NOVATO, CA 94949 (415) 382-0662.

RMA RUBBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1400 K ST., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20005 (202) 682-4800.

SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE P.O. BOX 9506 CANTON, OH 44711 (216) 493-7886.

S.D.I. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE 30200 DETROIT ROAD, CLEVELAND, OH 44145 (216) 899-0010.



SGCC SAFETY GLAZING CERTIFICATION COUNCIL (C/O ETL TESTING LABORATORIES) ROUTE 11, INDUSTRIAL PARK CORTLAND, NY 13045 (607) 753-6711.

SHLMA SOUTHERN HARDWOOD LUMBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NOW HMA)

SIGMA SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 401 N. MICHIGAN, CHICAGO, IL 60611 (312) 644-6610.

SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE 1205 48TH AVENUE NORTH, SUITE A MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577 (803) 449-0487.

SMACNA SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 4201LAFAYETTE CENTER DRIVE CHANTILLY, VA 22021.

SPIB SOUTHERN PINE INSPECTION BUREAU 4709 SCENIC HIGHWAY PENSACOLA FL 32504 (904) 434-2611.

SPRI SINGLE PLY ROOFING INSTITUTE 20 WALNUT STREET, WELLESLEY HILLS, MA 02189 (617) 237-7879.

SSPC STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTING COUNCIL 4400 FIFTH AVE. PITTSBURGH, PA 15213-2683 (412) 268-3327.

SSPMA SUMP AND SEWAGE PUMP MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION P.O. BOX 298 WINCTKE, IL 60093 (708) 835-8911.

SWI STEEL WINDOW INSTITUTE (C/O THOMAS ASSOCIATES, INC.) 1300 SUMNER AVENUE, CLEVELAND, OH 44115-2851 (216) 241-7333.

SWPA SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMP ASSOCIATION 600 S. FEDERAL ST., SUITE 400 CHICAGO, IL 60605 (312) 922-6222.

TCA TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA P.O. BOX 326 PRINCETON, NJ 08542 (609) 921-7050.

TIMA THERMAL INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 29 BANK STREET STAMFORD, CT 06901 (203) 324-7533.

UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES 333 PFINGSTEN RD. NORTHBROOK, IL 60062 (708) 272-8800.



U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC) 1800 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE, NW, SUITE 300, WASHINGTON, DC 20036

WCLIB WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU P.O. BOX 23145 PORTLAND, OR 97223 (503) 639-0651.

WCMA WALLCOVERING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 355 LEXINGTON AVE. 17TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10017 (212) 661-4261.

WIC WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA P.O. BOX 11428 FRESNO, CA 93773-1428 (209) 233-9035.

WLPDIA WESTERN LATH PLASTER DRYWALL INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION (FORMERLY CALIFORNIA LATH & PLASTER ASSOCIATION) 8635 NAVAJO ROAD SAN DIEGO, CA 92119 (619) 466-9070.

WRI WIRE REINFORCEMENT INSTITUTE 1101 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, NW, SUITE 700, WASHINGTON D.C. 20036-4304 (202) 429-5125.

WSC WATER SYSTEMS COUNCIL 600 S. FEDERAL ST., SUITE 400 CHICAGO, IL 60605 (312) 922-6222.

WSFI WOOD AND SYNTHETIC FLOORING INSTITUTE 4415 W. HARRISON ST., SUITE 242 C HILLSIDE, IL 60162 (708) 449-2933.

WWPA WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION 522 SW 5TH AVE., YEON BUILDING PORTLAND, OR 97204-2122 (503) 224-3930.

W.W.P.A. WOVEN WIRE PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION 2515 N. NORDICA AVE. CHICAGO, IL 60635 (312) 637-1359.

2. Federal Government Agencies

a. Names and title of federal government standard or specification producing agencies are often abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standard or specification producing agencies of the federal government. Names and addresses are subject to change; they are believed to be but are not assured to be accurate and up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.



CE CORPS OF ENGINEERS (U.S. DEPT. OF THE ARMY) CHIEF OF ENGINEERS – REFERRAL WASHINGTON, DC 20314 (202) 272-0660.

CFR CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS - AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON, DC 20402 (MATERIAL IS USUALLY FIRST PUBLISHED IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER) (202) 783-3238.

CPSC CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION 5401 WESTBARD AVE. BETHESDA, MD 20207. (800) 638-2772, (301) 492-6580.

CS COMMERCIAL STANDARD (U.S. DEPT. OF COMMERCE) GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON, DC 20402 (202) 482-2000

DOC DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 14TH ST. AND CONSTITUTION AVE., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20230 (202) 482-2000.

DOT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 400 SEVENTH ST., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20590 (202) 366-4000.

EPA ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 401 M. ST., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20470 (202) 382-2090.

FAA FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (U.S. DEPT. OF TRANSPORTATION) 800 INDEPENDENCE AVE., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20590 (202) 366-4000.

FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION 1919 M ST., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20554 (202) 632-7000.

FHA FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION (U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT) DIRECTOR MANUFACTURED HOUSING AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

DIVISION 451 SEVENTH ST., SW, ROOM 9158 WASHINGTON, DC 20201 (202) 755-5210.

FS FEDERAL SPECIFICATION (FROM GSA) SPECIFICATIONS UNIT (WFSIS) 7TH AND D ST., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20407 (202) 708-8205.

GSA GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION F ST. AND 18TH ST., NW WASHINGTON, DC 20405 (202) 708-5082.



MIL MILITARY STANDARDIZATION DOCUMENTS (U.S. DEPT. OF DEFENSE) NAVAL PUBLICATIONS AND FORMS CENTER 5081 TABOR AVE. PHILADELPHIA, PA 19120.

NIST NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (U.S. DEPT. OF COMMERCE) GAITHERSBURG, MD 20899 (301) 975-NIST (6478).

OSHA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR) N3647 200 CONSTITUTION AVE. NW 20210 (202) 219-8148.

PS PRODUCT STANDARD OF NBS (U.S. DEPT. OF COMMERCE) GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON, DC 20203 (202) 482-2000.

REA RURAL ELECTRIFICATION ADMINISTRATION (U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE) 14TH ST. AND INDEPENDENCE AVE., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20250 (202) 447-8732.

USDA U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE INDEPENDENCE AVE. 14TH ST., SW WASHINGTON, DC 20250. (202) 447-2791.

USPS U.S. POSTAL SERVICE 475 L'ENFANT PLAZA, SW WASHINGTON DC 20260-0010 (202) 268-2000.

3. Governing Regulations/Authorities

a. The Contracting Officer has contacted authorities having jurisdiction where necessary to obtain information necessary for preparation of Contract Documents; that information may or may not be of significance to the Contractor. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having a bearing on the Work.

4. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates

a. For the Government's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work.

1.4 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS



A. The codes adopted by the State and Federal agencies shall govern minimum requirements for this project; where codes conflict with the specifications, the more stringent shall apply and such conflicts shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contracting Officer. In the absence of specific requirements in the Contract Documents, the applicable codes shall govern.

1. Contractors shall be bound by the following specific rules and regulations within the meaning of the Contract Documents. Compliance therewith shall not relieve Contractors from complying properly with all other pertinent laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. Nothing in these plans or specifications is to be construed so as to permit work not conforming to the current edition of these codes:

2. Unless a particular year of edition is designated for codes and regulations listed herein, it shall be understood to refer to the edition in effect, including all amendments, on the date of the Invitation to Bid.

B. Codes and Standards

2009 ICC/ANSI A117.1 ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS

2012 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE

2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS

2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE

2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE

2012 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS

2007 BUCKLEY FACILITY EXCELLENCE PLAN

2014 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE

ACGIH INDUSTRIAL VENTILATION MANUAL

ACI 318-05 – BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

ACI 530-05 – BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES

AFH 32-1163– ENGINEERING WEATHER DATA

AFI 31-101



AISC 360-05 – SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)

ANG ETL 15-01, 15-01-01 THRU 15-01-08 - AIR NATIONAL GUARD DESIGN POLICY (2004)

ANG ETL 12-11 – METRIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

ANG ETL 10-03 – DESIGN OBJECTIVES AND PROCEDURES

ANG ETL 15-01-06 - ROOF DESIGN GUIDANCE

ANG ETL 11-12 - COMPLIANCE WITH HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS

ANGH 32-1084, CATEGORY CODE 215-55

AR 190-11 – PHYSICAL SECURITY OF ARMS, AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES

ASCE 7-05 – MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES

ASHRAE STANDARD 62.1– 2004 - VENTILATION

ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1- ENERGY

ASME B31.9 BUILDING SERVICES PIPING

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, TITLE 10, PART 435

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, TITLE 10, PART 436

DOD INSTRUCTION 2000.16

EXEC. ORDER 12699, 41-CFR-128-1.8005

EXEC. ORDER 13123, EFFICIENT ENERGY MANAGEMENT

LEED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND MAJOR RENOVATION REFERENCE GUIDE, 2009, U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL

NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) (NFPA 70) W/ LOCAL AMENDMENTS

NFPA 101, LIFE SAFETY CODE

NFPA 13 – SPRINKLERS

NFPA 30 – COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS



NFPA 5000, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY CODE

NFPA 54 – NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE

NFPA 90A – HVAC

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (29-CFR-1910) (UNICOR)

SMACNA HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE MANUAL

SMACNA INDUSTRIAL DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

SMANCA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (W/ADDENDUMS)

UFC 3-120-01 – DESIGN: SIGN STANDARDS WITH CHANGE 2

UFC 3-310-01 – STRUCTURAL LOAD DATA

UFC 3-410-01FA – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

UFC 3-600-01 – FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING FOR FACILITIESUFC 4-010-01 – DOD MINIMUM ANTITERRORISM STANDARDS FOR BUILDINGS

UFC 4-010-01 – DOD MINIMUM ANTITERRORISM STANDARDS FOR BUILDINGS

UFC 4-021-01 – DESIGN AND O & M, MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS

UNIFORM FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS FED-STD-795 (4/1/88)

1.5 SPECIFICATIONS

A. Specifications are organized into Divisions, Sections or Trade Headings based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system.

1.6 LANGUAGE

A. Used in the Contract Documents is the abbreviated type. Implied words and meanings will be appropriately interpreted. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words as singular where applicable and the context indicates.

B. Imperative Language is generally used. Requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations subjective



language is used to describe responsibilities which must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when noted.

1.7 ASSIGNMENT OF SPECIALISTS

A. Certain construction activities shall be performed by specialists, recognized experts in operations to be performed. Specialists must be engaged for those activities, and these assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no option. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor.

1.8 DRAWING SYMBOLS

A. Graphic symbols on Drawings are recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated.

1.9 APPLICABILITY OF STANDARDS

A. Except where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied into Contract Documents. Such standards are part of the Contract Documents by reference. Individual Sections indicate which standards the Contractor must keep available at the Project site for reference.

B. Referenced Standards: Take precedence over standards that are not referenced but recognized in the industry as applicable.

C. Unreferenced Standards: Are not applicable, except as a general requirement of whether the Work complies with recognized construction industry standards.

1.10 PUBLICATION DATES

A. Where compliance with a standard is required, comply with standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents.

B. Updated Standards: Submit a Change Order proposal where an applicable standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work.

C. The Contracting Officer will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard.



1.11 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Where compliance with two or more standards that establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels is specified, the most stringent requirement will be enforced. Refer uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the Contracting Officer for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantities or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality shown or specified is the minimum to be provided or performed. Indicated values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Contracting Officer for decision before proceeding.

1.12 COPIES OF STANDARDS

A. Each entity engaged on the Project shall be familiar with standards applicable to that activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

B. Where copies of standards are required, obtain copies directly from the publication source. Although copies of standard needed for enforcement of requirements may be part of submittals, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to require the submittal of additional copies for enforcement of requirements.

1.13 ABBREVIATIONS AND NAMES

A. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction or other entity applicable. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries.

1.14 TRADE UNION JURISDICTIONS

A. Maintain complete current information on jurisdictional matters, regulations and pending actions, as applicable to construction activities. The manner in which Contract Documents have been organized and subdivided is not intended to indicate of trade union or jurisdictional agreements.

B. Discuss new developments at project meetings at the earliest feasible dates. Record relevant information and actions agreed upon.



C. Assign and subcontract construction activities, and employ tradesmen and laborers, in a manner that will not unduly risk jurisdictional disputes that could result in conflicts, delays, claims and losses.



END OF SECTION





SPECIFICATION 01230-1 OPTIONS

SECTION 01230 OPTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Options.

B. Definition: An Option is an amount proposed by Offerors and stated on the Bid Schedule for certain construction activities defined in the Solicitation Requirements that may be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if Contracting Officer decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the Equipment and Materials, or installation methods described in Contract Documents.

C. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each accepted Option is complete and fully integrated into the project. Costs listed for each Option shall include costs of related coordination, modification, or adjustment.

D. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each Option. Indicate whether Options have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Options.

E. Schedule: A "Schedule of Options" is noted below.

1. Each Option is noted below, recognizing that Drawings and Specifications document the requirements.

2. Include as part of each Option, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Option

PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Option 1 – Demolition of Building 1606.


SPECIFICATION 01230-2 OPTIONS

B. Option 2 – New Storm Sewer.

C. Option 3 – Remove Pavement and Replace with Seed.

D. Option 4 – Exhaust in maintenance bay.

E. Option 5 – Solar PV Rough-In.

F. Option 6 – New Telecomm Service Conduit

1. 12 strand single mode fiber optic cable and 50-pair coper cable

2. 24 strand single mode fiber optic cable and 100-pair coper cable

G. Option 7 – Cranes (rail is part of the base bid, hoist is the option)

H. Option 8 – Electrical Emergency Backup for Building.

END OF SECTION



SUBMITTALS

SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section contains requirements pertaining to submittals and a Schedule of Submittals, listing those submittals required of the Contractor for this Project.

B. The Contractor is responsible to calculate and provide the actual “Required Submittal Date” based on the provided notes on the Attached AF Form 66 or based on the Contractor’s schedule.

C. The Contractor is required to update and maintain the approved Submittal Schedule.

1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. The Contractor shall submit all items as specified in this Section, in the other sections of the Specification, on the Drawings, and as listed on the Schedule of Submittals following this section. The Schedule of Submittals may not be all inclusive. This schedule is provided in lieu of AF Form 66 (Schedule of Material Submittals). The Contracting Officer may require submittals in addition to those listed when deemed necessary to adequately describe the Work covered in the Contract. The Contractor shall provide these additional submittals at no additional cost to the Government. Unless otherwise specified, the submittal register shall be submitted within 30 calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed (NTP). The submittal shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer and A/E firm concurrently (if type C services are being provided).

B. Submittal Review Time: The Contractor will be notified not later than 21 days after submission date of approval, return, or disapproval, with appropriate comments in the event of return or disapproval. Returned or disapproved submittals shall be resubmitted not later than 10 calendar days after receipt of returned or disapproved submittal. In no event shall returned submittals or disapproval be an acceptable basis for extension of the Project completion time.

C. Form of Submittal: Only those submittals accompanied by a completed and correct AF Form 3000, "Material Approval Submittal," will be accepted. Copies of AF Form 3000 may be obtained from the Contracting Officer. Four copies of all submittals (including four copies of completed and signed AF



SUBMITTALS

Form 3000s) are required. When an electronic submittal process is acceptable to the Contracting Officer, only one PDF file of each required submittal and one PDF AF Form 3000 is needed, and uploaded into 3DI (Construction management IMPACT Team website).

D. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Contracting Officer's review/approval with comment and signature.

E. Numbering System: The Contractor may use any numbering system suitable for their management of the submittal process. One of the first Submittals shall be the completed Submittal Register.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be as specified in this Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. The CQC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. The Contractor may use other forms as approved.

B. Submit Contractor Completed Submittal Register

C. Submit Sample Submittal Form

D. Submit updated Submittal Register as work progresses

E. Submit Contractor’s Final Submittal Register as part of closeout documents

1.4 TYPE OF SUBMITTALS

A. The types of submittals required for each particular technical section of this Specification are set forth in that section. In some instances, special instructions for submissions are given in the pertinent technical section; these special instructions shall, in case of conflict, take precedence over the requirements set forth here.

B. Shop Drawings/Drawings: Shop Drawings/Drawings shall consist of drawings prepared specifically for this Project illustrating items to be fabricated specifically for this Project, designed for this project, or as the contractor and/or their subcontractor’s are to install items for this project. Such drawings shall be in conformance with the requirements of each section and shall clearly define the size, thickness, configuration, material, finish, number required and all other pertinent characteristics of each item to be fabricated/designed and/or installed. In addition, the drawings shall define the



SUBMITTALS

exact location of the item in the work and its relation to all other affected items.

1. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner.

2. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract drawings.

3. Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent or critical features of Work or products.

4. Sheet size:

a. Maximum 610 mm x 914 mm (24 inches x 36 inches).

b. Minimum as specified in the requiring section of the specifications.

5. Faxed or photocopied faxed drawings are not acceptable.

6. PDF files are required, DWF or DWG files shall accompany PDF files.

7. Hand drawn documents are not acceptable.

C. Manufacturer's Data: Manufacturer's printed data shall consist of printed literature illustrating or describing manufactured products proposed for use in the contracted work, and if necessary shall be accompanied by a written explanation of its relationship in the Work. These items include but are not limited to COLOR CHARTS, COLOR SAMPLE, MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATION, CATALOG DATA, O&M RECOMMENDATIONS, ETC. Pages describing products shall be marked to define exactly which product is being proposed for inclusion. Highlighting is unacceptable. Use black arrows, circles, or underlining to draw attention to the proposed product. The submission should include manufacturer produced literature of relevant pages only. A manufacturer's general catalog that includes pages of products unrelated to this project will not be accepted. Unclear submittals are grounds for rejection of the submittal. Faxed submittals or copies of faxed information are unacceptable.

1. Preparation

a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.

b. Show performance characteristics and capacities.

c. Show dimensions and clearances required.



SUBMITTALS

d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.

2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams

a. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work.

b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work.

D. Certificate of Compliance/Installers Certification:

1. The certificate of Compliance shall state that the products proposed for use in this Project conform to the requirements of this Specification especially those industry standards or specifications referenced at the beginning of each section. The certificate shall bear the signature of an officer of the manufacturer and shall state his affiliation with the manufacturer.

2. The Installers certificate shall also include the name of the installer and shall state that he is qualified, by the manufacturer or Approval agency specified, to install the proposed product.

E. Sample: The sample shall consist of a representative portion of the actual items proposed for use. Samples of finish materials shall consist of the material applied to the substrate or backing to be used in the Project. Unless specified otherwise under PAINTING, herein, paint samples submitted for color selection shall be the manufacturer's standard product data. When necessary for evaluation and approval, fasteners and accessory items shall be included with the sample. Sample size shall be no larger than required to illustrate the characteristics of the item or material. Samples will not be returned to the Contractor, but will be retained by the Contracting Officer. The Government shall not be charged for material samples.

1. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:

a. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices.

b. Full range of manufacturer’s standard finishes of color, texture and pattern available.

c. Provide field samples (mock-ups) required by individual specification sections, at location acceptable to Contracting Officer. Install each sample complete and finished. Acceptable finishes in place may be retained in completed work.



SUBMITTALS

F. Guaranties/Warranties: In addition to the overall one year warranty required of the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide a guarantee for specific items when required under the technical section pertaining to that item. Such guarantee may be a standard industry warranty or may be specifically written for this Project, provided that it conforms to the requirements of the pertinent Specification section, particularly regarding the length of time of coverage. The guarantee shall bear the original signature of an officer of the company and shall state his affiliation with the company.

G. Spare Parts List and Maintenance Operations Manuals: Contractor shall submit, to the Contracting Officer, four copies of spare parts lists and operating and maintenance manuals as required under the various headings of these specifications.

1. Spare Parts Lists shall contain the following listed information:

2. Quantity of spare parts required for 120 days and one year of operation.

3. Description of each spare part.

4. Drawing number and Shop Drawing reference.

5. Part equipment code number.

6. Procurement lead time with particular attention to long lead items.

7. Name and address of nearest supplier.

8. Such remarks and data as the manufacturer may consider pertinent.

9. Complete parts list of all replaceable items.

10. Operation, Maintenance, and Repair Manuals and Instructions:

a. The requirements for furnishing operating, maintenance and repair data/manuals and field instructions under this Contract are specified in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer, the scheduled date(s) of all required field instructions to be provided by Contractor furnished personnel or manufacturer’s representatives.

b. All operation and maintenance manuals must be furnished to the Contracting Officer not later than 60 calendar days after beneficial occupancy (in writing) of the facility to the Government.



SUBMITTALS

c. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with requirements of this clause will result in no further payment until all required O&M data/manuals are received. Ref section 01000 Para 1.16

d. All O&M data/manuals submittal data shall be entered in a separate section of the master submittal register.

H. As-Built Documents: Ref section 01040. The Contractor shall be furnished one set of Drawings and Specifications on a CD containing the drawings and specifications to be used exclusively for as-built purposes. Each change in the work made during construction shall be clearly marked on the provided documents, as it occurs, and these documents shall be available for the inspection by the Contracting Officer or COR throughout the construction period. The markings shall be made in a neat and legible manner and shall be accurate as to location. Hand drawn changes shall be in ink, not pencil, for all markings. The routing of concealed utility lines, if they vary from the original Drawings, shall be given particular attention. At the completion of construction, and prior to final payment, a hard copy and electronic file copy of these documents shall be turned over to the Contracting Officer for approval. If required for approval, the Contractor shall clarify or change the documents in accordance with the Contracting Officer's instruction, at no additional cost to the Government. Final Record Drawing submittals shall be both Bond and AutoCAD drawings.

I. Submittal Consolidation: All of the various types of submittals required to evaluate a particular system, item, or material, shall be submitted at the same time, including guarantees (when applicable). When practical, the submission shall be bound into sets to facilitate handling. Reference all specification sections and contract drawings that generate the consolidated items to include specified administrative sections and technical sections on the AF Form 3000.

1.5 APPROVED SUBMITTALS

The approval of submittals by the Contracting Officer shall not be construed as a complete check, but will indicate only that the general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information are satisfactory. Approval will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for any error, which may exist; as the Contractor, under the CQC requirements of this Contract, is responsible for the dimensions and design of adequate connections, details and satisfactory construction of all work. After the Contracting Officer has approved submittals, no resubmittal for the purpose of substituting materials or equipment will be given consideration unless accompanied by an explanation as to why a substitution is necessary.



SUBMITTALS

1.6 RETURNED SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall make all corrections required by the Government as reflected in written comments and promptly furnish a corrected submittal in the form and number of copies as specified for the initial submittal. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated for the submittals to constitute a change to the contract, notice as required under the Contract Clause FAR 52.243-4 entitled "Changes" shall be given promptly to the Contracting Officer.

1.7 DISAPPROVED SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall make all corrections required by the Contracting Officer and promptly furnish a corrected submittal in the form and number of copies as specified for the initial submittal. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the submittals to constitute a change to the contract, notice as required under the Contract Clause FAR 52.243-4 entitled "Changes" shall be given promptly to the Contracting Officer.

1.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT

Payment for materials incorporated in the work will not be made if required submittals have not been accomplished and approvals have not been obtained.

1.9 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION

All submittals, especially including loose pages, shall state the name and address of the Contractor and the Project name, number, and approval.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall submit all items listed on the Submittal Register (AF Form 66) or approved equivalent, drawings, and as specified in the other sections of these specifications. The Contracting Officer may request additional submittals in addition to those listed when deemed necessary to adequately describe the work covered in the respective sections. Units of weights and measures used on all submittals shall be the same used in the Contract Drawings and specification. Submittals shall be made in the



SUBMITTALS

respective number of copies and to the respective addresses set forth below. Each submittal shall be complete and in sufficient detail to allow ready determination of compliance with Contract requirements. Prior to submittal, all items shall be checked and certified by the Contractor's Quality Control (CQC) representative to comply with the contract requirements as set forth in the drawings and specifications. Each item of the submittal shall be stamped, signed, and dated and each respective transmittal form (AF Form 3000), or approved equivalent, shall be signed and dated by the CQC representative certifying that the accompanying submittal complies with the Contract requirements. Proposed deviations from the Contract requirements shall be clearly identified. Submittals shall include items such as: Contractor's, manufacturer's, or fabricator's drawings; descriptive literature including (but not limited to) catalog cuts, diagrams, operating charts or curves; certificates, manufacturer’s recommendations for installation, calculations, test reports; test cylinders and reports; samples; O&M manuals including parts list; certifications; warranties; and other such required submittals.

3.2 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Schedule of Submittals at the end of this section for example of required submittal register. This Schedule of Submittals may not be all inclusive. An electronic copy of this register will be delivered to the Contractor by the Contracting Officer on a compact disk (CD) or other electronic media. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain the actual submittal register as the Work progresses. The submittal register is required as a part of the quality control plan (ref section 01451). The Contractor shall fill in the date entitled “Required Submission Date” and “Return Suspense Date” (Required Submission Date plus a minimum of 21 Days) and submit an electronic copy to the Contracting Officer for approval Not Later Than (NTL) 30 calendar days after Notice to Proceed.

B. Contractor shall review the list to ensure its completeness and may expand general category listings to show individual entries for each item. As an example, a general category in the listing for Specification 15400 would be "Fixtures" which the Contractor may want to breakdown into individual entries such as "Toilet P-l, Lavatory P-2, etc." The line numbers in Column 1 are to be assigned sequentially starting with "1" for each specification section.

C. The approved submittal register will become the scheduling document and will be used to control submittals. This register, Contractor's schedule dates, and the progress schedules shall be coordinated.

D. The contractor shall update the Approved Submittal Register to include Submittal Numbers, Approved Dates, Disapproved Dates, Contractor Re-submittal Date, and Final Approval Date.



SUBMITTALS

3.3 TRANSMITTAL FORM (AF FORM 3000 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT)

A. The transmittal form (AF Form 3000), electronic sample attached at end of this section, shall be used for submitting submittals in accordance with this section or the instructions on the reverse side of the form which can be downloaded from the internet. A reproducible form will be furnished to the Contractor. All the heading blank spaces in the form identifying each item submitted shall be properly and completely filled out. Special care will be exercised to ensure proper listing of the specification paragraph and/or sheet number of the Contract Drawings pertinent to the data submitted for each item.

3.4 CROSS-REFERENCE (AF FORM 3000/SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE)

A. To provide a cross-reference between the submittal schedule and the transmittal form AF Form 3000 the Contractor shall record the "transmittal numbers" assigned when submitting materials in the "SUBMISSION NUMBER" block of the AF Form 3000. DO NOT preassign transmittal numbers when preparing the submittal register.

B. Additional comments and instructions may be inscribed on the reverse side of the transmittal form (AF Form 3000), attached to the AF Form 3000, made on the submittal drawings, manufacturer’s data, other documents submitted, or on the electronic Project Management Site when used under the Discussion Tab for a submittal. The Contractor is responsible to assure that all comments are returned to the subcontractor/supplier/manufacturer etc. for an approved, returned or disapproved submittal. A sample of AF Form 3000 is attached to this Section.

3.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

A. Contractors Responsibilities

1. Review the Drawings and Specifications with their Subcontractors and assure the submittal complies with the Drawings and Specifications.

2. Review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission.

3. Determine and Verify

a. Field measurements.

b. Field construction criteria.

c. Catalog numbers and similar data.



SUBMITTALS

d. Conformance with drawings and specifications.

4. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.

5. Sign or initial and date each sheet of shop drawings and product data, and label each sample to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Any submittal, in whole or part, which is received not signed or initialed, dated or labeled, will be returned to the Contractor without reviewed. Any subsequent delay in schedule is the responsibility of the Contractor.

6. Notify the Contracting Officer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittal from requirements of the Contract Documents.

7. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Contracting Officer's review/approval/approval with comment signature.

8. Provide a completed AF Form 3000 with each submittal.

9. Update and Maintain Submittal Register.

B. Submittals shall be made as follows:

1. General: Required Submittal documents, certifications, test results, reports, Shop Drawings, etc. and AF Form 3000 (sample will be provided at post-award conference) shall be submitted in the number of copies specified herein. AF Form 3000 is the transmittal document and shall be initiated by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions herein and as on the reverse side of AF Form 3000. Each submittal item shall be listed separately on the form, naming subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer, applicable administrative and technical specification paragraph number(s), drawing/sheet number, pay item number, and any other information needed to identify the item with the drawings and specification, define its use, and locate it in the work. One or more AF Forms 3000 shall be used per specification section, however, never include more than one specification section per form. Each submittal shall be complete, containing all information needed to determine Contract compliance. Submittals that contain documents from two or more specification sections shall be rejected.

2. Approval of Submittals: Contractor shall approve and certify all submittals.



SUBMITTALS

3. Before submission, Contractor shall review and correct submittal documents and or Shop Drawings prepared by subcontractors, suppliers, and itself, for completeness and compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Contractor shall not use red markings for correcting material to be submitted. Red markings are reserved for Contracting Officer use. Approval by Contractor shall be indicated on each shop drawing by an "Approval" stamp containing information as shown on stamp outline in Article Contractor APPROVAL STAMP. Suppliers' or subcontractors' certifications are not acceptable as meeting this requirement. Submittals not conforming to the requirements of this requirement will be returned to the Contractor for correction and resubmittal.

4. Deviations: For submittals which include proposed deviations (variations) requested by the Contractor, the Block "Deviation” of AF Form 3000 shall be marked and uploaded into 3DI (Construction management IMPACT Team website) for Government Approval. The Contractor shall set forth in a separate letter in writing the justification for any deviations and annotate such deviations on the submittal and include the letter with the AF Form 3000. The Government reserves the right to rescind approval of submittals containing unnoted deviations as described herein.

5. Certification: The Contractor is responsible for and shall certify that the submittals comply with Contract requirements, drawings and specifications or that a Deviation is requested.

6. Drawings: With a title block in lower right hand corner and a 3- by 4-inch clear area adjacent. Title block shall contain subcontractors or fabricator's name, Contract number, description of item(s), bid item number, and a revision block. Contractor shall submit the required number of prints of any type, except blueprints. Provide a blank margin of 3/4 inch at bottom, 1.5 inches at left, and 1/2 inch at top and right. Where Drawings are submitted for assemblies of more than one piece of equipment or systems of components dependent on each other for compatible characteristics, complete information shall be submitted on all such related components at the same time. Contractor shall ensure that information is complete and that sequence of drawing submittal is such that all information is available for reviewing each drawing. Drawings for all items and equipment, of special manufacture or fabrication, shall consist of complete assembly and detail drawings. All revisions after initial submittal shall be shown by number, date, and subject in revision block. After approved, Drawings shall be submitted on CD, in pdf and AutoCAD format, to the Contracting Officer.



SUBMITTALS

7. Printed Material: All requirements for Drawings shall apply to catalog cuts, illustrations, printed specifications, or other data submitted, except for paper size and the 3- by 4-inch clear area adjacent to the title block is not mandatory. Inapplicable portions shall be marked out and applicable items such as model numbers, sizes, and accessories and shall be indicated on the AF Form 3000 and circled or clearly marked on the printed page.

8. Changes to Previous Submittals: It is the Government's intent to standardize equipment and materials utilized and installed in this contract. In the event the Contractor desires to change materials or equipment previously submitted, the Contractor must annotate the SUBMISSION NUMBER and DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL block of the AF Form 3000 as "Change to previous transmittal number ", and forward the submittal for Government Approval.

C. Submittals shall contain:

1. The date of submissions and the dates of any previous submissions.

2. The Project title and number.

3. Contract identification.

4. The names of

a. Contractor

b. Subcontractor

c. Supplier

d. Manufacturer

5. Identification of the product, with the specification section number.

6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.

7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.

8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.

9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents, drawings and specifications.

10. Identification of revisions on re-submittals.



SUBMITTALS

11. A 10.16 cm x 7.62 cm (4 inch x 3 inch) blank space for Contractor's stamp.

12. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of Contract Documents.

3.6 SAMPLES REQUIRING LABORATORY ANALYSIS

A. See Section 01451, Contractor QUALITY CONTROL, for procedures accomplished by the Contractor, the requirements of this section shall apply.

3.7 FIELD TEST REPORTS

A. Routine daily tests such as soil density, concrete deliveries and routine pressure testing shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer with the daily Quality Control reports. See various Specification Sections and Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL, for daily Quality Control Reports/Inspection Reports. The report shall clearly state that a required submittal is attached and annotate the specification section and paragraph(s) that require the submittal.

3.8 CONTROL OF SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall carefully control the Contractor’s procurement operations to ensure that each individual submittal is made on or before the Contractor scheduled submittal date shown on the approved "Submittal Register."

B. The Contractor shall update and maintain the submittal register to assure control of the submittal process.

3.9 CONTRACTOR APPROVAL STAMP

A. The stamp used by the Contractor on the submittal data to certify that the submittal meets Contract requirements shall be similar to the following:

1. CONTRACTOR:

a. CONTRACT NO.

b. TRANSMITTAL NO.



SUBMITTALS

c. ITEM NO.

d. SPECIFICATION SECTION

e. PARAGRAPH NO.

f. APPROVED: YES NO

g. APPROVED WITH CORRECTIONS

h. AS NOTED ON SUBMITTAL DATA

i. ON ATTACHED COMMENT SHEET

j. SIGNATURE:

k. TITLE: DATE

2. MAXIMUM SIZE 3 INCHES BY 3 INCHES

3.10 TRANSMITTAL CHECK LIST

A. The following checklist is intended to aid in the preparation of AF Form 3000 and related transmittals and is intended only as a partial summary of requirements stated elsewhere within this Specification.

B. DO NOT submit multiple specification sections on one AF Form 3000.

C. Submittal No. 1 shall be the Submittal Register (AF Form 66). Subsequent submittals shall be numbered sequentially as submitted except for re-submittals.

D. Re-submittals must be related to the parent (original) transmittal, i.e., Transmittal No. 2 resubmittal would be number 2A, etc.

E. Number of Copies; Submit an electronic copy of enclosures; each with AF Form 3000’s attached.

F. Break the submittal into items that can be reviewed independently. For a transmittal with more than nine items, use multiple sets of AF Form 3000's.

G. Item numbers must be written on the enclosures and the AF Form 3000.

H. Each item of an enclosure shall be "approval stamped" by the Contractor.



SUBMITTALS

I. Enter the specification administrative and technical paragraph for each Item in Column “SPECIFICATION SECTION/PARA NO./DRAWING NO.” on the AF Form 3000.

J. Identify the Contract drawing number that applies, if applicable, in Column “SPECIFICATION SECTION/PARA NO./DRAWING NO.” on AF Form 3000.

K. Variations shall be identified in the “DEVIATION” Block and “DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL” Column on AF Form 3000 and justified in writing on an attached letter.

L. Cross out inapplicable portions of submitted data or point to exact equipment being used on the Project. Circle and mark the exact equipment being used on the project.

M. SIGN and DATE the AF Form 3000.

3.11 NOTES TO SUBMITTAL REGISTER (AF FORM 66)

A. The AF Form 3000 used to transmit the Submittal Register should be numbered as the first submittal Transmittal.

B. In the event the Technical review responsibility REMARKS column for any item identified in the Submittal Register conflicts with the responsibility as shown in the respective technical specification the Specification Section shall govern.

C. Notwithstanding the Submittal Register provided with a project, all items to be submitted may not be listed on the register or additional items may be required which, in every case THESE ITEMS shall be added to the Submittal Register by the Contractor.

D. All additional submittals that are required to be added to the Submittal Register shall be provided at no additional cost to the Government.

3.12 RESUBMITTALS

A. Make re-submittals under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changes made since previous submittal. Use the same submittal number as for the initial submittal, but add “A”, OR OTHER CONTRACTING OFFICER APPROVED NUMBERING SYSTEM to the end of the submittal number to indicate that it is a re-submittal. Submit new samples as required. Continue re-submitting, adding “B” or “C”, etc. to each resubmittal until the submittal is approved.



SUBMITTALS

B. The Contracting Officer and the Government’s A/E firm shall review the original submittal and one re-submittal only as part of their contract. The Contractor shall make all corrections required by the Contracting Officer Representative and promptly furnish a corrected submittal in the form required in this Section. If the Contactor considers any correction indicated on the submittals to constitute a change to the contract, notice as required under the Contract Clause entitled “Changes” shall be given promptly to the Contracting Officer. For submittals requiring Engineer review, if an original submittal and its first resubmittal are disapproved, a $1,000 fee shall be charged to review a second resubmittal, and each subsequent resubmittal. The $1,000 fee shall be in the form of a check made payable to the Engineer reviewing firm, and must accompany the resubmittal.

3.13 DISTRIBUTION

A. Distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Contracting Officer's review stamp.

B. Distribute samples which carry the Contracting Officer's review stamp as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.14 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are a part of this Specification.

B. Schedule of Submittals. See attached AF Form 66.

C. AF Form 3000. See attached sample.

END OF SECTION

OMB NO. 9000-0062

NEW

ITEM NO.

DATE

DATE

RECOMMAND APPROVALDATE

REQUEST RESUBMITTAL ON DISAPPROVED ITENS WITHIN _______________ DAYS OF DATE SHOWN BELOW.DATE

AF FORM 3000, 19910901 (EF-V2) PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE

Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 20 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden to the Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters. Services. Directorate for information Operations and Reports. 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlinton VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project OMB No 9000-0062, Washington DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form either of these addresses. Send your completed form to: SAF/AQCO, Pentagon, Washington DC 20330-1000.

FORM APPROVED

Expires Apr.30 1993

MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTAL

(See Instructions on Reverse)

TO: ( Contracting Officer)

SUBMITTAL

DATEFROM: (Contactor)

Deviation:

CONTRACT NUMBER SUBMISSION NUMBER

1 RESUBMITTAL

PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL NUMBER

TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR

PARA NO./DRAWING NO. (Include Type, Model Number, Catalog, Mfg.,etc.)DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL

PROJECT NUMBER:

FOR GOVERNMENT USE ONLY

APPROVED DISAP-PROVED

SEE REVERSE INITIALSPECIFICATION SECTION /

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE

TO: (AF Contracting Office)

BY COMPANLETING THIS FORM, THE UNDERSIGNED CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THATTHE MATERIAL COMPLIES WITH ALL SPEICIFICATIONS OF SUBJECT CONTRACT.

For Evaluation and Action

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND GRADE SIGNATURE

FOR GOVERNMENT USE ONLYTO: (Base Civil Engineering Officer)

DISAPPROVAL AS INDICATED ABOVE AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE COMMENTS ON THE REVERSE

TO: (CONTRACTOR)


SIGNATURE

DISAPPROVED AS INDICATED ABOVE AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE COMMENTS ON THE REVERSE SIDE.

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND GRADE

APPROVED

LIN

E N

UM

BER

ITEM OR DECRIPTION OF ITEM, CONTRACT REFERENCE TYPE OF SUBMITTAL

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS

General Provisions

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.3 Work Scheduling outside normal work days/hours X

5 days prior to commencing on-site work

Contractor Notification

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.3 Work Scheduling initially X

10 days prior to

commencing on-site work


01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.4 Entry to Base/Access to Site DBID Application X min. 72-hrs

prior01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.4 Entry to Base/Access to Site EAL X min. 72-hrs

prior01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.8 Notification of Discrepancies in plans X Prior to start of

work

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.15 Material Testing by National Laboratories B. Equipment X Prior to Start

of Work

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.17 Construction Scheduling, Work Progress and Preparation of Progress Schedules and Reports B. Construction Schedule AF FROM 3064

X NTP + 15

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.17 Construction Scheduling, Work Progress and Preparation of Progress Schedules and Reports D. Weekly Progress Schedule AF FROM 3065

X NTP + Weekly

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.26 Refuse and Salvage Materials Report X

Prior to Contract Closeout

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.32 Utility Interruptions (Outages) 4 weeks Prior Contractor Notice

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.33 Excavating Permit (Digging Permit) 4 working days Permit

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.38 Real Property/Equipment Report DD FORM 1354 X Project

Completion DD FORM 1354

SCHEDULE OF MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

TO BE COMPLETED BY PROJECT ENGINEER TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR

PROJECT NUMBER PROJECT NAME SOLICITATION /CONTRACT NUMBER

CRWU 06-9125 ASE Maintenance & Storage Facility

AF FORM 66, OCT 99 Previous Edition Will Be Used

LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.43 Commercially Owned/Operated Radioactive Sources Used on Buckley Airforce Base, Aurora, Greeley ANGS, or Ft. Carson, Colorado

XPrior to

Bringing on Site

Contractor Notice

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.44 Hazardous Material Usage X Prior to Start

of Work

HM Identification Form will be supplied to the Contractor at the

Preconstruction Meeting\01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.46 Security/Airfield Requirements Restricted Area Notice

X 10 days prior Contractor Notice

01001 Affirmative Procurement, Para. 1.3 Affirmative Procurement X Oct 15th of

that year

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 1. Digging Permit X

Notice to Proceed + 45

Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 2. Radioactive Source Permit X


Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 3. Environmental Permits X


Days01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 4. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport Permanent

XNotice to

Proceed + 45 Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 5. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport Temporary

XNotice to

Proceed + 45 Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 6. Burn Permit X


Days

01040 Preliminary As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements of Utilities As Built Drawings X X

30 Days prior to Substantial

Completion01040 Final As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements of Utilities As Built Drawings X X Completion +

60

01045 Cutting and Patching, Para. 1.3 Request X in advance of cutting


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01050 Field Engineering, Para. 1.5 Verify accuracy of field engineering work X X AS REQUIRED

01050 Field Engineering, Para. 1.5 Drawings showing locations of pipes and structures constructed.

X Prior to start of work

01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Safety Representative OSHA Trained under 1926.65

X Pre-Construction

01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Safety and Health Plan X X Pre-

Construction01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Hazard Analysis

Pre-Construction

01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Hazard Response Plan X Pre-

Construction01090 Reference Standards, Para. 1.3 Permits, Licenses, Certificates X Pre-

Construction01300 Submittals, Para. 3.2 Submittal Register (AF From 66 or Approved Equivalent) X NLT NTP + 30

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Preliminary Schedule X NTP + 10 CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Base Line Critical Path Schedule X NTP + 30 CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Monthly Schedule X Monthly CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Application for Payment X Monthly CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Updated Schedule each week X

Weekly Progress Meetings

CPM Schedule

01380 Construction Photographs, Para. 1.7 Deliver one set of prints with each application for payment

With Each Application for

Payment

01401 Hazardous Material Usage, Para. 1.1 General Hazardous Material Pharmacy X Prior to Start

of Work


Preconstruction Meeting\01401 Testing Laboratory Services, Para. 1.1 Hazardous Material Storage and Distribution System

X prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01410 Testing Laboratory, Para. 1.4 Qualifications of Testing Laboratory X Pre-

Construction01410 Testing Laboratory Services, Para. 1.4 Certification X Prior to Start

of Work01420 Environmental Protection, Para. 2.1 Permits for Equipment used by Contractor in Performing Government Contracts

X Prior to Start of Work

01420 Environmental Protection, Para. 2.2 Permits Needed for Construction, Excavation, Modification, Renovation, Demolition, Installation, or Other Alterations of Buildings, Structures, Equipment, Installations, Real Property or Systems on Government Installation


01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Laboratories X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Testing Agencies X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Interim Quality Control Plan X (NLT) NTP +

15 Work can not begin until approved

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Final Quality Control Plan X (NLT) NTP +

30 Work will be stopped if not

approved01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Test Reports, Punch Lists, Quality Control Reports X X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Submittals NTP + 30

01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Copies of Permits and approvals for construction


01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Temporary Construction Submittals staging area, traffic control and routing plans


01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Temporary Control Submittals


01520 Construction Waste Management and Cleanup, Para. 1.3 Project Information X Prior to start of

work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01520 Construction Waste Management and Cleanup, Para. 1.3 Construction Waste Management Plan

X Monthly

01561 Erosion and Sediment Control, Para. 1.3 Shop Drawings X NTP + 15

01561 Erosion and Sediment Control, Para. 1.3 Quality Control Submittals Environmental Protection Plan and General Permit

X NTP + 15

01590 Field Offices and Sheds, Para. 3.2 Office Spaces Installed X NTP + 15

01630 Substitutions, Para. 1.3 Substitution Request Submittal NTP + 35

01630 Substitutions, Para. 1.3 Contracting Officer's Action

2 weeks of receipt of request

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 List of Equipment and Manufacturer X NTP + 45

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Manufacturer's Representative's Qualification Data X NTP + 45

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Training Schedule X 21 days prior

to training01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Lesson Plans X 21 days prior

to training01650 Starting of Systems, Para. 1.3 Schedule for startup X 14 days prior

to startup

01650 Starting of Systems, Para. 1.3 Reports X X 14 days prior to startup

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.3 Written Certification X Substantial

Completion01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.3 List of Major Items (Punch list) X Substantial

Completion

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties guarantees required by specifications

X X X

Upon Completion, Prior to final

payment

six copies


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties guarantees covering entire project

X


payment

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties Manufacturer's standard and product specific warranties

X


payment

01720 Project Record Documents, Para. 1.6 As-Built Drawings X X X


payment

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 Equipment or Component Parts X X X

Beneficial Occupancy +

10

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 One Copy of Completed Volumes X

21 days prior to final

inspection

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 Revised Final Volumes X Final

Inspection + 30 six copies

01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Written Warrantees X

Prior to Substantial Completion

01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Written Warrantees for portion of the work X


1501740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Special Warrantees X Prior to final

execution01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Final form of Submittal X Final

Completion 1 original and 5 copies

01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Implementation Plan X 30 days from

NTP01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Project Materials Cost Data X Substantial

Completion

01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Progress Reports X

With each Payment

Application


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Documentation Notebook X Substantial

Completion01900 Commissioning Requirements, Para 3.03 Documentation the CA requires to facilitate the Commissioning Work

X 30 days from NTP

SPECIFICATIONS CIVIL321216 Asphalt Paving X X Prior to paving321313 Concrete Paving X X Prior to paving

321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants X X X Prior to start of work

330500 Common Work Results for Utilities X X Prior to start of work

334100 Storm Drainage Utility Piping X X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.A X X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.B X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.C X X X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.D X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.E X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.A X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.B X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.C X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.D X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.E X X Within 2 weeks of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.F X X Within 2 weeks of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.GX

Within 2 weeks of

conference


033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.6.B X X Prior to start of work



033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.6.E X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.5A X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6A X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6B X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6C X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6D X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6E X X Prior to start of work


042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7B X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7C X X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7D X X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7E X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.8A X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7A X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7B X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7C X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7D X X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8A X X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8B X X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8C X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8D X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8E X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8F X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8G X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8H X X Within 2 weeks of work


051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.9B X X X Prior to start of work


052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4A X X X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4B X X X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4B X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5A X X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5B X X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5C X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5D X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.6A X X X Prior to start of work


053100 Steel Decking para 1.3A X X X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.3B X X X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.3C X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4A X X X Prior to start of work


053100 Steel Decking para 1.4C X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4D X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4E X X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5A X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5B X X X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5C X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4A X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4B X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4C X Within 2 weeks of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.5A X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.5B X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.5C X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.5D X Within 2 weeks of work




SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL

06100 Rough Carpentry X X X Prior to start of work

06100 Rough Carpentry LEED X Prior to start of work IEQ 4.1, 4.4, MR 7

07210 Building Insulation X Prior to start of work

07210 Building Insulation LEED X X Prior to start of work MR 4

07530 EPDM para 1.5 A, B, D X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07530 EPDM LEED para 1.5 C. X X Prior to start of work SS 7.2, MR 4, IEQ 4.1

07530 EPDM Para 1.6 X X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim X X X X X Prior to start of work

07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim LEED X X Prior to start of work MR 4, MR 5

07920 Joint Sealants 1.2, 1.3 X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07920 Joint Sealants LEED Para 1.2 B. X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4.1


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL

264113 Lightning Protection Para 1.2 X X Prior to start of work


260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Para 1.4 X X X Prior to start of

work260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 1.3 X Prior to start of

work260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 1.4 X X Substantial

Completion260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 3.4A,B,C,D,E,F X X Substantial

Completion260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical System Para 1.5A and 1.5B X X Prior to start of

work260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical System Para 1.6 X Prior to start of

work260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.4A X Prior to start of

work

260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.4B LEED Submittals X X

Prior to start of work and upon

substantial completion

260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.5 X X Prior to start of

work260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.4A and 1.4B X X Prior to start of

work

260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.5A to E X X



260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.7 X




LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Para 1.3A X Prior to start of

work

260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Para 1.3B LEED Submittals X Prior to start of

work

260553 Identification for Electrical Systems Para 1.3A, B and C X X Prior to start of

work

260923 Lighting Control Devices Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of work

260923 Lighting Control Devices Para 1.4 XUpon

Substantial Completion

260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of

work

260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 1.4A, B and C X X X



260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 3.4A and B X

Upon Substantial Completion

262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of work

262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 1.4A, B, C and D X X



262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 2.4A and B X Prior to start of work

262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 3.4A, B, D, E X X


262416 Panelboards Para 1.4A and B X X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





262416 Panelboards Para 1.5A, B and C X



262726 Wiring Devices Para 1.5A, B and C X X X Prior to start of work

262726 Wiring Devices Para 1.6A X



262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Para 1.5A and B X X Prior to start of

work

263600 Transfer Switches Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of work


265100 Interior Lighting Para 1.3A and B X Prior to start of work

265100 Interior Lighting Para 1.4A,B,C,D,E X X X Prior to start of work

265600 Exterior Lighting Para 1.3A and B X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS FIRE ALARM & MASS NOT.

16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, Para 1.04 X X X X X Prior to start of work

16730 MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM, Para 1.05 X X X X X X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL230529 Hangers and Supports For HVAC Piping and Equipment 1.3A,B,C, 1.4A X X X X Prior to start of

work230533 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 1.2A X Prior to start of

work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 1.3A, 1.4A,B X X



IEQ 1, EA 2

230713 Duct Insulation 1.2A,B,C, 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 1.2A,B,C, 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 1.2A,B, 1.3A, 1.4A,B X X X X X



231123 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 1.3A,B,C, 1.4A,B, 1.5A

X X X X



233113 Metal Ducts 1.4A,B,C,D 1.5A,B,C X X X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 1, EA 2, IEQ 4, 4.1

233300 Air Duct Accessories 1.2A,B,C 1.3A

X X X



IEQ 1, EA 2

233423 HVAC Power Ventilators 1.2A,B 1.3A

X X X



233713 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B X X X X Prior to start of

work

235523.16 High-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B,C 1.5A

X X X X X




LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





237200 Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment 1.4A,B,C,D 1.5A,B,C 1.6A

X X X X X X



IEQ 1, EA 4

238126 Split-System Air Conditioners 1.2A,B,C 1.3A 1.4A

X X X



IEQ 1, EA 4

238239.19 Wall and Ceiling Unit Heaters 1.2A,B,C 1.3A

X X X



SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.3A,B,C 1.4A X X X Prior to start of

work220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.2A X Prior to start of

work

220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation 1.2A,B,C 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

221116 Domestic Water Piping 1.2A,B 1.3A.B X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

221316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 1.3A,B 1.4A,B X X X Prior to start of

work IEQ 4, 4.1

221319 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 1.2A X Prior to start of work

223400 Fuel-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B,C,D,E X X X X X Prior to start of

work EA 2

223400 Fuel-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters 1.5A X Substantial Completion

224213.13 Commercial Water Closets 1.2A,B,C X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224213.13 Commercial Water Closets 1.3A X Substantial Completion

224213.16 Commercial Urinals 1.2A,B,C X X Prior to start of work WE 1


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





224213.16 Commercial Urinals 1.3A X Substantial Completion

224216.13 Commercial Lavatories 1.2A,B,C 1.3 A X X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224216.13 Commercial Lavatories 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224216.16 Commercial Sinks 1.2A,B,C 1.3 A X X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224216.16 Commercial Sinks 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224500 Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 1.2A,B 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work

224500 Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224713 Drinking Fountains 1.2A,B X Prior to start of work WE 1

224713 Drinking Fountains 1.3A X Substantial Completion

220523.12 Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping 1.2A X Prior to start of work

220523.15 Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping 1.2A X Prior to start of work

221513 General-Service Compressed-Air Piping 1.3A 1.4A X X Prior to start of

work221513 General-Service Compressed-Air Piping 1.5A X Substantial

Completion220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 1.2A 1.3A X X Prior to start of

work220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 1.4A X Substantial

Completion



LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 1.2A 1.3A X X Prior to start of


Completion

OMB NO. 9000-0062

NEW

ITEM NO.

DATE

DATE

RECOMMAND APPROVALDATE

REQUEST RESUBMITTAL ON DISAPPROVED ITENS WITHIN _______________ DAYS OF DATE SHOWN BELOW.DATE

AF FORM 3000, 19910901 (EF-V2) PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE

Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 20 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden to the Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters. Services. Directorate for information Operations and Reports. 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlinton VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project OMB No 9000-0062, Washington DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form either of these addresses. Send your completed form to: SAF/AQCO, Pentagon, Washington DC 20330-1000.

FORM APPROVED

Expires Apr.30 1993

MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTAL

(See Instructions on Reverse)

TO: ( Contracting Officer)

SUBMITTAL

DATEFROM: (Contactor)

Deviation:

CONTRACT NUMBER SUBMISSION NUMBER

1 RESUBMITTAL

PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL NUMBER

TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR

PARA NO./DRAWING NO. (Include Type, Model Number, Catalog, Mfg.,etc.)DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL

PROJECT NUMBER:

FOR GOVERNMENT USE ONLY

APPROVED DISAP-PROVED

SEE REVERSE INITIALSPECIFICATION SECTION /

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE

TO: (AF Contracting Office)

BY COMPANLETING THIS FORM, THE UNDERSIGNED CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THATTHE MATERIAL COMPLIES WITH ALL SPEICIFICATIONS OF SUBJECT CONTRACT.

For Evaluation and Action


FOR GOVERNMENT USE ONLYTO: (Base Civil Engineering Officer)

DISAPPROVAL AS INDICATED ABOVE AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE COMMENTS ON THE REVERSE

TO: (CONTRACTOR)


SIGNATURE

DISAPPROVED AS INDICATED ABOVE AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE COMMENTS ON THE REVERSE SIDE.

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND GRADE

APPROVED

LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS

General Provisions

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.3 Work Scheduling outside normal work days/hours X

5 days prior to commencing on-site work


01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.3 Work Scheduling initially X

10 days prior to

commencing on-site work


01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.4 Entry to Base/Access to Site DBID Application X min. 72-hrs

prior01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.4 Entry to Base/Access to Site EAL X min. 72-hrs

prior01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.8 Notification of Discrepancies in plans X Prior to start of

work

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.15 Material Testing by National Laboratories B. Equipment X Prior to Start

of Work

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.17 Construction Scheduling, Work Progress and Preparation of Progress Schedules and Reports B. Construction Schedule AF FROM 3064

X NTP + 15

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.17 Construction Scheduling, Work Progress and Preparation of Progress Schedules and Reports D. Weekly Progress Schedule AF FROM 3065

X NTP + Weekly

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.26 Refuse and Salvage Materials Report X

Prior to Contract Closeout

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.32 Utility Interruptions (Outages) 4 weeks Prior Contractor Notice

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.33 Excavating Permit (Digging Permit) 4 working days Permit

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.38 Real Property/Equipment Report DD FORM 1354 X Project

Completion DD FORM 1354






LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.43 Commercially Owned/Operated Radioactive Sources Used on Buckley Airforce Base, Aurora, Greeley ANGS, or Ft. Carson, Colorado

XPrior to

Bringing on Site

Contractor Notice

01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.44 Hazardous Material Usage X Prior to Start

of Work


Preconstruction Meeting\01000 General Requirements, Para. 1.46 Security/Airfield Requirements Restricted Area Notice

X 10 days prior Contractor Notice

01001 Affirmative Procurement, Para. 1.3 Affirmative Procurement X Oct 15th of

that year

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 1. Digging Permit X


Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 2. Radioactive Source Permit X


Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 3. Environmental Permits X


Days01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 4. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport Permanent

XNotice to

Proceed + 45 Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 5. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration-Off Airport Temporary

XNotice to

Proceed + 45 Days

01002 Permit Requirements Para 1.4 B. 6. Burn Permit X


Days

01040 Preliminary As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements of Utilities As Built Drawings X X

30 Days prior to Substantial

Completion01040 Final As-Built Drawings and GPS Requirements of Utilities As Built Drawings X X Completion +

60

01045 Cutting and Patching, Para. 1.3 Request X in advance of cutting


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01050 Field Engineering, Para. 1.5 Verify accuracy of field engineering work X X AS REQUIRED

01050 Field Engineering, Para. 1.5 Drawings showing locations of pipes and structures constructed.


01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Safety Representative OSHA Trained under 1926.65

X Pre-Construction

01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Safety and Health Plan X X Pre-

Construction01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Hazard Analysis

Pre-Construction

01060 Safety Policies and Procedures, Para. 1.4 Job Hazard Response Plan X Pre-

Construction01090 Reference Standards, Para. 1.3 Permits, Licenses, Certificates X Pre-

Construction01300 Submittals, Para. 3.2 Submittal Register (AF From 66 or Approved Equivalent) X NLT NTP + 30

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Preliminary Schedule X NTP + 10 CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Base Line Critical Path Schedule X NTP + 30 CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Monthly Schedule X Monthly CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Application for Payment X Monthly CPM Schedule

01310 Construction Progress Schedules, Para. 1.7 Updated Schedule each week X

Weekly Progress Meetings

CPM Schedule

01380 Construction Photographs, Para. 1.7 Deliver one set of prints with each application for payment

With Each Application for

Payment

01401 Hazardous Material Usage, Para. 1.1 General Hazardous Material Pharmacy X Prior to Start

of Work


Preconstruction Meeting\01401 Testing Laboratory Services, Para. 1.1 Hazardous Material Storage and Distribution System

X prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01410 Testing Laboratory, Para. 1.4 Qualifications of Testing Laboratory X Pre-

Construction01410 Testing Laboratory Services, Para. 1.4 Certification X Prior to Start

of Work01420 Environmental Protection, Para. 2.1 Permits for Equipment used by Contractor in Performing Government Contracts

X Prior to Start of Work

01420 Environmental Protection, Para. 2.2 Permits Needed for Construction, Excavation, Modification, Renovation, Demolition, Installation, or Other Alterations of Buildings, Structures, Equipment, Installations, Real Property or Systems on Government Installation


01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Laboratories X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Testing Agencies X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Interim Quality Control Plan X (NLT) NTP +

15 Work can not begin until approved

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Final Quality Control Plan X (NLT) NTP +

30 Work will be stopped if not

approved01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Test Reports, Punch Lists, Quality Control Reports X X NTP + 30

01451 Contractor Quality Control, Para. 3.5 Submittals NTP + 30

01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Copies of Permits and approvals for construction


01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Temporary Construction Submittals staging area, traffic control and routing plans


01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Para. 1.3 Informational Submittals Temporary Control Submittals


01520 Construction Waste Management and Cleanup, Para. 1.3 Project Information X Prior to start of

work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01520 Construction Waste Management and Cleanup, Para. 1.3 Construction Waste Management Plan

X Monthly

01561 Erosion and Sediment Control, Para. 1.3 Shop Drawings X NTP + 15

01561 Erosion and Sediment Control, Para. 1.3 Quality Control Submittals Environmental Protection Plan and General Permit

X NTP + 15

01590 Field Offices and Sheds, Para. 3.2 Office Spaces Installed X NTP + 15

01630 Substitutions, Para. 1.3 Substitution Request Submittal NTP + 35

01630 Substitutions, Para. 1.3 Contracting Officer's Action

2 weeks of receipt of request

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 List of Equipment and Manufacturer X NTP + 45

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Manufacturer's Representative's Qualification Data X NTP + 45

01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Training Schedule X 21 days prior

to training01640 Manufacturer's Services, Para. 1.2 Lesson Plans X 21 days prior

to training01650 Starting of Systems, Para. 1.3 Schedule for startup X 14 days prior

to startup

01650 Starting of Systems, Para. 1.3 Reports X X 14 days prior to startup

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.3 Written Certification X Substantial

Completion01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.3 List of Major Items (Punch list) X Substantial

Completion

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties guarantees required by specifications

X X X


payment

six copies


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties guarantees covering entire project

X


payment

01700 Project Closeout, Para. 1.8 Warranty and Extended Warranties Manufacturer's standard and product specific warranties

X


payment

01720 Project Record Documents, Para. 1.6 As-Built Drawings X X X


payment

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 Equipment or Component Parts X X X


10

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 One Copy of Completed Volumes X

21 days prior to final

inspection

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data, Para. 1.9 Revised Final Volumes X Final

Inspection + 30 six copies

01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Written Warrantees X

Prior to Substantial Completion

01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Written Warrantees for portion of the work X


1501740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Special Warrantees X Prior to final

execution01740 Warranties, Para. 1.5 Written Warranties Submit Final form of Submittal X Final

Completion 1 original and 5 copies

01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Implementation Plan X 30 days from

NTP01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Project Materials Cost Data X Substantial

Completion

01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Progress Reports X

With each Payment

Application


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





01800 Sustainable Design, Para. 1.5 LEED Documentation Notebook X Substantial

Completion01900 Commissioning Requirements, Para 3.03 Documentation the CA requires to facilitate the Commissioning Work

X 30 days from NTP

SPECIFICATIONS CIVIL321216 Asphalt Paving X X Prior to paving321313 Concrete Paving X X Prior to paving

321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants X X X Prior to start of work

330500 Common Work Results for Utilities X X Prior to start of work

334100 Storm Drainage Utility Piping X X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.A X X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.B X X X Prior to start of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.C X X X X X Prior to start of work


033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.4.E X Prior to start of work


033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.B X Prior to start of work


033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.D X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.E X X Within 2 weeks of work

033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.F X X Within 2 weeks of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.5.GX

Within 2 weeks of

conference


033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.6.B X X Prior to start of work



033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete para 1.6.E X X X Prior to start of work


042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6A X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6B X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6C X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6D X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.6E X X Prior to start of work


042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7B X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7C X X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7D X X X X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.7E X Prior to start of work

042000 Unit Masonry para 1.8A X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS






051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7B X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7C X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.7D X X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8A X X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8B X X X X Prior to start of work


051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8D X X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8E X X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8F X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8G X Prior to start of work

051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.8H X X Within 2 weeks of work


051200 Structural Steel Framing para 1.9B X X X Prior to start of work


052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4A X X X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4B X X X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.4B X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5A X X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS






052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5C X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.5D X X Prior to start of work

052100 Steel Joist Framing para 1.6A X X X Prior to start of work


053100 Steel Decking para 1.3A X X X X Prior to start of work


053100 Steel Decking para 1.3C X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4A X X X Prior to start of work


053100 Steel Decking para 1.4C X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4D X X Prior to start of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.4E X X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5A X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5B X X X Within 2 weeks of work

053100 Steel Decking para 1.5C X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4A X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4B X X X X Within 2 weeks of work

054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.4C X Within 2 weeks of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS








054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing para 1.5D X Within 2 weeks of work




SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL

06100 Rough Carpentry X X X Prior to start of work

06100 Rough Carpentry LEED X Prior to start of work IEQ 4.1, 4.4, MR 7

07210 Building Insulation X Prior to start of work

07210 Building Insulation LEED X X Prior to start of work MR 4

07530 EPDM para 1.5 A, B, D X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07530 EPDM LEED para 1.5 C. X X Prior to start of work SS 7.2, MR 4, IEQ 4.1

07530 EPDM Para 1.6 X X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim X X X X X Prior to start of work

07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim LEED X X Prior to start of work MR 4, MR 5

07920 Joint Sealants 1.2, 1.3 X X X X X X Prior to start of work

07920 Joint Sealants LEED Para 1.2 B. X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4.1


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL



260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Para 1.4 X X X Prior to start of

work260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 1.3 X Prior to start of

work260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 1.4 X X Substantial

Completion260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Para 3.4A,B,C,D,E,F X X Substantial

Completion260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical System Para 1.5A and 1.5B X X Prior to start of

work260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical System Para 1.6 X Prior to start of

work260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.4A X Prior to start of

work

260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.4B LEED Submittals X X



260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Para 1.5 X X Prior to start of

work260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.4A and 1.4B X X Prior to start of

work

260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.5A to E X X



260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Para 1.7 X




LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Para 1.3A X Prior to start of

work

260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Para 1.3B LEED Submittals X Prior to start of

work

260553 Identification for Electrical Systems Para 1.3A, B and C X X Prior to start of

work

260923 Lighting Control Devices Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of work

260923 Lighting Control Devices Para 1.4 XUpon

Substantial Completion

260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of

work

260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 1.4A, B and C X X X



260926 Lighting Control Panelboards Para 3.4A and B X


262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 1.3A and B X X Prior to start of work

262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 1.4A, B, C and D X X



262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 2.4A and B X Prior to start of work

262200 Low Voltage Transformers Para 3.4A, B, D, E X X


262416 Panelboards Para 1.4A and B X X Prior to start of work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





262416 Panelboards Para 1.5A, B and C X



262726 Wiring Devices Para 1.5A, B and C X X X Prior to start of work

262726 Wiring Devices Para 1.6A X



262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Para 1.5A and B X X Prior to start of

work



265100 Interior Lighting Para 1.3A and B X Prior to start of work

265100 Interior Lighting Para 1.4A,B,C,D,E X X X Prior to start of work

265600 Exterior Lighting Para 1.3A and B X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS FIRE ALARM & MASS NOT.

16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, Para 1.04 X X X X X Prior to start of work

16730 MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM, Para 1.05 X X X X X X Prior to start of work

SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL230529 Hangers and Supports For HVAC Piping and Equipment 1.3A,B,C, 1.4A X X X X Prior to start of

work230533 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 1.2A X Prior to start of

work


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 1.3A, 1.4A,B X X



IEQ 1, EA 2

230713 Duct Insulation 1.2A,B,C, 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 1.2A,B,C, 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 1.2A,B, 1.3A, 1.4A,B X X X X X



231123 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 1.3A,B,C, 1.4A,B, 1.5A

X X X X



233113 Metal Ducts 1.4A,B,C,D 1.5A,B,C X X X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 1, EA 2, IEQ 4, 4.1

233300 Air Duct Accessories 1.2A,B,C 1.3A

X X X



IEQ 1, EA 2

233423 HVAC Power Ventilators 1.2A,B 1.3A

X X X



233713 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B X X X X Prior to start of

work

235523.16 High-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B,C 1.5A

X X X X X




LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





237200 Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment 1.4A,B,C,D 1.5A,B,C 1.6A

X X X X X X



IEQ 1, EA 4

238126 Split-System Air Conditioners 1.2A,B,C 1.3A 1.4A

X X X



IEQ 1, EA 4

238239.19 Wall and Ceiling Unit Heaters 1.2A,B,C 1.3A

X X X



SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.3A,B,C 1.4A X X X Prior to start of

work220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.2A X Prior to start of

work

220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation 1.2A,B,C 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

221116 Domestic Water Piping 1.2A,B 1.3A.B X X Prior to start of work IEQ 4, 4.1

221316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 1.3A,B 1.4A,B X X X Prior to start of

work IEQ 4, 4.1

221319 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 1.2A X Prior to start of work

223400 Fuel-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters 1.3A,B,C 1.4A,B,C,D,E X X X X X Prior to start of

work EA 2

223400 Fuel-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters 1.5A X Substantial Completion

224213.13 Commercial Water Closets 1.2A,B,C X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224213.13 Commercial Water Closets 1.3A X Substantial Completion

224213.16 Commercial Urinals 1.2A,B,C X X Prior to start of work WE 1


LIN

E N

UM

BER


CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

SH

OP

DR

AW

ING

S

CO

LOR

SE

LEC

TIO

N/S

AM

PLE

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

’S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

CA

TALO

G D

ATA

O&

M R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ATI

ON

S

CA

LCU

LATI

ON

S

WA

RR

AN

TY/O

&M

MA

NU

ALS

/SP

AR

E P

AR

TS

DR

AW

ING

S/A

S-B

UIL

T D

RA

WIN

GS

RE

PO

RT

TES

T R

ES

ULT

S

RE

QU

IRE

D S

UB

MIS

SIO

N D

ATE

TO

BE

E

DIT

ED

BY

TH

E C

ON

TRA

CTO

R

DA

TE T

O C

ON

TRA

CTI

NG

DA

TE T

O C

IVIL

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

RE

TUR

N S

US

PE

NS

E D

ATE

SU

BM

ITTA

L N

UM

BE

RS

AP

PR

OV

ED

DIS

AP

PR

OV

ED

CO

NTR

AC

TOR

RE

SU

BM

ITTA

L

FIN

AL

AP

PR

OV

AL

REMARKS





224213.16 Commercial Urinals 1.3A X Substantial Completion

224216.13 Commercial Lavatories 1.2A,B,C 1.3 A X X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224216.13 Commercial Lavatories 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224216.16 Commercial Sinks 1.2A,B,C 1.3 A X X X Prior to start of work WE 1

224216.16 Commercial Sinks 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224500 Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 1.2A,B 1.3A X X X Prior to start of work

224500 Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 1.4A X Substantial Completion

224713 Drinking Fountains 1.2A,B X Prior to start of work WE 1

224713 Drinking Fountains 1.3A X Substantial Completion

220523.12 Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping 1.2A X Prior to start of work

220523.15 Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping 1.2A X Prior to start of work

221513 General-Service Compressed-Air Piping 1.3A 1.4A X X Prior to start of

work221513 General-Service Compressed-Air Piping 1.5A X Substantial

Completion220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 1.2A 1.3A X X Prior to start of


Completion



SPECIFICATION 01310-1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Format.

B. Content.

C. Revisions to schedules.

D. Submittals.


A. GOVERNMENT General Provisions Exhibit.

B. Section 01010, SCOPE OF WORK.

C. Section 01039, COORDINATION AND MEETINGS.

D. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

E. Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES.

1.3 GENERAL

A. The CONTRACTOR prepared Construction Progress Chart shall serve as a guide in managing the construction progress.

B. In preparing this system, the scheduling of construction shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

C. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the CONTRACTOR’s approval.

D. For Contracts over $1,000,000.00 in construction value, a Critical Path Method (CPM) program shall be used to prepare and update the Contract Progress Schedule, and payments. The contractor may use a CPM for Contract Progress Schedule and payment updates for projects less than $1,000,000.00 at their option.

E. A usable copy of the CPM software package used by the contractor in developing the Base Line Schedule, all subsequent Progress schedules and all revised Base Line Schedules shall be submitted to the Government for use by



the Government and/or the Governments consultants for evaluation of the Schedules.

F. The original approved critical path submission shall establish the “Base Line Schedule”. The Base Line Schedule (BLS) shall not change for the duration of the contract unless as a modification to the contract. If modified, the original Base Line and modified Base Line Critical Path Reports shall be included in the electronic version of each monthly update of the critical path. Revised schedules submitted with progress payment shall not revise the approved BLS.

G. The schedule will show the order in which the contractor proposes to perform the work, the dates on which the Contractor expects starting and completing the various divisions and salient features of the work. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236 15, “Schedules for Construction Contracts”. The work shall be scheduled so that upon the start of construction, work progresses in a continuous and diligent manner. A schedule that does not reflect steady and reasonable progress throughout the construction period will be rejected. The schedule shall include a line item for rough inspections by Government personnel or personnel under contract to the Government as outlined in the various sections of the Specifications or on the Drawings. A rough inspection is required on all installed systems prior to sealing off or closing in a wall, pipe chase, suspended ceiling system etc. These systems include but are not limited to: domestic and heating water lines, communication and electric runs, all insulation material to be covered by other material (GWB, wood panel etc.), duct runs, ceiling suspension systems, raised flooring, fire detection/protection/suppression systems etc. A second or finish inspection will be conducted after these systems are “hidden” to ensure the quality of the finished product. The finish inspection does not constitute the final Project inspection accomplished at Project completion. The Contractor shall request these inspections, rough inspections, finish inspection, and final project inspection, through the Contracting Officer.

H. A weekly meeting shall be held between the Contractor and Contracting Officer, to discuss work progress, problems and potential change orders. The Contractor shall make it very clear to the Contracting Officer of any delays or changes in the project from the contract progress schedule. The Contractor shall attend these meetings at no additional cost to the Government. Prior to specific work elements of a project, the Contractor shall confer with the CO and coordinate on items affecting Government operations. Refer to Section 01039.

I. Weekly progress reports are to be submitted on AF Form 3065 “Contract Progress Report”; CPM reports; or acceptable substitute form, for the Contracting Officer covering the period from notice to proceed through final inspection. If there are possible deviations from the original plan, those are to



be noted and approved by the Contracting Officer before work changes are implemented. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.236 15, “Schedules for Construction Contracts”.

1.4 FORMAT

A. Prepare schedules as a narrative, horizontal bar chart, and line plot with a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. CONTRACTOR shall complete an AF Form 3064 “Contract Progress Schedule,” an AF Form 3065, “Contract Progress Report,” and/or a CPM Schedule. When used, the AF Form 3064 shall be used to determine if project is on schedule, behind schedule, or ahead of schedule. CPM is used to determine logic and coordination. Refer to attached blank AF Form 3064 and AF Form 3065 for the use of the AF Form 3064 and 3065. For contracts over $1,000,000 or when the contractor elects to use a CPM for amounts less than $1,000,000, CPM program generated reports and plots shall be used to determine if the project is on schedule, behind schedule or ahead of schedule, project progress payments, and to determine logic and coordination.

B. The format shall be designed to enable the CONTRACTOR and Contracting Officer to evaluate the reasonableness of the proposed schedule, and to determine if the actual construction is on schedule.

C. The unit of time shall be indicated in calendar days including weekends.

1.5 CPM/SCHEDULE CONTENT, BASE LINE, AND MONTHLY UPDATED CRITICAL PATH

A. The CPM narrative, bar chart and line plot shall show the complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction, including early start, late start, early finish, late finish, original duration, duration expended, remaining duration, slack or float, price, percent complete, and successor and predecessor element(s). Provide a horizontal bar chart showing the flow of work and related activities. Provide a set of line graphs showing the best case, and worst case progress of the project.

1. Include a separate activity for the submittal process for each activity on the critical path. Reflect submittal preparation and a government review period of 21 days for approval. The contractor may or may not reflect material ordering, shipping and delivery activities, but will reflect the needed gap from submittal approval to start of work for the effected work activity. Returned/disapproved submittals shall be reflected in the critical path schedule as contractor impacted time to include the new 21 day review period for the corrected/new submittal.



2. For special materials, equipment and long lead items include submittal approval, fabrication or ordering, shipment, installation, and testing. Special materials include any critical items such as structural steel, mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and other items as determined by the contract specifications, drawings or the CONTRACTOR.

3. Identify those items on the critical path. 4. Graphically represent the optimistic schedule (early finish schedule),

actual and pessimistic (late finish schedule) for the life (Government provided Contract Duration in calendar days) of the project accomplished as separate lines on an updated progress line plot as of the first of each month. The line plot shall be on a single page with dollar amount and % complete on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal axis.

5. Each activity on the Critical path shall be “Price Loaded” except for submittals, material ordering, shipping and delivery to the project sites.

B. Identify each item by specification section number.

C. Duration of Work, including completion times of all stages and their sub-phases

D. With the Bar plot show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, and the percentage of work remaining as of the first day of each month.

1. The bar chart shall be prepared as follows: 1) The length of bar shall represent the number of workdays

scheduled. 2) The time scale shall be appropriate for the duration of the

Contract. 3) The time scale shall be in calendar days. 4) The smallest unit shown shall be one calendar day. 5) The first day and midpoint of each month shall be identified

by date. 6) Distinct symbols shall be used to denote multiple shift,

holiday, and weekend Work. 7) Each activities price shall be included.

2. Each page of the bar chart shall include a title block showing the Contract name and number, CONTRACTOR’s name, date of original schedule, and all updates; and a legend containing the symbols used, their definitions, and the time scale, shown graphically. To ensure readability, the bar chart shall be drawn on a reasonable size of paper up to a maximum of 915 mm by 915 mm (36 inch by 36 inch), using multiple sheets when needed.



E. Graphically represent the actual schedule line plot accomplished as a separate

line on an updated progress line plot as of the first last day of work to be billed for each month. The line plot shall be on a single page with dollar amount and % complete on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal axis. (See A.4. above) CPM program generated when a CPM is required.

F. Phasing/Sequencing requirements shall be integrated into the CONTRACTOR prepared Progress Schedule.

G. Coordinate content with Schedule of values.

H. When a CPM is required, provide CPM software generated reports with each monthly update or proposed revised Base Line Critical Path. These reports shall be provided in an electronic PDF file along with the electronic CPM software file, include the following separate reports:

1. Price value of activities with percent complete to date. 2. Dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction,

including early start, late start, early finish, late finish, original duration, duration expended, remaining duration, slack or float, percent complete,

3. Activity successors and predecessors to include items that must complete prior to start of an activity and prior to completion of an activity. I.E. if an activity requires another activity to complete prior to its completion, that activity will be reported along with the number of days prior to completion that the predecessor most complete to not impact the activities completion, these activities may or may not fall on the critical path at the time reported.

1.6 WEATHER DAYS AND WEATHER DELAYS

A. Weather Days: The Government performance period has taken into account the anticipated weather days over the duration of the project based on the anticipated NTP date based on National Weather Service Data for Buckley AFB plus 10% additional days.

B. Weather Delays: A weather delay is a day or total days approved by the Contracting Officer above the accounted for days the Government added to the performance period for planned weather days. As a weather delay is not caused by Government failures or actions, the performance period will be extended by the approved numbers of days of weather delay. The contractor is entitled to additional days only, not extended overhead cost for home office overhead or on-site overhead costs.

1.7 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES



A. Monthly Schedule Printout (Reflects progress and fall in or fall out activities since the last monthly Schedule. MONTHLY SCHEDULE PRINTOUTS DO NOT REVISE THE BASELINE SCHEDULE):

1. Clearly indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. Indicate positive or negative float and overall completion date.

2. Identify activities modified since previous PRINTOUT, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes which could affect the schedule.

3. Provide narrative report, with each submittal, describing work accomplished during the previous period, the work scheduled for the next period and anticipated problem areas and delays, and impact on the Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed.

B. Revised Base Line Schedule (Reflects proposed changes to the Base Line Schedule):

1. Clearly indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity.

2. Identify activities modified since previous BLS submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes which could affect the schedule.

3. Provide narrative report, with each submittal, describing work accomplished during the previous period, the work scheduled for the next period and anticipated problem areas and delays, and impact on the Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

A. Ref Section 01000, Para 1.17. Submit, through the CONTRACTOR, a preliminary schedule defining the CONTRACTOR’s proposed operations within TEN (10) DAYS AFTER DATE OF NOTICE TO PROCEED.

B. Upon acceptance of the preliminary schedule by the CONTRACTING OFFICER, and within THIRTY (30) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE NOTICE TO PROCEED, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the complete Base Line Critical Path Schedule and CPM program generated reports.

C. Submit Monthly Schedule Printout to the Critical Path Schedule and CPM program generated reports with each monthly Application for Payment or if required due to a major modification or change to the contract or progress.

D. Application for Payment will not be considered complete until the CONTRACTING OFFICER receives the Progress Schedule (AF Form 3064) and Progress Report (AF Form 3065) or Current Base Line Critical Path and reports, Monthly Schedule Printout to the Critical Path schedule with Monthly CPM Generated Reports. All files shall be submitted electronically, one set of



files in PDF format, one set files shall be locked, the other set of files shall be editable by the Government. The base Line CPM and Monthly Update with the CPM generated progress report shall also be submitted in hard copy.

E. Submit updated schedule PRINTOUT each week at the weekly progress meeting. When a critical Path Method Program is utilized, the updated schedule printout shall be items that fall on the critical path or could affect items on the critical path in the future that are to be accomplished in the next seven calendar days. Also submit a report on work that was planned but not completed in the last seven days that fall on or could affect an item on the critical path.

F. Submit Revised Baseline Schedules as required through the project duration when a proposed change to the BLS is requested by the Contractor or when a Government Request For Proposal (RFP) impacts the current BLS. The current BLS will be modified by the CO as part of the Modification generated by the RFP.

1.9 DISTRIBUTION

A. CONTRACTOR shall distribute copies of reviewed schedules to Project site file, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other concerned parties.

B. CONTRACTOR shall instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules.

1.10 SUPPLEMENT

A. The supplement listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” is a part of this Specification.

1. AF Form 3064, Contract Progress Schedule Sample. 2. AF Form 3065, Contract Progress Report Sample.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION




AF FORM 3065 U.S. G.P.O. 1977-261-301/1357

CONTRACT PROGRESS REPORT BUDGET BUREAU NO. 21-R129

CONTRACTOR ADDRESS

Contractors Name Contractors Address

REPORT NO. PERIOD COVERED: PROJECT NO. CONTRACT NO. COMPLETION DATE

## Dates CRWUxxxx yymmddLINE WORK ELEMENT % OF % COMPLETE THIS % COMPLETED NO. TOTAL JOB PERIOD CUMULATIVE

1 Items from Contractors Progress Schedule v 100.00% 50.00% 50.00%2 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%3 Note: Load % of Total Job from Contractors Progress 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%4 Schedule. 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%5 Put in % completed this period 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%6 Manually total over to Cunmulative 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%7 Program Calaculates total % this period and 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%8 total % cumulative 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%9 Prgram Calaculates Subtotal this period for 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%10 payment and FIM reports based on 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%11 Current Contract Amount which program 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%12 Calculates as long as you load the Award Amount 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%13 and $ % for each Addendum 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%14 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%15 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%16 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%17 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

TOTAL 100.00% 50.00% 50.00%

REMARKS: SUBTOTAL THIS PERIOD/CONTRACT TO DATE 2,500.00$ 2,500.00$ Addendum Calculations % this report Cumulative%Add 1 30% 30% -$ 2 25% 25% -$ 3 50% 50% -$ 4 25% 25% -$

TOTAL Add -$ -$ TOTAL THIS PERIOD/CONTRACT TO DATE (Pay/Paid This) 2,500.00$ 2,500.00$

REMARKS: Descripe any issues for this reporting period.

original award amount Load Award Amount> 5,000.00$

1 Load Add Amount > -$ 2 Load Add Amount > -$ 3 Load Add Amount > -$ 4 Load Add Amount > -$

Total Addendum Amount Calculated > -$

CURRENT CONTRACT AMOUNT 5,000.00$ PROGRESS OR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

I hereby certify that the contractor has satisfactorily completed the indicated percentage of the contract in accordance with the contract specification.

SUBMITTED BY OR FOR CONTRACTOR XX BASE CIVIL ENGINEER

TYPED NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE DATE

REVIEWED BY OR FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER


AF FORM 3065 U.S. G.P.O. 1977-261-301/1357

CONTRACT PROGRESS REPORT BUDGET BUREAU NO. 21-R129

CONTRACTOR ADDRESS

Contractors Name Contractors Address

REPORT NO. PERIOD COVERED: PROJECT NO. CONTRACT NO. COMPLETION DATE

## Dates CRWUxxxx yymmddLINE WORK ELEMENT % OF % COMPLETE THIS % COMPLETED NO. TOTAL JOB PERIOD CUMULATIVE

1 Items from Contractors Progress Schedule v 100.00% 50.00% 50.00%2 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%3 Note: Load % of Total Job from Contractors Progress 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%4 Schedule. 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%5 Put in % completed this period 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%6 Manually total over to Cunmulative 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%7 Program Calaculates total % this period and 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%8 total % cumulative 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%9 Prgram Calaculates Subtotal this period for 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%10 payment and FIM reports based on 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%11 Current Contract Amount which program 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%12 Calculates as long as you load the Award Amount 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%13 and $ % for each Addendum 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%14 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%15 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%16 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%17 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

TOTAL 100.00% 50.00% 50.00%

REMARKS: SUBTOTAL THIS PERIOD/CONTRACT TO DATE 2,500.00$ 2,500.00$ Addendum Calculations % this report Cumulative%Add 1 30% 30% -$ 2 25% 25% -$ 3 50% 50% -$ 4 25% 25% -$

TOTAL Add -$ -$ TOTAL THIS PERIOD/CONTRACT TO DATE (Pay/Paid This) 2,500.00$ 2,500.00$

REMARKS: Descripe any issues for this reporting period.

original award amount Load Award Amount> 5,000.00$

1 Load Add Amount > -$ 2 Load Add Amount > -$ 3 Load Add Amount > -$ 4 Load Add Amount > -$

Total Addendum Amount Calculated > -$

CURRENT CONTRACT AMOUNT 5,000.00$ PROGRESS OR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

I hereby certify that the contractor has satisfactorily completed the indicated percentage of the contract in accordance with the contract specification.

SUBMITTED BY OR FOR CONTRACTOR XX BASE CIVIL ENGINEER


REVIEWED BY OR FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER



SPECIFICATION 01380-1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

SECTION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Photography.

B. Prints.

C. Technique.

D. Submittals.


A. Section 01010, SCOPE OF WORK.

1.3 PHOTOGRAPHY

A. Provide photographs of the site and construction throughout the progress of Work. Photographs shall only be taken of construction activities. The Contractor shall provide to the Government the names of those personnel that will take photographs and the type of camera to be utilized with the serial number of the camera. Government Civil Engineering and Contracting Officer will obtain approval for Contractor to take photographs on the installation. No photographs shall be taken without having this approval. See Specification Section 01000, paragraph 1.46.

B. Take photographs prior to each application for a payment of construction activities and key project milestones that illustrate the following:

1. Site clearing.

2. Excavations.

3. Foundations.

4. Subsurface utilities prior to backfill

5. Structural framing.

6. Enclosure of building.



7. Installed equipment

8. Final completion.

1.4 PRINTS

A. Full color, digital photos.

B. Load to IMPAC site and proved CD ROM with all photos as part of the closeout documents.

C. Resolution: 3.0 mega pixels or higher

D. Contrast (Color): High.

E. Time and Date stamped

F. Orientation of photos as approved by Contracting Officer Representative (COR).

G. Identification: Include visual log of digital photos with number, title, date, and description for each photo.

H. Quantity: Provide a minimum of 20 photographs for each submittal.

1.5 TECHNIQUE

A. Provide factual presentation.

B. Provide correct exposure and focus, high resolution and sharpness, maximum depth of field, and minimum distortion.

1.6 VIEWS

A. Provide photographs of the pertinent work and work that will be concealed from view or completed during the documentation period.

B. Provide non-aerial photographs from four cardinal views at each specified time until Date of Substantial Completion.

C. Provide photographs from four cardinal views of the interior of the building after the building is enclosed.

D. Consult with Contracting Officer or COR for instructions on additional views required.



1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Deliver one set of photographs (electronic copies) with each Application for Payment.

1. Application for payment will not be considered complete until the Contracting Officer has received the construction photographs.



END OF SECTION





SPECIFICATION 01390-1 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

SECTION 01390 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. Provides procedures and guidelines for preparation, submittal and response to Contractor's Request for Information (RFI's) during construction of project.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Federal Acquisition Regulations and other Division 1 Specifications Sections apply to this Section.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 010390 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS. 2. SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS, Modification

procedures for procedural requirements governing, handling, and processing of Contract modifications.

3. SECTION 013000 - SUBMITTALS for submittal requirements for RFI drawings.

4. SECTION 016300 – SUBSTITITIONS, Requirements for product and substitution requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Request for Information (RFI): Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of some requirement of Contract Documents and not involving change in Contract Price or Contract Time.

1. Improper RFI: RFI not prepared in accordance with requirements of this Section, including requirement for graphic solution, where appropriate.

2. Frivolous RFI: RFI that requests information that is clearly indicated on or reasonably inferable from Contract Documents.

B. Proposal Request: Document issued by Contracting Officer after Contract

award which may include drawings and other information used to solicit proposal for change in Work. See SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES.

1.4 GENERAL



A. The formal Request for Information (RFI) process is one tool to be utilized by the Contractor to request information from the Contracting Officer regarding this Contract. It should be used only when the Contractor:

1. Discovers an unforeseen condition or constructability issue; or 2. Has a question regarding information in the Contract Documents; or 3. Requires information not found in the Contract Documents.

B. Attempts should be made by the Contractor to resolve issues without the generation of a formal RFI. Where possible, request for clarifications at next appropriate project meeting, with responseentered into meeting minutes. Where clarification at meeting is not possible, either because of urgency of need or complexity of item, prepare and submit RFI.

1.5 RFI PROCEDURE

A. RFI's shall be issued by the Contractor in a written form and numbered sequentially. The contractor shall use government provided RFI forms, or approved alternate. Requests from Subcontractors shall be made only through the General Contractor and will not be accepted directly by the Contracting Officer.

B. Contractor shall completely and clearly indicate clarification item(s) required. References to applicable drawing sheets or specification sections shall be included where applicable or the RFI may be returned unanswered.

C. Contractor shall submit justification of how item(s) was originally bid in the Contract Documents with RFI.

D. Provide narrative and/or graphic description of Contractor's understanding of item which was the basis of the original bid.

E. Provide a labor and materials cost breakdown of how the item was originally bid.

F. Contractor shall submit description of how they propose to do the work on the item in question. Acknowledge whether proposal for work involves a required time or cost modification to the Contract.

G. RFI's failing to comply with requirements specified herein will be returned to the Contractor without being reviewed. Any delays and costs resulting from the improper preparation of RFI's will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

H. Improper or Frivolous RFI:



1. Will be returned unanswered, will be removed from Contractor's RFI log, and number Assigned will be assigned to subsequent RFI.

I. Maintain current and accurate Request for Information Log as follows:

1. Maintain for duration of Contract.

2. Indicate current status of RFIs at all times; submit log weekly, and as requested by Contracting Officer.

J. RFI Flow

1. Contractor shall submit RFI’s to Contracting Officer. CO will send RFI to COR for routing RFI’s to Architect/Engineer, if necessary, and then to Contracting Officer for signature approval then back to Contractor.



END OF SECTION





SPECIFICATION 01401-1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL USAGE

SECTION 01401 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL USAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall establish a hazardous material (HM) storage and distribution system when HM is to be used. All HM required to support the Contract shall be reported to the Hazardous Material Pharmacy (HMP) using the Contractor HM Identification Form. The Form may be altered to enhance tracking. The Contractor HM Identification Form will be provided to the Contractor at or prior to the Pre-Construction meeting. Additional HM needed by the Contractor shall be identified to the Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) for approval by the HMP (see Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form at the end of this section).

B. The Contractor planning to use HM for the work shall register with the installation HMP prior to start of work in order to support the installation's compliance with Executive Order 12856, Federal Compliance with Right-to-Know Laws and Pollution Prevention Requirements.

C. The Contractor shall maintain a Contractor HM Identification Form for all HM on the job site for inspection/verification.

D. The COR will verify that the HM identified to the HMP is the only HM in use on the job site.

E. The Contractor shall provide the following to the HMP:

1. Provide a list of each material and quantity of material for all proposed HM. Hazardous Material (HM) shall be construed to mean any item that is:

a. A health hazard or physical hazard a defined in 29 CFR, 1910.1200(c).

b. Regulated in its disposal by EPA under 40 CFR.

c. Hazardous as defined by DOT regulations under 49 CFR.

d. Hazardous as defined by the Dangerous Goods Regulations of the International Air Transport Association.

2. Provide a safety data sheet (SDS) for each item on the HM list.



3. Typical examples of hazardous materials used on the job site include, but are not limited to:

a. Petroleum based liquids/gases (gasoline, kerosene, diesel, propane, butane, acetylene, etc.).

b. Explosives.

c. Adhesives and glues.

d. Shot charges for anchor systems.

e. Volatile solvents (such as PVC cleaner and glues, paint thinners).

f. Non-water-based paints.

g. Liquid sealants.

h. Epoxies and coating systems.

i. Acidic or alkali cleaners.

F. The Contractor shall establish a construction-specific HM storage and issue location that fully complies with federal, state and local environmental regulations. Materials issued shall be tracked for quantities used. Unused materials shall be inventoried and removed from the Air Force Base installation prior to closeout of the Contract or expiration date of the HM. Reports of materials delivered, used and removed from the installation shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer monthly and prior to Contract closeout.

G. The Contractor shall comply with all federal, state and local environmental standards.

H. The Contractor shall accompany the Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) and the installation Environmental Manager (EM) on project closeout inspection to ensure all used and unused HM has been removed from the installation. This requirement shall not be a punch list item and must be accomplished prior to the government accepting beneficial occupancy of the facility or construction item. (See Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form Closeout Procedures at the end of this section.)

1.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are part of this Specification.



a. Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form.

b. Contractor Hazardous Material Identification Form Closeout Procedures.



END OF SECTION



CONTRACTOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION FORM

Part I Date: ___________________ This part is to be completed by Contractor prior to the construction start date, and shall be maintained on the job site. Contractor Company: (Name)__________________________________________ Proposed Work Term: (Date)______________ to (Date)_____________________ Contractor Point of Contact: (Full Name)_________________________________ Phone Number: (24 hr emerg no.)__________________________________ Cell Phone/Pager: (Cell)_______________(page)_______________________ Submittal Information

Storage and Usage Information

HM to be Used Mfg/Product

MSDS

Attached (Yes/No)

Amount on

Site*, Transient or Stored

Amount Used Up

in Process

Used or Unused

Amount Removed from Buckley AFB

Note: This form is good for a 1 month period and is to be submitted to the hazardous material pharmacy (HMP). All HM (hazardous material) used thereafter will be identified to the Contracting Officer’s Representative for approval by the HMP. See Part II for Contractor closeout procedures. The HMP phone number is ____________________. *Transient amount reflects amount brought daily but not stored overnight. Use separate lines for transient and storage amounts. HMP Team Approval Signatures: COR (Contracting Officer’s Representative) _______________________________ EM (Environmental Manager) ______________________________________ SG (Bio-environmental Engineer) ______________________________________ SO (Safety Officer) ______________________________________



CONTRACTOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION FORM CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

Part II Attach this to Part I The Contractor shall accompany the Contracting Officer’s Representative and the Environmental Manager on the closeout inspection to ensure all used and unused HM has been removed from the installation. Closeout Approval Signatures: Signature Date Contractor _______________________________________________ Contracting Officer’s Representative ____________________________________ EM (Environmental Manager) __________________________________________ Contracting Officer __________________________________________


SPECIFICATION 01410-1 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Specification Sections apply to work specified in this Section.


A. Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.

B. Section 033000, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

C. Section 042000, UNIT MASONRY

D. Section 312000, EARTH MOVING.

E. Section 329200, LAWNS AND GRASSES

1.3 PROCEDURE

A. Contractor’s Testing Laboratory: The Contractor shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Contracting Officer to perform specified design testing and certification testing services. Inspections or testing performed as part of the Contractor’s operations shall be included as part of the Work. Employment of a testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor’s obligation to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING LABORATORY

A. The Testing Laboratory selected shall meet the basic requirements of ASTM E329 “Standard of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction.”

B. The Testing Laboratory selected shall meet “Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification,” latest edition, as published by the American Council of Independent Laboratories.



C. Testing machines shall be calibrated at intervals not exceeding 12 months by devices of accuracy traceable to the National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.

D. Tests and inspections shall be conducted in accordance with specified requirements, and if not specified, in accordance with the applicable standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials or other recognized and accepted authorities in the field.

1.5 AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF THE LABORATORY

A. Attending Preconstruction Conferences: The Contractor’s Testing Laboratory shall obtain and review the project plans and specifications with the Contractor as soon as possible prior to the start of construction. The Laboratory shall attend preconstruction conferences to coordinate materials inspection and testing requirements with the planned construction schedule. The Laboratory will participate in such conferences throughout the course of the project.

B. Outline Testing Program: The Testing Laboratory shall be responsible for outlining a written detailed testing program conforming to the requirements as specified in the Contract Documents and in consultation with the Contractor. The testing program shall contain an outline of inspections and tests to be performed with reference to applicable sections of the specifications or drawings and a list of personnel assigned to each portion of the work. Such testing program shall be submitted to the Contractor and Contracting Officer 15 days after NTP and at least one week in advance of the start of construction so as not to delay the start of construction.

C. Cooperation: The Laboratory shall cooperate with the Contractor and provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.

D. The Laboratory shall perform the required inspections, sampling, and testing of materials as specified under each section and observe methods of construction for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

E. Notification of Deficiencies in the Work: The Laboratory shall notify the Contractor and Contracting Officer immediately by telephone and then in writing of observed irregularities and deficiencies of the work and other conditions not in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

F. Reports:

1. Information on Reports: The Laboratory shall submit copies of all reports of inspections and tests promptly and directly to the parties



named below. All reports shall contain at least the following information:

a. Project name.

b. Date report issued.

c. Testing Laboratory name and address.

d. Name and signature of inspector.

e. Date of inspection and sampling.

f. Date of test.

g. Identification of product and Specification section.

h. Location in the project.

i. Identification of inspection or test.

j. Record of weather conditions and temperature (if applicable).

k. Results of test regarding compliance with Contract Documents.

2. Copies: The Laboratory shall send certified copies of test and inspection reports to the following parties:

a. An electronic copy to the Contracting Officer or representative.

b. An electronic copy to the General Contractor.

c. An electronic copy to the Supplier of the material tested.

G. Accounting: The Testing Laboratory shall be responsible for costs attributed to the Contractor.

H. Obtaining Product and Material Certifications: The Testing Laboratory shall be responsible for obtaining all product and material certifications from manufacturers and suppliers as specified in the Specifications.

I. Limitations of Authority: The Testing Laboratory is not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge upon, or release any requirements of the Specifications or to approve or accept any portion of the work. The testing agency must be independent of the General Contractor and any other subcontractors on the project.

1.6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY



A. Cooperation with Design Team: The Contractor shall cooperate with laboratory personnel; provide access to the work and to manufacturers operations.

B. Furnishing Samples: The Contractor shall provide to the laboratory representative, samples of materials proposed for use in the work in quantities sufficient for accurate testing as specified.

C. Furnishing Casual Labor, Equipment and Facilities: The Contractor shall furnish casual labor, equipment, and facilities as required for sampling and testing by the laboratory and otherwise facilitate all required inspections and tests.

D. Advance Notice: The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Testing Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

E. Payment for Substitution Testing: The Contractor shall arrange with the Testing Laboratory and pay for any additional samples and tests above those required by the Contract Documents as requested by the Contractor for convenience in performing the work.

F. Payment for Retesting: The Contractor shall pay for any additional inspections, sampling, testing, and retesting as required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

G. Notification of Source Change: The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Contracting Officer and Testing Laboratory when the source of any material is changed after the original tests or inspections have been made.

H. Tests for Suspected Deficient Work: If in the opinion of the Contracting Officer any of the work of the Contractor is not satisfactory, the Contractor shall make all tests that the Contracting Officer deem advisable to determine its proper construction. The Government shall pay all costs if the tests prove the questioned work to be satisfactory.

1.7 PAYMENT OF TESTING LABORATORY

A. The Contractor will pay for the initial Laboratory services for testing of materials for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor will pay for testing and retesting of materials that do not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents and all other items as specified in these Specifications.




PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The work to be performed by the Testing Laboratory shall be as specified in this Section of the Specification and as determined in meetings with the Contractor. Products requiring laboratory certification are not included in this section, only materials with laboratory testing specifically required for this contract. Testing required not performed in a laboratory is also not included in this section.

B. The Testing Laboratory shall determine the PWL (percent within limits) of all Superpave mixtures IAW the established criteria and limits in Specification P-401.

3.2 LABORATOR TESTING REQUIRED

A. Compressive-Strength Tests for Concrete specimens as specified in Specification 033000.

B. Compressive-Strength Tests for Masonry grout and mortar specified in Specification 042000.

C. Prism Test for Masonry Strength as specified in Specification 042000.

D. Soil Analysis per specification 329200.

E. Subgrade testing as required by the engaged geotechnical engineering testing agency as required in Specification 31200.

END OF SECTION





SPECIFICATION 01420-1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

SECTION 01420 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

PART 1 GENERAL


A. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment and performing all work required for the prevention of environmental degrading during, and as a result of construction operations under this contract. These requirements are in addition to any environmental protection requirements elsewhere in these specifications.

B. For the purpose of this specification, environmental pollution is defined as the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents, not naturally occurring at the site, which adversely affect human health, human welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances important to human life; affect other species of importance to humans; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic and recreational purposes. The control of environmental pollution by the Contractor requires consideration of air, water, and land, and involves noise control, solid waste management and management of radiant energy and radioactive materials, as well as other pollutants. This Section also requires the protection of cultural and historic resources.

C. Contractor shall coordinate the work of this Section with the work called for under the various sections of the specifications.


A. Section 01561, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

1.3 CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS

A. Contractor (and any Subcontractor, agent or representative) shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations providing for environmental protection and pollution control and abatement. These include, but are not limited to, the Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, Toxic Substances Control Act, Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, Coastal Zone Management Act, Endangered Species Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, Oil



Pollution Act, Archeological Resources Protection Act, Pollution Prevention Act and National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Contractor has the duty to determine for itself where such laws and regulations apply. Although Contractor may request assistance from the Contracting Officer in delineating applicable environmental laws and regulations, Contractor has an independent responsibility to make its own determination and to do so in a timely fashion so as not to impede the schedule of the project.

B. The Contractor shall also comply with installation requirements that may be more strict then those previously listed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the installation environmental agency on these issues.

1.4 FINES OR PENALTIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL NON-COMPLIANCE

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying any fines or penalties assessed against Government or the installation for environmental violations resulting from acts or omissions of the Contractor or its employees, Subcontractors, or agents. This obligation is in addition to any fines or penalties that may be assessed against the Contractor for the same conduct. Contractor may either reimburse these fines or penalties through the Contracting Officer, or with the consent of the Installation environmental management office, conveyed through the Contracting Officer, the Contractor may pay such fines or penalties directly to the regulatory agency or agencies concerned.

1.5 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES

A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify GOVERNMENT and the installation for any and all damages of any kind resulting from environmentally harmful activities by the Contractor, Contractor’s employees or agents or Subcontractors. “Damages” includes, but is not limited to, personal injury, property damage (including diminution of value), or death, environmental restoration and response costs, natural resource damages, expert witness and attorney’s fees, and reimbursement of any and all expenses incurred to obtain permits as a result of Contractor’s failure to identify or obtain permits for itself or Government or the installation.

1.6 CONTACTS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY OFFICIALS

A. Contractor shall, through the Contracting Officer, immediately advise the installation environmental management function of the content of all contacts with federal, state, or local environmental regulators, before, during, and after the performance of this contract concerning the performance of this contract.



1.7 FEDERAL COMPLIANCE WITH RIGHT-TO-KNOW AND POLLUTION PREVENTION LAWS

A. Contractor will, upon request, provide the Installation with information it may need to comply with Right-to-Know and Pollution Prevention laws and relevant Executive Orders. Such information may include Material Safety Data Sheets or amounts of chemicals used, stored or disposed of.

PART 2 PERMITS

2.1 PERMITS FOR EQUIPMENT USED BY CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMING GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS

A. For equipment used in the performance of this contract, Contractor shall obtain in Contractor’s name and at no additional expense to Government, all permits, coordination, certifications or other regulatory authorization necessary to perform and complete the work required by this contract under applicable environmental laws and regulations. “Applicable environmental laws and regulations” includes, but is not limited to: the Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), Toxic Substances Control Act, Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, Coastal Zone Management Act, Endangered Species Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, Oil Pollution Act, and Pollution Prevention Act and State, County and Local laws and regulations on the same subjects.

2.2 PERMITS NEEDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, EXCAVATION, MODIFICATION, RENOVATION, DEMOLITION, INSTALLATION, OR OTHER ALTERNATION OF BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS, REAL PROPERTY OR SYSTEMS ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION

A. Contractor shall, after consultation with the appropriate Installation environmental management function, identify all Federal, State, County, or local permit requirements under all applicable environmental laws and regulations as defined in (A.) above. Permits that must be submitted by the installation will be submitted by the installation, and applications for permits that must be submitted by the Contractor will be submitted by the Contractor, with copies submitted to the Contracting Officer to keep on file.



PART 3 MATERIALS

3.1 RECYCLED MATERIALS

A. Materials used in this Contract shall be, to the greatest extent practicable and consistent with financial prudence, made of recycled materials or of materials that are recyclable. where construction debris such as concrete or asphalt or wood can be recycled, this alternative will be discussed in the waste management plan and coordinated with the installation.

3.2 ASBESTOS

A. Asbestos containing materials will not be used or included in this project.

3.3 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL’S (PCBS)

A. PCB containing materials will not be used or included in this project.

3.4 LEAD BASED PAINT

A. Lead based paint will not be used or included in this project.

3.5 OZONE-DEPLETING SUBSTANCES

A. “Class I Substance”, as used in this clause, means any substance designated as Class I by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (40 CFR Part 82), including, but not limited to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, carbon tetrachloride, and methyl chloroform.

B. “Class II Substance”, as used in this clause, means any substance designated as Class II by EPA (40 CFR Part 82), including, but not limited to, hydro chlorofluorocarbons.

C. As required by 42 USC 767j(b),c and (d) and 40 CFR Part 82, Subpart E, the Contractor shall label products which contain Class I or Class II ozone-depleting substances or are manufactured with a process that uses Class I or Class II ozone-depleting substances, or containers of Class I or Class II ozone-depleting substances, as follows:

1. “WARNING: Contains (or manufactured with, if applicable) ______*_______, (a) substance(s) which harm(s) public health and the environment by destroying ozone in the upper atmosphere.” *The Contractor shall insert the name of the substance(s).



D. The Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 608 and 609 of the Clean Air Act (42 USC 7571g, National Recycling and Emission Reduction Program and 7671h, Servicing of Motor Vehicle Air Conditioners) as each or both apply to the contract.

3.6 PESTICIDES

A. Except as may be specified elsewhere in this contract, Contractor will not use or apply pesticides (such as herbicides or weed-killers, insecticides, or rodenticides) without the specific written approval of the installation environmental office.

PART 4 EXECUTION (WORK PRACTICES)

4.1 GENERAL: SITE DISTURBANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

A. Contractor shall use industry-recognized best management practices to avoid creation of fugitive dust emissions and to avoid and control storm water runoff from the construction site and any temporary roads that may be used for access to it.

B. Water sprinkling may be used to control dust.

C. Contractor shall perform all work under this contract in such a manner that no pollutants of any kind are released into ditches, storm drains, streams, lakes, or other surface waters of the site.

4.2 PROTECTION OF WATER RESOURCES

A. General: The General Contractor shall not pollute storm drainage, streams, lakes, or reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, acids, construction wastes or other harmful materials or pollutants. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to determine and comply with all applicable federal, state, municipal, and Installation regulations.

B. Spillage: The General Contractor shall take special measures to prevent chemicals, fuels, oils, greases, bituminous materials, waste washings, herbicides, cement, and surface drainage from entering public waters. In the event of a spill, the Installation Fire Department, Environmental Office, and Contracting Officer shall be notified immediately.

C. Washing and Curing Water: Water used in aggregate processing, concrete curing, foundation, and concrete lift clean-up and other waste water shall not be allowed to enter the storm drainage system. Locations to be used for



washout of concrete and mortar shall be as directed by the Contracting Officer.

4.3 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES

A. General: It is intended that the land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this Contract be preserved in their present condition or be restored to a condition after completion of construction that will appear to the natural and not detract from the appearance of the project. The General Contractor shall limit construction activities to areas defined by the Drawings or Specifications.

B. Prevention of Landscape Defacement: Except in areas marked on the plans to be cleared, the General Contractor shall not deface, remove, cut, injure or destroy trees or shrubs without specific written authority. Trees designated to be saved shall be protected from either excavation or filling within the root zone. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened or attached to any existing trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Contracting Officer. The General Contractor shall in any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use.

C. Restoration of Landscape Damage: Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the General Contractor’s equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to the original condition at the General Contractor’s expense. The Contracting Officer will decide what method of restoration shall be used, and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed. All scars made on trees not designated on the plans to be removed by equipment construction operations, or by the removal of limbs larger than 1-inch in diameter shall be coated immediately with an approved tree wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced landscape personnel. Tree trimming with axes shall not be permitted. Trees that are to remain, either within or outside established clearing limits, that are subsequently damaged by the General Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, shall be immediately removed and replaced with a nursery-grown tree of the same species and size.

PART 5 WASTE DISPOSAL

5.1 POLLUTION PREVENTION

A. The Contractor should use prior planning to find those materials that will minimize the creation of waste in general and hazardous waste in particular.



5.2 WASTE DISPOSAL FOR CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED ON BUCKLEY AFB PROPERTY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT FACILITY

A. Disposal of Non-RCRA Wastes: All non-hazardous wastes generated on the facility as a result of this contract must be disposed of properly. Prior to creation of such wastes, the Contractor shall submit to the Installation environmental management function, through the Contracting Officer, a plan for disposal of wastes. Such plan shall include the types of waste to be created, how they shall be stored, managed and disposed. Contractor shall follow this plan once it has been approved by the Contracting Officer. Such wastes will not be created until approved by the Contracting Officer.

PART 6 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS

6.1 CONTAMINATED SOIL OR GROUNDWATER

A. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this contract, site has been inspected and is, consistent with best professional judgment, free of environmental contamination or pollution. However, unexpected conditions can arise where unexpected materials could be encountered. Contractor or Subcontractor personnel may encounter soil or groundwater that is suspected to be contaminated, either because of odors, colors, free liquids, or other suspicious conditions. Should this occur, Contractor will immediately notify the base Environmental office, COR, and Contracting Officer and take necessary initial measures to protect workers, the site, and other personnel. Reference FAR 52.236-2, Differing Site Conditions.

6.2 UNEXPLODED MUNITIONS

A. No munitions or munitions-related materials are known or expected to be present on site. However, should suspected munitions-type material be encountered, Contractor should immediately notify the installation safety office and receive advice before disturbing the questionable material.

6.3 UNEXPECTED ARTIFACTS OR RELICS

A. Should Contractor’s employees in the course of site preparation or other work on this contract find unexpected historic or archeological remains, such as bones, arrow points, pottery remnants, foundations, or other evidence of previous uses of the site, Contractor will cease further site-disturbing activity and immediately notify the Installation environmental office and the Contracting Officer.



END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01451-1 CONTRACTOR

QUALITY CONTROL

SECTION 01451 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the next by basic designation only.

1. ASTM International (ASTM):

a. D3740(1988), Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.

b. E329 (1990), Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction.


A. Section 01300, Submittals.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTOR Interim Quality Control (CQC) Plan.

B. Approved CONTRACTOR Quality Control (CQC) Plan

1.4 PAYMENT

A. Separate payment will not be made for providing and maintaining an effective quality control program, and all costs associated therewith shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum prices contained in the Pricing Schedule.

1.5 DEFINABLE TYPICAL AND UNIQUE FEATURES, FINISHES AND SYSTEMS



QUALITY CONTROL

A. Examples of definable typical features are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: interior walls and partitions; concrete floors; spread footings; paving, curbs and gutters; etc.

B. Examples of definable unique features are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: entry ways, blast resistant assemblies; architecturally distinct features such as curved walls; solatubes; overhead doors; cranes; cabinetry; lockers; specialty listed sections of the specifications; etc.

C. Examples of definable typical finishes are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: single color painted walls; carpet; concrete finishes; etc.

D. Examples of definable unique finishes are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: walls with multiple finishes; tile work; architecturally distinct finishes; etched glass/glazing; etc.

E. Examples of definable typical systems are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: electrical power distribution from existing power grid to the building meter and into the building; building power distribution system; wet utilities to and from the building from and to the installations existing systems; air handling systems; chillers; boilers; HVAC equipment etc.

F. Examples of definable unique systems are described by drawings, details and specification sections such as but not limited to: photovoltaic systems; etc.

2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

3 PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control and shall establish and maintain an effective quality control system in accordance with the clause entitled 52.246-12, "Inspection of Construction," in the Contract Clauses of this document.

B. The quality control system shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product that complies with the Contract requirements. The system shall cover all construction and demolition



QUALITY CONTROL

operations, both onsite and offsite, and shall be keyed to the proposed sequence.

3.2 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN

A. General: The Contractor shall furnish for review by the Government, not later than 15 days after receipt of notice to proceed for the basic contract, the Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan proposed to implement the requirements of the Contract Clause entitled "Inspection of Construction." The plan shall identify personnel, procedures, control, instructions, test, records, and forms to be used. The Government will consider an interim plan for the first 30 days of operation. Construction will be permitted to begin only after acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to the particular feature(s) of work to be started. Work outside of the feature(s) of work included in an accepted interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan or another interim plan containing the additional features of work to be started.

B. Content of the Basic CQC Plan: The Basic CQC plan shall be submitted to cover the intended CQC organization for the entire Contract and shall include, as a minimum, the following to cover all construction operations, both onsite and offsite, including work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents:

1. A description of the quality control organization, including a chart showing lines of authority and acknowledgment that the CQC staff shall implement the three-phase control system (see Article CONTROL) for all aspects of the work specified. The staff shall include a CQC system manager who shall report to the project manager or someone higher in the Contractor's organization. Project manager in this context shall mean the individual with responsibility for the overall management of the Project, including quality and production.

2. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each person assigned a QC function.

3. A copy of the letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an authorized official of the firm which describes the responsibilities and delegates sufficient authorities to adequately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager, including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with the Contract. The CQC System Manager shall issue letters of direction to all other various quality control representatives outlining duties, authorities and responsibilities. Copies of these letters will also be furnished to the Government.



QUALITY CONTROL

4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing submittals, including those of subcontractors, offsite fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents. These procedures shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

5. Control, verification and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test to include the test name, specification paragraph requiring test, feature of work to be tested, test frequency, and person responsible for each test. (Laboratory facilities will be approved by the Contracting Officer.)

6. Contractor’s listing of definable typical and unique feature, finish and system for which meetings will be held and documentation maintained per paragraph 3.6 of this section.

7. Procedures for tracking preparatory, initial, and follow-up control phases and control, verification, and acceptance tests, including documentation.

8. Procedures for tracking deficiencies from identification through acceptable corrective action. These procedures will establish verification that identified deficiencies have been corrected.

9. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats. This shall include a copy of the Daily CQC report form.

C. Acceptance of Plans: Acceptance of the Contractor's basic and addendum plans is required prior to the start of construction. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the construction. The Government reserves the right to require the Contractor to make changes in the Contractor’s CQC plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the quality specified.

D. Notification of Changes: After acceptance of the QC plan, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing a minimum of seven calendar days prior to any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer.

3.3 COORDINATION MEETING

A. After the Preconstruction Conference, before start of construction, and prior to acceptance by the Government of the Quality Control Plan, the Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer or Authorized Representative and discuss the Contractor's quality control system. During the meeting, a. mutual understanding of the system details shall be developed, including the forms



QUALITY CONTROL

for recording the CQC operations, control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite and offsite work, and the interrelationship of Contractor's management and control with the Government's Quality Assurance. There may be occasions when subsequent conferences may be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings and/or address deficiencies in the CQC system or procedures that may require corrective action by the Contractor.

3.4 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION

A. CQC System Manager: The Contractor shall identify an individual within the Contractor’s organization at the site of the work who shall be responsible for overall management of CQC and have the authority to act in all CQC matters for the Contractor. This CQC System Manager shall be on the site at all times during construction and will be employed by the Contractor, except as noted in the following. An alternate for the CQC System Manager will be identified in the plan to serve in the event of the system manager's absence. Period of absence may not exceed two weeks at any one time. The requirements for the alternate will be the same as for the designated CQC manager.

B. CQC Organizational Staffing: The Contractor shall provide a CQC staff, which shall be at the site of work at all times during progress, with complete authority to take any action necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract.

1. CQC Staff: Following are the minimum requirements for the CQC staff. These minimum requirements will not necessarily assure an adequate staff to meet the CQC requirements at all times during construction. The actual strength of the CQC staff may vary during any specific work period to cover the needs of the work period. When necessary for a proper CQC organization, the Contractor will add additional staff at no cost to the Government. This listing of minimum staff in no way relieves the Contractor of meeting the basic requirements of quality construction in accordance with Contract requirements. All CQC staff members shall be subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. The CQC system manager may not multi-role as the site superintendent.

2. CQC System Manager: The CQC system manager shall be a graduate engineer, graduate architect, or graduate of construction management with a minimum of 5 years of construction experience OR a construction person with a minimum of 10 years of experience working on projects similar in size and scope to this project. In addition to the above experience and education requirements, it is recommended the CQC system manager have completed the course entitled "Construction Quality Management for Contractors" prior to start of field work. For



QUALITY CONTROL

further information contact the USACE Omaha District (402-221-4269). The USACE Omaha District partners with the Rocky Mountain/ABC to offer this training course. For more information on these classes, please contact Karen Pavone at (303-832-5812) or [email protected]

3. Supplemental Personnel: A staff shall be maintained under the direction of the CQC system manager to perform all QC activities. The staff must be of sufficient size to ensure adequate QC coverage of all work phases, work shifts, and work crews involved in the construction. These personnel may perform other duties, but must be fully qualified by experience and technical training to perform their assigned QC responsibilities and must be allowed sufficient time to carry out these responsibilities. The QC plan will clearly state the duties and responsibilities of each staff member.

C. Organizational Changes: The Contractor shall obtain Contracting Officer's acceptance before replacing any member of the CQC staff: Requests shall include the names, qualifications, duties, and responsibilities of each proposed replacement.

3.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be as specified in Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. The CQC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. The Government will furnish copies of test report forms (See sample list provided with each Task Order) upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor may use other forms as approved.

B. Initial Quality Control plan

C. Final Quality Control plan

D. Daily Inspection Reports

E. Test Results

F. Minutes of Preparatory Phase meetings

G. Minutes of Initial Phase

H. Definable typical and unique feature, finish and system Deficiency and corrective action log. Submitted as work progresses to assure no defective work is covered or concealed.

mailto:[email protected]



QUALITY CONTROL

3.6 CONTROL

A. Contractor quality control is the means by which the Contractor ensures that the construction, to include that of subcontractors and suppliers, complies with the requirements of the Contract. The controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations, including both onsite and offsite fabrication, and will be keyed to the proposed construction sequence. The controls shall include at least three phases of control to be conducted by the CQC system manager for all definable features of work, as follows:

1. Submittals: this work is performed prior to and during the submittal of materials, products, processes, and record documents. This shall include:

a. Review of each paragraph of applicable specifications for both typical and unique feature for a specification section.

b. Review of all drawings that effect or are affected by the materials, products, process and record documents for conflicts with required locations, dimensions, finishes.

c. Review of other submittals that are affected by or affect the material, product, process and record documents.

d. Review of all submittals prior to the original and re-submittal.

2. Preparatory Phase: This phase shall be performed prior to beginning work on each definable typical and unique feature; finish; and system of work and shall include:

a. A review of each paragraph of applicable specifications.

b. A review of the contract plans.

c. A check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved.

d. A check to assure that provisions have been made to provide required control inspection and testing.

e. Examination of the work area to assure that all required preliminary work has been completed and is in compliance with the contract.



QUALITY CONTROL

f. A physical examination of required materials, equipment, and sample work to assure that they are on hand, conform to "approved" shop drawing or submitted data, and are properly stored.

g. A review of the appropriate activity hazard analysis to assure safety requirements are met.

h. Discussion of procedures for constructing the work, including repetitive deficiencies. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for that phase of work.

i. A check to ensure that the portion of the plan for the work to be performed has been accepted by the Contracting Officer.

j. The Government shall be notified at least 48 hours in advance of beginning any of the required action of the preparatory phase. This phase shall include a meeting conducted by the CQC system manager and attended by the superintendent, other CQC personnel (as applicable), and the foreman responsible for the definable typical and unique feature; finish; and system. The results of the preparatory phase actions shall be documented by separate minutes prepared by the CQC system manager and attached to the daily QC report. The Contractor shall instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet Contract specifications.

3. Initial Phase: This phase shall be accomplished at the beginning of a definable typical and unique feature; finish; and system of work. The following shall be accomplished:

a. A check of preliminary work to ensure that it is in compliance with Contract requirements. Review minutes of the preparatory meeting.

b. Verification of full contract compliance. Verify required control inspection and testing.

c. Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with sample panels is appropriate.

d. Resolve all differences.



QUALITY CONTROL

e. Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the safety plan and activity hazard analysis. Review the activity analysis with each worker.

f. The Government shall be notified at least 48 hours in advance of beginning the initial phase. Separate minutes of this phase shall be prepared by the CQC system manager and attached to the daily QC report. Exact location of initial phase shall be indicated for future reference and comparison with follow-up phases.

g. The initial phase should be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met.

4. Follow-up Phase: Daily checks shall be performed to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements, including control testing, until completion of the particular definable typical and unique feature; finish; and system of work. The checks shall be made a matter of record in the CQC documentation and shall document specific results of inspections for all features of work for the day or shift. Final follow-up checks shall be conducted and all deficiencies corrected prior to the start of additional features of work that will be affected by the deficient work. The Contractor shall not build upon or conceal nonconforming work.

5. Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases: Additional preparatory and initial phases may be conducted on the same definable typical and unique features; finishes; and systems of work as determined by the Government if the quality of ongoing work is unacceptable; or if there are changes in the applicable QC staff or in the onsite production supervision or work crew; or if work on a definable feature is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity, or if other problems develop.

3.7 TESTS

A. Testing Procedure: The Contractor shall perform tests specified or required to verify that control measures are adequate to provide a product, which conforms to Contract requirements. The Contractor shall procure the services of a licensed testing laboratory. A list of tests to be performed shall be furnished as a part of the CQC plan. The list shall give the test name, frequency, specification paragraph containing the test requirements, the personnel and laboratory responsible for each type of test, and an estimate of the number of tests required. The Contractor shall perform the following activities and record and provide the following data:

1. Verify that testing procedures comply with contract requirements.



QUALITY CONTROL

2. Verify that facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with testing standards.

3. Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards.

4. Verify that recording forms and test identification control number system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared.

5. Results of all tests taken, both passing and failing tests, will be recorded on the Quality Control report for the date taken. Specification paragraph reference, location where tests were taken, and the sequential control number identifying the test will be given. Actual test reports may be submitted later, if approved by the Contracting Officer, with a reference to the test number and date taken. An information copy of tests performed by an offsite or commercial test facility will be provided directly to the Contracting Officer. Failure to submit timely test reports, as stated, may result in nonpayment for related work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract. Test results shall be signed by an Engineer Registered in the state where the tests are performed.

B. Testing Laboratories: Laboratory facilities including personnel and equipment, utilized for testing soils, concrete, asphalt and steel shall meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, and be accredited by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), or other approved national accreditation authority. All personnel performing concrete testing shall be certified by the American Concrete Institute (ACI).

3.8 COMPLETION INSPECTION

A. At the completion of all work or any increment thereof established by a completion time stated in the contract, the CQC system manager shall conduct an inspection of the work and develop a "punchlist" of items which do not conform to the approved plans and specifications. Such a list of deficiencies shall be included in the CQC documentation, as required by Article DOCUMENTATION below, and shall include the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. The CQC system manager or staff shall make a second inspection to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected and so notify the Government. These inspections and any deficiency corrections required by this paragraph will be accomplished within the time



QUALITY CONTROL

stated for completion of the entire work or any particular increment thereof if the Project is divided into increments by separate completion dates.

3.9 DOCUMENTATION

A. The Contractor shall maintain current records of quality control operations, activities, and tests performed, including the work of subcontractors and suppliers. These records shall be on an acceptable form and shall be a complete description of inspections, the results of inspections, daily activities, tests, and other items, including but not limited to the following:

1. Contractor/subcontractor and their area of responsibility.

2. Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for repair.

3. Work performed today, giving location, description, and by whom. When Network Analysis (NAS) is used, identify each phase of work performed each day by NAS activity number.

4. Test and/or control activities performed with results and references to specifications/plan requirements. The control phase should be identified (Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List deficiencies noted along with corrective action.

5. Material received with statement as to its acceptability and storage.

6. Identify submittals reviewed, with contract reference, by whom, and action taken.

7. Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken.

8. Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, and instructions or corrective actions.

9. List instructions given/received and conflicts in Drawings and/or Specifications.

10. Contractor's verification statement.

11. Separate reports shall be submitted by the responsible CQC inspectors. The report shall contain a record of inspections for all work accomplished subsequent to the previous report. Separate reports for different phases of work may be submitted by the responsible CQC inspectors or the reports may be consolidated into one report if all CQC activities and results are covered and the responsible CQC inspectors are identified.



QUALITY CONTROL

12. These records shall indicate a description of trades working on the Project; the number of personnel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays encountered. These records shall cover both conforming and deficient features and shall include a statement that equipment and materials incorporated in file work and workmanship comply with the Contract. The original and one copy of these records in report form shall be furnished to the Government weekly, except that reports need not be submitted for weeks in which no work is performed. As a minimum, one report shall be prepared and submitted for every 7 days of no work. All calendar days shall be accounted for throughout the life of the Contract. Reports shall be signed and dated by the CQC system manager. The report from the CQC system manager shall include copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by all subordinate quality control personnel.

3.10 NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

A. The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor at the site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Contracting Officer may issue an order suspending all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to such stop work orders shall be made the subject of claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION


01500 -1 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ANDTEMPORARY CONTROLS

SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American Association of Nurserymen: American Standards for Nursery Stock.

2. Federal Emergency Management Agency.

3. NFPA, National Fire Prevention Standard for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations.

4. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA); Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA): 568B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard.

5. U.S. Department of Agriculture, “Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds”.

6. U.S. Weather Bureau, “Rainfall-Frequency Atlas of the U.S. for Durations From 30 Minutes to 24 Hours and Return Periods From 1 to 100 Years”.


A. Section 01561, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals:

1. Copies of permits and approvals for construction as required by Laws and Regulations and governing agencies.

2. Temporary Construction Submittals:

a. Staging area location plan.

b. Traffic Control and Routing Plans: As specified herein, and proposed revisions thereto.



3. Temporary Control Submittals: Plan for disposal of waste materials and intended haul routes.

1.4 MOBILIZATION

A. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, these principal items:

1. Obtaining required permits.

2. Moving Contractor’s field office and equipment required for first month operations onto site.

3. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities.

4. Providing onsite communication facilities, including telephones.

5. Providing onsite sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified and as required by Laws and Regulations, and governing agencies.

6. Arranging for and erection of Contractor’s work and storage yard.

7. Posting OSHA required notices and establishing safety programs and procedures.

8. Having Contractor’s superintendent at site full time.

B. Use area designated for Contractor’s temporary facilities as shown on Drawings or otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.5 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

A. Comply with Government’s safety rules while on property.

B. Keep Contracting Officer informed of onsite accidents and related claims.

1.6 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

A. Traffic Routing Plan: Show sequences of construction affecting use of roadways, time required for each phase of the Work, provisions for decking over excavations and phasing of operations to provide necessary access, and plans for signing, barricading, and striping to provide passages for pedestrians and vehicles.




PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

A. General:

1. Perform Work within right-of-way and easements in a systematic manner that minimizes inconvenience to other Base facilities.

2. Schedule the Work so construction will not interfere with landscape irrigation of other Base facilities.

3. Maintain existing security or perimeter fences.

4. Maintain in continuous service all existing gas pipelines, underground power, telephone or communication cable, water mains, irrigation lines, sewers, poles and overhead power, and all other utilities encountered along line of the Work, unless other arrangements satisfactory to Contracting Officer.

5. Where completion of the Work requires temporary or permanent removal or relocation of existing utility, coordinate all activities with Contracting Officer and perform all work to their satisfaction.

6. Protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground utility construction uncovered or otherwise affected by construction operations.

7. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times.

8. In areas where Contractor’s operations are adjacent to or near a utility, such as gas, telephone, television, electric power, water, sewer, or irrigation system, and such operations may cause damage or inconvenience, suspend operations until arrangements necessary for protection have been made by Contractor.

9. Notify Contracting Officer what may be affected by construction operation at least eight days in advance (Ref Section 01000, Para 1.31 and 1.32).

a. Before exposing a utility, obtain Contracting Officer’s permission. Should service of utility be interrupted due to Contractor’s operation, notify Contracting Officer immediately. Cooperate with Contracting Officer in restoring service as promptly as possible and bear costs incurred.

10. Do not impair operation of existing sewer system. Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth, volatile and corrosive wastes, and



other debris from entering sewers, pump stations, or other sewer structures.

11. Maintain original site drainage wherever possible.

3.2 ACCESS ROADS

A. Construct access roads as shown and within Project limits. Photograph project site prior to start of any work.

B. Maintain drainage ways. Install and maintain culverts to allow water to flow beneath access roads. Provide corrosion-resistant culvert pipe of adequate strength to resist construction loads.

C. Provide gravel, crushed rock, or other stabilization material to permit access by all motor vehicles at all times.

D. Maintain road grade and crown to eliminate potholes, rutting, and other irregularities that restrict access.

E. Coordinate with Contracting Officer detours and other operations affecting traffic and access. Provide at least eight days’ notice to Contracting Officer of operations that will alter access to the site. Reference section 01000 Para 1.35 for additional requirements.

F. Where access road crosses existing fences, install and maintain gates. Gates and gate posts shall conform to those as specified.

G. Upon completion of construction, restore ground surface disturbed by access road construction to original grade and condition. Replace damaged or broken culverts with new culvert pipe of same diameter and material.

3.3 PARKING AREAS

A. Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking, access by emergency vehicles, Contracting Officer’s operations, or construction operations.

B. Use area designated on Drawings for parking of Contractor’s and Contractor’s employees’ vehicles.

3.4 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

A. Comply with Laws and Regulations and Base Standards regarding closing or restricting use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by written permission of proper authority. Assure the least



possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. (Reference Section 01000 Para 1.35)

B. Conduct the Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian.

C. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel.

D. In making street crossings, do not block more than one-half the street at a time. Whenever possible, widen shoulder on opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Provide temporary surfacing on shoulders as necessary.

E. Maintain top of backfilled trenches before they are paved, to allow normal vehicular traffic to pass over. Provide temporary access driveways where required. Cleanup operations shall follow immediately behind backfilling.

F. When flaggers and guards are required by regulation or when deemed necessary for safety, furnish them with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation traffic control devices.

G. Provide snow removal to facilitate normal vehicular traffic on public or private roads affected by construction. Perform snow removal promptly and efficiently by means of suitable equipment whenever necessary for safety, and as may be directed by proper authority.

H. Notify Contracting Officer before closing street or portion thereof. Notify Contracting Officer when streets are again passable for emergency vehicles. Conduct operations with the least interference to fire equipment access, and at no time prevent such access. Furnish Contractor’s night emergency telephone numbers to Contracting Officer.

I. Coordinate traffic routing with that of others working in same or adjacent areas.

3.5 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. In accordance with General Conditions, as may be specified in other Specification sections (Section 01000 Para 1.23 and section 01710), and as required herein.

B. Wet down exterior surfaces prior to sweeping to prevent blowing of dust and debris. At least weekly, sweep all floors (basins, tunnels, platforms, walkways, roof surfaces), and pick up all debris and dispose.



C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. At least at weekly intervals, dispose of such waste materials, debris, and rubbish offsite.

D. At least weekly, more frequently if needed, brush sweep entry drive and roadways, and all other streets and walkways affected by the Work and where adjacent to the Work.

END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01510-1 TEMPORARY

UTILITIES

SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heat, ventilation, telephone service, water and sanitary facilities.


A. Section 01000, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Paragraphs 1.27 through 1.30

B. Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS.

C. Section 01590, FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS.

D. Section 01700, PROJECT CLOSEOUT: Final cleaning.

1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete metered temporary electric service for construction needs throughout the construction period.

B. The cost of reasonable utilities (electricity and base water only) shall be paid by the Government.

C. The temporary electric service shall originate from the nearest available power source coordinated with the Contracting Officer.

D. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all fused cutouts, meter, transformers, primary and secondary conductors, disconnects, and miscellaneous hardware.

1. The temporary electric service shall be a 120/208-volt, three-phase, 4-wire, 200-amp service for construction operations.

2. Provide a power center, located on the main temporary electric power drop, consisting of:

a. Electric meter.



UTILITIES

b. Main disconnect.

c. 20-amp, 120 and 208-volt grounded outlets, for use by all trades, each protected by a circuit breaker.

1.4 TEMPORARY HEATING

A. General: The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain temporary heat in the construction areas throughout the construction period to facilitate the progress of work, protect work against cold, dampness, condensation, and to provide suitable ambient temperatures and humidity levels for proper installation and curing of materials.

B. Requirements: The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary heat meeting the following requirements:

1. As required under each individual specification section for proper placement, setting, and curing of materials.

2. Maintain a minimum surface temperature of 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) for 24 hours a day during placing, setting, and curing of cementitious materials.

3. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F (28 degrees C), or as required under each individual specification section, for 24 hours a day, seven days prior to, and during installation of all finish materials, including but not limited to: resilient flooring and base, carpet, paint and wall covering, tile work, acoustic ceilings, and all finish woodwork.

4. Maintain a minimum temperature of 65 degrees F (28 degrees C) For 24 hours a day from the time of placement until beneficial occupancy, for installation all finish materials, including but not limited to: resilient flooring and base, carpet, paint and wall covering, tile work, acoustic ceilings and all finish woodwork.

C. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for temporary heating equipment of adequate capacity to provide temporary heat meeting the requirements of this Section.

D. The Contractor shall pay for the fuel consumed by the temporary equipment.

E. The Contractor may use the new permanent heating system for construction purposes during the finish work stage under the following conditions:



UTILITIES

1. The Contractor shall verify the system is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and proper filters are in place.

2. The Contractor shall provide and pay for operation maintenance, and shall provide new filters and replace any damaged or worn parts immediately prior to when the equipment is accepted.

3. The Contractor will not be charged for fuel or energy consumed by the permanent heating equipment. The Contractor shall maintain strict conservation measures to prevent the waste of fuel or energy.

1.5 TEMPORARY VENTILATION

A. The Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation to:

1. Aid in curing installed materials.

2. Dissipate humidity.

3. Ventilate temporary sanitary facilities.

4. Prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases in areas occupied during construction.

B. The Contractor shall employ the use of temporary ventilating equipment, adequately sized, to accomplish the required ventilation and maintain clean air for construction operations.

C. Exhaust materials shall be disposed of in a manner that will not result in harmful exposure to persons.

1.6 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

A. Contractor to provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization.

B. Overhead lines shall be acceptable.

C. See Section 01590, FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS.

1.7 E-MAIL SERVICE

A. Provide and maintain e-mail capability throughout the project.

1.8 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE



UTILITIES

A. Water shall be furnished from a temporary hose bib provided, installed, and maintained by the General Contractor on the construction site. The contractor installed hose bib will include a backflow prevention device.

B. Temporary water service shall be provided at time of project mobilization.

C. The Contractor will not be charged for a reasonable amount of water consumed for construction purposes. The Contractor shall maintain strict conservation measures to prevent waste of water.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining strict supervision of the use of existing services and shall:

1. Enforce compliance with applicable codes and standards.

2. Enforce sanitary practices.

3. Prevent abuse of services.

4. Prevent wasteful use of water.

5. Protect system from freezing.

1.9 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Contractor to provide, maintain and pay for required facilities and enclosures for use by construction personnel.

B. Existing facilities may not be used during construction operation.

C. Provide facilities at time of project mobilization.

D. Provide regular maintenance service to maintain facilities in a clean and sanitary condition.



END OF SECTION


SPECIFICATION 01520-1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND CLEANUP

SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND CLEANUP

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. This Section covers the work necessary to collect and separate construction debris for re-use and cycling.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building materials used in construction or recovered from demolitions that have reached the end of their intended use. These materials include, but are not limited to, building material landscape debris, packaging material, hazardous waste, and returnable, recyclable and reusable materials.

B. Construction Waste Summary Report: A monthly report that documents the type and quantities of construction waste (including hazardous waste) that have left the site, the date and time the material left, and the destination of that material and the cost or profit associated with the material transfer. Quantities shall be measured by weight or appropriate unit measure.

C. Hazardous Waste: Any material or byproduct of construction that is regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency and that may not be disposed of in any landfill or other waste end-source with adherence to applicable laws.

D. Recycling Contractor: The onsite person in charge of the overseeing and maintaining the documentation for the Waste Management Plan.

1.3 SUBMITTALS INCLUDED

A. Project Information: Site Plan showing Contractor access points and location of containers used for onsite storage of construction waste.

B. Construction Waste Management Plan:

1. Identify the Recycling Contractor.

2. Provide documentation of experience.

3. Provide a copy of the Construction Waste Summary reporting form.



4. Description of materials identified for reuse, recycle, salvage and disposal.

5. Identify method and location of onsite storage and handling.

6. Identify method for reducing impacts of material removal on surrounding properties.

7. Final documentation of hazardous waste disposal plan.

8. Provide a list of the collection facilities to be used. Identify the type of materials to be sent to each collection facility and supply documentation that each facility is appropriately certified to handle the material being sent.

C. LEED: required LEED submittals for Materials and Resources credits 2.1 and 2.2.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Provide all materials and equipment required to accomplish the work as specified.

B. Provide onsite training for all employees and subcontractor employees regarding the appropriate protocols for effective use of this waste management program.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Set up container in an orderly manner onsite.

B. Clearly mark containers to avoid contamination of materials. Provide covers on containers to keep material dry and to control dust.

C. Mark containers with appropriate symbols for hazardous, organic, or biological waste and store such material in a secured location.

D. Contractor shall distribute copies of Construction Waste Management Plan to all employees and subcontractors.



E. Meetings: Contractor shall conduct weekly Construction Waste Management meetings. Meetings shall include subcontractors affected by Waste Management Plan. Included in these meeting shall be a pre-construction meeting to be held no less than 10 working days prior to start of construction.

F. Recycling Contractor shall procure receipts or other validation of waste management procedures and include copies of these receipts in a monthly Construction Waste Summary report.

3.2 CONTAMINATION PRECAUTIONS

A. Avoid contamination of the project area. Do not dump waste oil, rubbish, or other similar materials on the ground.

END OF SECTION





SPECIFICATION 01530-1 BARRIERS

SECTION 01530 BARRIERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish, install and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, and to protect the Work, existing facilities, trees and plants from construction operations; remove when no longer needed, or at completion of Work.


A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other DIVISION 1 Specifications, apply to this Section.

1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. Comply with federal, state and local codes and regulations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. Materials to be approved by the Contracting Officer.

2.2 FENCING

A. Minimum fence height 1.829 meters (6 feet).

2.3 BARRIERS

A. As appropriate to serve the required purpose and to maintain a secure Base perimeter at all times.


SPECIFICATION 01530-2 BARRIERS

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install facilities of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally adequate for the required purpose.

B. Maintain barriers during entire construction period.

C. Relocate barriers as required by progress of construction.

3.2 FENCES

A. Prior to the start of work at the Project site, install enclosure fence with suitably locked entrance gates.

B. Locate fence to enclose substantially the entire Project site, or that portion the Contractor establishes as required to encompass the entire Project construction operation.

C. Locate vehicular entrance gates in suitable relation to construction facilities; and to avoid interference with traffic on public thoroughfares.

D. Locate pedestrian entrance gates as required to provide controlled personnel entry, in suitable relation to construction parking facilities.

E. Verify location prior to installation with Contracting Officer.

F. Construct open-mesh fence in accordance with industry standards.

3.3 REMOVAL

A. Completely remove barricades, including foundations, when construction has progressed to the point that they are no longer needed, and when approved by Contracting Officer.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation. Restore area to project requirements or original condition, and clean the area.

END OF SECTION



EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

SECTION 01561 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Soil Erosion Stabilization:

1. Ground surfaces exposed during the wet season (November 1 through April 30).

2. Areas which will not be subjected to heavy wear by ongoing construction traffic.

3. Temporary and long term stabilization of new or disturbed ditches, swales, or disturbed ground with intermittence construction traffic.


A. Section 01000, GENERAL REQUIRMENTS

B. Section 01420, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

C. Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

D. Section 31100, SITE CLEARING

E. Section 31200, EARTH MOVING

F. Section 329200, LAWNS AND GRASSES.

G. Section 329300, EXTERIOR PLANTS

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Product Data: Commercial products.

B. Quality Control Submittals:

1. Environmental Protection Plan and General Permit:




a. 15 days after NTP, and prior to commencing construction activities or delivery of materials to the site, the Contractor shall complete and submit to the Contracting Officer for the Base Civil Engineer’s signature, a Notice of Intent (NOI) in accordance with the format and within the timeframe prescribed by the applicable federal and State of Colorado jurisdictions and comply fully with the terms of the corresponding general permit.

b. 15 days after NTP and prior to commencing construction activities or delivery of materials to the site, the Contractor shall complete and submit to the Contracting Officer for approval a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Reference 40 CFR 450.21 as a guide for content requirements for storm water control site plans, and adjust it accordingly to meet site-specific permit requirements and project-specific construction activity. This plan shall be in accordance with the general NPDES permit. The SWPPP shall address the minimum storm event as required by EPA.

1) The plan shall address a site narrative, each activity that disturbs soil and ground cover, the Best Management Practices (BMP) to prevent storm water run-off and erosion control, source control and housekeeping BMPs, and interim and permanent stabilization practices.

a) The plan shall contain the following information:

(1) Watershed name.

(2) 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC).

(3) Permit references (e.g., ID No., type, NOI).

(4) Soil type.

(5) Native vegetation type.

(6) Discharge locations (existing and planned).

(7) Drainage.

(8) Slope and terrain.




(9) Total construction area (acres).

(10) Total site area disturbed (acres).

(11) Total construction cost ($000).

(12) Non-pervious/impervious site areas (before and after):

(a) Paved and unpaved road areas.

(b) Paved and unpaved parking area.

(c) Aquatic area (onsite or nearby).

(13) BMPs selected:

(a) Descriptive name.

(b) Drainage area served.

(c) Estimated control efficiency.

(d) Estimated cost of implementing selected practice.

(14) Construction Cost:

(a) Total construction cost.

(b) Estimated cost to implement storm water control site plan.

(15) Run-off Information:

(a) Average run-off coefficient (before and after construction).

(b) Design storm (frequency, intensity).

b) The plan will address the schedule of activities and relate them to the locations and legends shown on the plan’s site map and the timeframes to be recorded in the site log.

c) As a minimum, the site map will show the site boundary, perimeters of control areas, and areas




where construction will occur. Graphically depict the construction activities that will occur within the site and each demarcated perimeter area, locate the BMPs chosen for use by symbol and legend, and provide an index of area demarcations and activity symbols to their corresponding narrative description and site log timeframes.

d) A site log will be maintained providing a permanent record of events called for in the site plan and kept in the job site office from the start to the end of construction.

(1) The site log shall have a certification signature block whereby the designated construction site manager of qualified storm water professional certifies that the storm water control site plan is in effect and that all measures required before groundbreaking have been implemented.

(2) An additional certification signature block for the construction site manager or qualified storm water professional shall be provide to certify that the affected site area is stabilized, all remaining storm water control measures have been upgraded to their final design configuration, and all construction site control areas have been removed and returned to their final stabilized state.

(3) Record when soil disturbance starts and ends for any sequenced portion of the project or sectioned area of the site.

(4) Record when any control areas are activated and when they are disassembled and cleaned up to restore them to their original state.

(5) Record when runoff and erosion control BMP is installed and/or implemented, and indicate whether an inspection




schedule is established to monitor its state and condition.

(6) Record rain events (time, duration, intensity) and describe any observations on the effectiveness of the storm water control site plan to handle the event.

(7) Develop and display the site log and the inspection schedule for each item and activity requiring inspection as part of the site control plan. Date and describe any inspection findings and describe any response actions, if required.

(8) The original site log shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the completion of construction.

(9) (Ref section 01000 Para 1.17) Retainage shall be withheld from payment until the site log and as-built documentation on permanent erosion control systems are submitted to and approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A. Seed:

1. Furnish in standard containers with seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity, germination, and hard seed and maximum weed seed content, clearly marked for each container of seed.

2. Keep dry during storage.

B. Hydro seeding Mulch: Mark package of wood fiber mulch to show air dry weight.

1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Obtain permits specified in Article SUBMITTALS, paragraph Quality Control Submittals above, prior to installing erosion and sediment control devices.

B. Install erosion and sediment control devices before starting earth disturbance activities.




C. Complete Soil Preparation: Seeding, fertilizing, mulching and matting on disturbed ground not receiving hard surface that will be disturbed for two days during the wet season or seven days during the dry season.

D. Notify Contracting Officer, and the COR at least three days in advance of:

1. Materials delivery.

2. Start of stabilization activity.

E. Seeding: Seeding and mulching to disturbed surfaces, which will not be subjected to construction traffic shall be completed by September 1 to have an established stand by November 1.

1.6 MAINTENANCE

A. Operations:

1. Seeded Areas: Perform during construction period to include:

a. Watering: Keep seeded surface moist.

b. Washouts: Repair by filling with topsoil, fertilizing, seeding, and mulching.

c. Mulch: Replace wherever and whenever washed or blown away.

d. Reseed unsatisfactory areas or portions thereof immediately if a satisfactory stand has not been produced.

2. Inspect, repair, and replace as necessary all erosion control measures during the time period from start of construction to completion of construction. Inspect a minimum of at least once every seven days or after a 1/2-inch storm event in a 24-hour period. At no time shall more than six inch depth of sediment be allowed to accumulate in any erosion control device, the cleaning operation shall not dispose of sediment offsite.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 FERTILIZER




A. Commercial, uniform in composition, free-flowing, not less than 50 percent organic nonburning composed product suitable for application with equipment designed for that purpose.

B. Fertilizer shall have the following minimum percentage of plant food by weight:

1. Granular Form Fertilizer:

a. Nitrogen: 29 percent.

b. Phosphoric Acid: 3 percent.

c. Potash: 4 percent.

2.2 SEED

A. As specified in Section 02920, LAWNS AND GRASSES.

2.3 MULCH

A. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch:

1. Specially processed wood fiber containing no growth or germination inhibiting factors.

2. Dyed a suitable color to facilitate inspection of material placement.

3. Manufactured such that after addition and agitation in slurry tanks with water, the material fibers will become uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry.

4. When hydraulically sprayed on ground, material will allow absorption and percolation of moisture.

2.4 EROSION CONTROL MATTING

A. Excelsior mat; staples as recommended by matting manufacturer.

B. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Akzo Industries, Ashville, NC; Curlex Mat.

2. North American Green, Evansville, IN; S150 blanket.

3. Approved equal.




2.5 SOIL TACKIFIER

A. Derived from natural organic plant sources containing no growth or germination-inhibiting materials.

B. Capable of hydrating in water, and to readily blend with other slurry materials.

C. Wood Cellulose Fiber: Add as tracer, at rate of 150 pounds per acre.

D. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Chevron Asphalt Co.; CSS-1.

2. Terra; Tack AR.

3. J-Tack; Reclamare.

4. Approved equal.

2.6 REINFORCED PLASTIC COVERING

A. Co-extruded, copolymer laminate reinforced with a nonwoven grid of high strength nylon cord submersed in a permanently flexible adhesive media allowing for equal tear resistance in all directions.

B. Black in color and ultraviolet stabilized.

C. Physical Requirement (Minimum Average Roll Values):

1. Tear Strength: 130 pounds.

2. Elongation: 620 percent.

3. Minimum Thickness: 6 mil.

D. Manufacturers:

1. Reef Industries, Inc., Houston, TX.

2. Griffolyn Co., Houston, TX.

3. Approved equal.

2.7 CLEARING LIMIT FENCE

A. Ultraviolet stabilized polyethylene or polypropylene safety fence, 3 feet in height, and yellow or orange in color.




2.8 SILT/SEDIMENT FENCE

A. Wire Mesh Material: As recommended by manufacturer of filter fabric; strong enough to support applied loads.

B. Support Posts: As recommended by manufacturer of filter fabric.

C. Fasteners: Heavy-duty wire staples at least 1-inch long, tie wires, or hog rings, as recommended by manufacturer of geotextile.

D. Filter Fabric: Polyester, polypropylene, or nylon filaments, woven into a uniform pattern, distinct and measurable openings.

1. Filaments: Resistant to damage from exposure to ultraviolet rays and heat.

2. Material Edges: Finish so that, filaments retain their relative positions under stress.

E. In accordance with requirements of Table No. 1:

Table No. 1 - Filter Fabric

Physical Property

Required Value

Test Method

Weight, pz/sq yd, min. 4 ASTM D3776

Equivalent Opening Size, max. 50-70 U.S. Standard Sieve

Grab Tensile Strength, lb, min. 160 ASTM D4632

Elongation, % max. 25 ASTM D1682

Mullen Burst Strength, psi, min. 350 ASTM D3786

Ultraviolet Radiation Resistance, % Strength Retention

70 ASTM D4355

F. Manufacturers:

1. Polyfelt, Evergreen, AL.

2. Dupont Co., Wilmington, DE.

3. Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, NC.

4. Approved equal.




PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Erosion control measures are required during all construction and site disturbance activity and shall remain until permanent site ground covers are in place.

B. See erosion control and grading permit and Drawings for all erosion control devices to be installed and maintained throughout construction.

3.2 SOIL PREPARATION

A. Prepare ground to receive seed or sod with 6” of organic material. Organic material will be thoroughly combined and tilled with existing soil on site. Before start of hydro seeding and after surface has been shaped and graded, and lightly compacted to uniform grade, scarify soil surface to minimum depth of 1 inch.

3.3 FERTILIZER

A. Apply evenly over area in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Mix into top 1-inch of soil.

B. Application Rate: 23 pounds per 1,000 square feet (1,000 pounds per acre).

3.4 SEEDING

A. Prepare 1-inch depth seed bed; obtain Contracting Officer's acceptance prior to proceeding.

B. Apply by hydro seeding method on moist soil, but only after free surface water has drained away. Prevent drift and displacement of mixture into other areas.

C. All disturbed areas must be reseeded per the 2015 BAFB Facilities Excellence Plan and vegetation established to at least 70% density with permanent plants.

D. Application:

1. Prepare and apply slurry as follows:

a. Seed Mix: 4 pounds per 1,000 square feet.




b. Fertilizer: 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet.

c. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch: 2,500 pounds per acre.

d. Water: As necessary.

3.5 MULCHING

A. Apply uniformly on disturbed areas that will remain undisturbed for 7 days or more, as requested by Contracting Officer, and on all seeded areas with a slope steeper than 5 percent. Do not apply mulch on seeded areas that will be immediately covered with erosion control matting.

B. Application: Sufficiently loose to permit penetration of sunlight and air circulation, and sufficiently dense to shade ground, reduce evaporation rate, and prevent or materially reduce erosion of underlying soil.

1. Wood Cellulose Fiber: 1,000 to 1,500 pounds per acre.

3.6 EROSION CONTROL MATTING

A. Place on seeded slopes 3H:1V and steeper, staple/stake in place and with the appropriate overlap in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction.

3.7 SOIL TACKIFIER

A. Apply on areas mulched.

B. Spray on after mulch is in place.

C. Apply in quantities sufficient to equal retention properties of a CSS-1 asphalt emulsion being applied at rate of 400 gallons per acre.

3.8 REINFORCED PLASTIC COVERING

A. Place on areas where hydro seeding and erosion control matting have not controlled erosion, and over all temporary stockpiles.

B. Install in single thickness, strips parallel to direction of drainage.

C. Maintain tightly in place by using sand bags on ropes with a maximum 10-foot grid spacing in all directions.

D. Tape or weight down full length, overlap seams at least 12 inches.




E. Remove at final acceptance unless notified otherwise by Contracting Officer.

3.9 CLEARING LIMIT FENCE

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s standard instructions and before beginning clearing and grubbing operations.

3.10 SILTS/SEDIMENT FENCE

A. Install prior to starting earth disturbing activities upslope of fence.

B. One-piece filter fabric or continuously sewn to make one-piece filter fabric for full height of the fence, including portion buried in the toe trench.

C. When joints are necessary, splice filter fabric together only at a support post, with a minimum 6-inch overlap, and securely fasten both ends to support post.

D. Filter fabric shall not extend more than 30 inches above the ground surface. Securely fasten to upslope side of each support post using ties. Filter fabric shall not be stapled to existing trees.

E. Fasten wire mesh material support fence securely to upslope side of post fasteners. Extend wire into the trench a minimum of 4 inches, and not more than 30 inches above the ground surface.

F. Take precaution not to puncture filter fabric during installation. Repair or replace damaged area.

G. Remove support fence for filter fabric after upslope area has been permanently stabilized. Immediately dress sediment deposits remaining after the silt/sediment fence has been removed to conform to existing grade. Prepare and seed graded area.

3.11 TEMPORARY SOIL STOCKPILES

A. Cover with reinforced plastic covering, as directed in Article REINFORCED PLASTIC COVERING.

B. Protect perimeter of stockpile from erosion with sediment fence.

3.12 STRAW BALES

A. Embed minimum of 4 inches in flat-bottomed trench.




B. Place with ends tightly abutting or overlapped. Corner abutment is not acceptable.

C. Install so that bale bindings are oriented around the sides and not over the top and bottom of the bale.

D. Use two posts for each bale. Drive posts through the bale until top of post is flush with top of bale.

E. Wedge loose straws in any gaps between bales.

3.13 CLEAN-UP

A. Sediment trapped in erosion control devices shall be removed from the site or regraded into the slopes on the site.

B. After site restoration is complete and when approved by the Contracting Officer, all temporary erosion control measures shall be completely removed.

C. Sediment fence, straw bales, reinforced plastic covering, and any other erosion control devices shall be disposed off site to locations that are approved by federal, state, and local authorities.

END OF SECTION







FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Contractor shall furnish temporary field offices and storage sheds for use by the Contractor and the Government inspection representatives.

B. Maintenance and cleaning.

C. Removal.


A. Section 01010, SCOPE OF WORK.

B. Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS.

C. Section 01510, TEMPORARY UTILITIES.

D. Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.

E. Section 01710, CLEANING.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, FURNISHINGS

A. Materials, Equipment, Furnishings: Serviceable, new or used, adequate for required purpose.

B. In compliance with requirements of regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.

2.2 CONSTRUCTION

A. Portable or mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised above ground, securely fixed to foundations, with steps and landings at entrance doors.




B. Construction: Structurally sound, secure, weather tight enclosures for office and storage spaces. Maintain during progress of Work; remove at completion of Work.

C. Temperature Transmission Resistance of Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Compatible with occupancy and storage requirements.

D. Exterior Materials: Weather resistant, finished in one color acceptable to Contracting Officer, or the COR.

E. Interior Materials in Offices: Sheet type materials for walls and ceilings, pre-finished or painted; resilient floors and bases.

F. Lighting for Offices: 50 ft-C (538 lx) at desk top height, exterior lighting at entrance doors.

G. Fire Extinguishers: One No. 10 standard dry chemical (ABC) type fire extinguisher at each office and each storage area.

H. Interior Materials in Storage Sheds: As required to provide specified conditions for storage of products.

I. Identification: Provide one sign on each structure to identify occupants and function.

1. Size: 36-inch (915-mm) by 24-inch (610-mm).

2. Text: Painted by a professional sign painter.

3. Colors: Acceptable to Contracting Officer, or COR.

J. Provide one “Emergency First Aid” sign.

2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL

A. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating for Offices: Automatic equipment to maintain 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) heating and 78 degrees F (23 degrees C) cooling.

B. Storage Spaces: Heating and ventilation as needed to maintain Products in accordance with Contract Documents; adequate lighting for maintenance and inspection of Products.

2.4 CONTRACTOR OFFICE AND FACILITIES




A. Size: For Contractor’s needs and to provide space for project meetings. Minimum size: 150 square feet.

B. Telephone: The Contractor shall install, maintain and pay for telephone service for the Contractor’s field office including an answering device.

C. Furnishings in Meeting Area: Conference table and chairs to seat at least eight persons; racks and files for Contract Documents, submittals, and project record documents.

D. Other Furnishings: Contractor’s option.

E. Equipment: Six adjustable band protective hard-hats for visitors. One 10-inch (250-mm) outdoor weather thermometer. One weather protected bulletin board for posting information required by the Contract.

F. First Aid Equipment.

2.5 STORAGE AREAS AND SHEDS

A. Size to meet storage requirements for products of individual Sections, allowing for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products.

B. In accordance with requirements of Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide drainage away from buildings. Photograph site prior to installation for verification of restoration at the end of construction.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install office spaces ready for occupancy prior to commencement of work and a maximum of 15 days after the receipt of Notice to Proceed.

B. Employee Residential Occupancy: Not permitted on Installation property.




C. Locate temporary structures to avoid interference with work.

D. Location of all temporary structures shall be as directed by the Contracting Officer, or the COR.

E. Preservation of the existing landscape shall be considered in the selection of locations for all temporary structures.

F. Mount fire extinguishers in prominent locations with clear access for use.

G. Mount signs adjacent to entrance doors of appropriate structures.

3.3 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING

A. Weekly cleaning services for offices; periodic cleaning and maintenance for office and storage areas.

B. Maintain approach walks free of mud, water, and snow.

C. Repair or refinish damaged or weathered portions of structures as required to maintain specified condition.

D. Repair or replace defective services and furnishings.

3.4 REMOVAL

A. At completion of Work and upon Contracting Officer’s approval, remove temporary buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas to original condition.

END OF SECTION



MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Products.

B. Transportation and handling.

C. Storage and protection.

D. Product options.

E. Substitutions.


A. Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL: Product quality monitoring.

1.3 PRODUCTS

A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing Government premises, except as specifically permitted or directed by the Contract Documents or Contracting Officer.

1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.5 BASE ACCESS ISSUES




A. Contractor will use Mississippi Gate for all deliveries to Buckley AFB. When the project is at Greeley ANGS or the Airburst range at Ft Carson AFB, request instructions from the Contracting Officer for deliveries.

B. Escorts shall be required for all Projects within restricted areas of Buckley AFB, Greeley ANGS or the Airburst Range at Ft Carson.

C. The Government shall be responsible for providing ESCORTS, as outlined in SECTION 01000. When the Government provides escorts; the Contractor must coordinate deliveries, work schedules and must request changes 48 hours in advance once the schedules have been set. The Government reserves the right to refuse changes to work days or schedules in the event that an escort cannot be provided.

1.6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

B. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

C. Store sensitive Products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to Product.

D. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports above ground.

E. Provide bonded offsite storage and protection when site does not permit onsite storage or protection.

F. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of Products.

G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

H. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

I. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

J. Pipe and conduit stored on site shall be stored in racks or blocked to prevent rolling.




K. The Contractor is responsible for all security measures for the storage area. The Government is not liable for theft or damage to stored materials.

1.7 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. It is not the intention of these Specifications to preclude products of manufacturers not named providing the products meet the provisions of the Specifications. (See also Paragraph 1.8)

B. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description.

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

D. Where products provided have a different: configuration, dimensions, load requirement, electrical loads, cooling or heating loads, controls requirement, weight, appearance when visible, support system, or discharge capacity; the Contractor is responsible for all costs to revise the drawings and project to accept these products. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate all installations of products with all trades prior to submitting on the product(s). No additional days will be added to the contract.

E. Where the products provided have a different location(s) or discharge point(s) than those shown on the drawings, the contractor will be required to modify their shop drawings and layouts to match those shown on the drawings unless approved by the Contracting Officer after review by the Contracting Officers representative. Change in location or discharge point required a request for Substitution as outlined in Section 01630.

1.8 SUBSTITUTE AND “OR EQUAL” ITEMS

A. “Or equal” products shall be included at each section under product description, including those sections that only list one or more manufacturers, unless specifically identified as a sole source item. Where Brand Names or “or equal” are specified, competition is not being limited as there are multiple products specified and named products are included to further define an expected level of quality. It is not the intention of these Specifications to preclude products of manufacturers not named providing the products meet the technical requirements and provisions of the Specifications.

B. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Request for Proposal Documents without




consideration of possible substitute or “or equal” items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or “or equal” item of material or equipment may be furnished or used if acceptable to Contracting Officer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Contracting Officer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application and consideration shall be as specified in Section 01630 and as established by the Contracting Officer. Substitutions or “Or Equal” products as submitted by the Contractor that do not meet the minimum requirements as specified and described within the Contract, shall be considered unacceptable to the Contracting Officer. No price corrections shall be made to the Contract value after award for materials that are not acceptable to the Contracting Officer.



END OF SECTION



SUBSTITUTIONS

SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Included

1. Procedures for requesting substitutions of unlisted products in lieu of products named in specifications.

B. Related Sections

1. SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS

2. SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions:

1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Government or Contracting officer.

2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents.

3. The Contractor’s determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Request Submittal

1. Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 35 days after Notice to Proceed. Requests received more than 35 days after Notice to Proceed may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

2. Submit an electronic copy through IMPAC (3DI) of each request for substitution for consideration.



SUBSTITUTIONS

3. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related specification section and drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:

a. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication, and installation procedures.

b. Samples, where applicable or requested.

c. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect.

d. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the work and to construction performed by the Federal Government and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.

e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.

f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract sum.

g. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of, the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.

B. Contracting Officer's Action

1. Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Contracting Officer will request additional information or documentation, if necessary, for evaluation of the request. Within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute



SUBSTITUTIONS

cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Contracting Officer when the required conditions and more than one of the additional conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Contracting Officer. Requests will otherwise be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.

Required Conditions: 1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required.

2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents.

3. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted.

4. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents.

5. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. All substitutions shall have an equal or greater warranty as required by the specified or described material or equipment.

Additional Conditions:

6. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the work promptly or to coordinate activities properly.

7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority and the requested substitution can be approved.

8. A substantial advantage is offered the Government, in terms of cost, time, and energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Government may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Government may include



SUBSTITUTIONS

additional compensation to the Consultants for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Government or separate Contractors, and similar considerations.

9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility.

B. The Contractor's submittal and Contracting Officer's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval.


END OF SECTION



MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES

SECTION 01640 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Person-Day: One person for 8 hours within regular Contractor working hours.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Training Schedule: Submit not less than 21 days prior to training date as identified on the approved project schedule.

B. Lesson Plan(s): Submit proposed lesson plan(s) not less than 21 days prior to scheduled training and revise as necessary for acceptance.

C. Manufacturer’s Certification of Proper Installation shall be submitted as required for the equipment and material installed or provided per the specification sections for this project.

1.3 QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE

A. Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained, and experienced in the technical applications, installation, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment, subsystem, or system. Additional qualifications may be specified elsewhere.

B. Representative subject to acceptance by Contracting Officer. No substitute representatives will be allowed unless prior written approval by such has been given.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 FULFILLMENT OF SPECIFIED MINIMUM SERVICES

A. Furnish manufacturers' services when required by an individual specification section, to meet the requirements of this Section.




B. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for manufacturers' services, or when a minimum time is not specified, the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental.

C. Schedule manufacturer's services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers’ onsite services.

D. Determine, before scheduling services, that all conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met.

E. Only those days of service approved by Contracting Officer will be credited to fulfill the specified minimum services.

F. When specified in individual specification sections, manufacturer's onsite services shall include:

1. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Contractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures.

2. Inspection, checking, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation.

3. Revisiting the site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Contracting Officer.

4. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, respective manufacturer's products and systems.

5. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation.

6. Training of Government's personnel in the operation and maintenance of respective product as required.

7. Additional requirements may be specified elsewhere.

3.2 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

A. When specified in individual Specification section, submit prior to shipment of product or material.

B. Contracting Officer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by accepted certification of compliance.




C. Signed by product manufacturer certifying that product or material specified conforms to or exceeds specified. Attach supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. A copy of this certification with original signature(s) shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals submission.

D. May reflect recent or previous test results on material or product, if acceptable to Contracting Officer.

3.3 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION

A. When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation form, a copy of which is attached to this Section, shall be completed and signed by the equipment manufacturer's representative. A copy of this certification with original signature(s) shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals submission.

B. Such form shall certify that the signing party is a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, is empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment is complete and operational.

3.4 TRAINING

A. General:

1. Furnish manufacturers' representatives for detailed classroom and hands-on training to Government personnel on operation and maintenance of specified product (system, subsystem, component) and as may be required in applicable Specifications.

2. Furnish trained, articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training, to be present during training coordination meetings with Contracting Officer, and familiar with operation and maintenance manual information specified in Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

3. Manufacturer's representative shall be familiar with facility operation and maintenance requirements as well as with specified equipment.

4. Furnish complete training materials, to include operation and maintenance data, to be retained by each trainee.




5. All training sessions will be video recorded (DVD format) for the Government and copies will be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual submission at no cost to the Government.

B. Training Schedule:

1. List specified equipment and systems that require training services and show:

a. Respective manufacturer.

b. Estimated dates for installation completion.

c. Estimated training dates.

2. Allow for multiple sessions when several shifts are involved.

3. Adjust schedule to ensure training of appropriate personnel as deemed necessary by Contracting Officer, and to allow full participation by manufacturers' representatives. Adjust schedule for interruptions in operability of equipment.

4. Coordinate with Section 01310, CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES, and Section 01650, STARTING OF SYSTEMS.

C. Lesson Plan: When specified, prepare for each required course, containing the following minimum information:

1. Title and objectives.

2. Recommended types of attendees (e.g., managers, engineers, operators, maintenance).

3. Course description and outline of course content.

4. Format (e.g., lecture, self-study, demonstration, hands-on).

5. Instruction materials and equipment requirements.

6. Resumes of instructors providing the training.

7. Expected duration of training session.

D. Prestartup Training:

1. Coordinate training sessions with Government's operating personnel and manufacturers' representatives, and with submission of operation




and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

2. Complete at least 14 days prior to beginning of facility startup.

E. Post-Startup Training: If required in Specifications, furnish and coordinate training of Government's operating personnel by respective manufacturer's representatives.

3.5 SUPPLEMENT

A. The supplement listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” is part of this Specification.

1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation.

END OF SECTION


CVO/183160A MARCH 5, 2017 01640 SUPPLEMENT 1 MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES

MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION

GOVERNMENT: EQPT SERIAL NO:

EQPT TAG NO: EQPT/SYSTEM:

PROJECT NO: SPEC. SECTION:

I hereby certify that the above-referenced equipment/system has been:

(Check Applicable)

□ Installed in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations.

□ Inspected, checked, and adjusted.

□ Serviced with proper initial lubricants.

□ Electrical and mechanical connections meet quality and safety standards.

□ All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed.

□ System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. (When complete system of one manufacturer)

Comments:

I, the undersigned Manufacturer's Representative, hereby certify that I am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate his equipment and (iii) authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be otherwise indicated herein. I further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate.

Date: , _____

Manufacturer:

By Manufacturer's Authorized Representative: (Authorized Signature)


01650-1 STARTING OF SYSTEMS

SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Starting Systems.

B. Demonstration and instructions.

C. Testing, adjusting and balancing.


A. Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL: Manufacturers field reports.

B. Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES

C. Section 01700, PROJECT CLOSEOUT: System operation and maintenance data and extra materials.

D. Section 15410, PLUMBING FIXTURES.

E. Section 15440, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

F. Section 15950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING.

G. Section 16950, ELECTRICAL TESTING.

1.3 STARTING SYSTEMS

A. Coordinate schedule for startup of various equipment and systems.

B. Notify Contracting Officer 14 days prior to startup of each item.

C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage.

D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer.



E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.

F. Execute startup under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative and/or Contractor’s personnel, and Contracting Officer’s designated representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to startup, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.

H. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.

1.4 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to the Contracting Officer and the Installation’s personnel 2 weeks prior to date of final inspection.

1. Attendance rosters shall be completed at each demonstration and training session.

2. Contractor shall be responsible for video taping all training sessions and demonstrations for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manuals.

B. Demonstrate project equipment by a qualified representative who is knowledgeable about the project.

C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within 6 months.

D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with the Contracting Officer and the Installation’s personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

E. Demonstrate startup, operation, control adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time at designated location.

F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

G. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections.



1.5 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

A. The Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing of all equipment as required by the various specifications.

B. The independent firm will perform services specified in Section 15950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING.

C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Contracting Officer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Copies of these reports shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual submission.

D. The Government’s A/E Consultants have been retained to participate in the HVAC system pretesting and balancing conference and to participate in the HVAC testing and balancing procedure, and site visits have been budgeted for by the Government for the Consultants to attend these two activities. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Consultants to plan and schedule these activities so that the Consultants have no less than two weeks advance notice to arrange these site visits. In the event the system does not meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications and additional site visits by the Consultants are needed to ensure that the HVAC system is tested and balanced, the cost for such subsequent visits required by the Consultants will be paid by the Contractor to include personnel costs plus other costs such as travel, lodging and meals.

1.6 COMMISSIONING

A. Commissioning for this project will be performed to meet the requirements of the U.S. Green Building Council Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System for New Construction and Renovation (Version 2.2), the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct05) and Executive Order 13423. In addition to the LEED Energy and Atmosphere Prerequisite for Fundamental Commissioning of the Building’s Energy Systems. The commissioning process began during the design phase and shall continue during the construction phase.

B. ACommissioning Authority (CA) has been retained to plan and coordinate the commissioning process for this project. This CA is a member of the A/E Consulting Team that has been employed by the Government to provide design and construction administration services for this project. The purpose of the CA is to provide the Government with assurance that the mechanical systems and other designated building elements have been installed in accordance with these Contract Documents, and operate within the performance guidelines set out in these Specifications. The CA will provide



the Government with an unbiased, objective opinion as to the system’s proper installation, operation and performance. The CA’s activities shall not take away from or reduce the responsibilities of the Contractor to provide a finished project, with equipment and systems installed and fully functional in accordance with the contract documents.

C. The responsibility of the Contractor with regard to Commissioning shall be as described in Division 15 of these specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with the CA to plan, schedule and complete all commissioning activities. The Contractor and his sub-contractors shall not retain the CA, or members of the CA’s firm, to provide Testing, Adjusting and Balancing services on this project.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 REQUIRED DEMONSTRATIONS

A. The following list includes the Architectural items that require demonstrations.

1. Hardware:

a. Review keying system.

b. Review lock functions.

c. Review panic device operation.

2. Washroom Accessories:

a. Review location and operation of washroom accessories and hand dryers.

b. Review keying system for washroom accessories.

B. The following list includes plumbing and mechanical items that require demonstrations.

1. Plumbing:

a. Review location and operation of water heaters.

b. Review location and operation of backflow preventers.



c. Review location and operation of recirculation pumps.

d. Review location and operation of hose bibs.

e. Review location and operation of roof drain emergency overflow.

f. Review location and operation of oil/water separator.

2. Fire Suppression: Review location and operation of sprinkler system and high expansion foam system.

3. Mechanical:

a. Review location and operation of thermostats.

b. Review location of filters and the procedures for changing filters at each unit.

c. Review location and operation of exhaust fans.

d. Review location and operation of unit heaters and radiant heaters.

e. Review location and operation of packaged rooftop air handling units.

C. The following list includes the electrical items that require demonstrations.

1. Electrical:

a. Review location of switches for interior lighting.

b. Review adjustment procedures for adjustable down lights.

c. Review location of electric panels and areas served by each panel.

d. Review location of main service building disconnect.

e. Review location of telephone backboard.

f. Review location and operation of fire alarm system.

g. Review location and operation of sound system.

h. Review location and operation of data cabling cross connect racks.



2. Exterior Electrical: Review location of time controls/relays for exterior lighting fixtures.

END OF SECTION



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Project Closeout Meeting

B. Pre Final Inspection

C. Substantial Completion.

D. Final Inspection.

E. Closeout Submittals.


A. General Provisions of the Contract - “Final Acceptance and Payment.”

B. Section 01000, GENERAL PROVISIONS

C. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

D. Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES.

E. Section 01710, CLEANING: Final Cleaning.

F. Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.

G. Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

H. Section 01740, WARRANTIES

1.3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT MEETING

A. Contractor shall attend the PROJECT CLOSEOUT MEETING Sixty (60) days prior to the scheduled beneficial occupancy or final acceptance date if the project performance period is greater than, or equal to 240 calendar days. Projects with a contract completion date less than 240 calendar days shall have a project closeout meeting no later than at 70% scheduled construction completion. The purpose of this meeting is to jointly establish estimated completion dates for, at the minimum, the project closeout milestones.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

B. The BCE or a representative from the BCE office will act as meeting Chair Person. The following individuals shall attend the project closeout meeting.

1) Representative from the BCE office (i.e., BCE, Deputy BCE or base project manager) chairs the meeting

2) Resource Advisor

3) Contracting Officer 4) Project manager from the Architect-Engineering firm (if applicable) 5) Project manager from the construction contractor 6) User Representative 7) Other personnel as required (i.e. Fire Chief, Communications, Security, etc.) 8) Financial Management 9) LEED Accredited Professional (if applicable) 10) Commissioning Agent (if applicable) 11) PM

C. The contractor shall use the attached Project Completion Checklist that was developed and agreed to during the Project Closeout Meeting as a completion checklist to ensure the timely completion of all required project closeout milestones. The contractor shall brief the government on the completion status at each progress meeting and shall advise the Contracting Officer and Base Civil Engineer in writing when each of the milestones have been completed.

1.4 PRE FINAL INSPECTION

A. Prior to Pre-final inspection, the Contractor shall:

1. Submit written certification to the Contracting Officer stating that:

a. Contract documents have been reviewed.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

b. Project has been inspected by the contractor’s Quality Control Staff and is complete and in compliance with Contract Documents.

c. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.

d. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Government, required subcontractors and contractor’s staff, others as specified and the Commissioning Agent if Commissioning is required for LEED or Government need, and are operational.

e. Project is completed and ready for pre-final inspection.

f. Attach the Contractor’s list of minor items (punch list) to be completed or corrected prior to Substantial Completion to the Certification Letter. Minor items are of a nature where the correction of the items will not hinder the Government’s use of the building/facility/system or portion thereof.

B. Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officers Representative will make a preliminary inspection after receipt of certification.

C. If during or at the completion of this preliminary inspection, the Contracting Officer considers that work is complete or will be made complete prior to the Contractor’s requested date for a pre-final inspection in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, the Contracting Officer shall approve the request for a Pre-final Inspection.

D. If during or at the completion of this preliminary inspection, the Contracting Officer considers that work is not complete, that major items, systems or subsystems are not complete, or will not be complete prior to the Pre-Final inspection date:

1. The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor, in writing, stating the reasons. This list is not final, and additional deficiencies may be identified after the Contracting Officer develops the initial list of reasons not to hold the Pre-Final Inspection.

2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy all deficiencies; once corrective actions are complete the Contractor shall send a request for a re-scheduled Pre-Final written notice to the Contracting Officer certifying that work is, or will be complete prior to the requested new pre-final inspection date. See para 1.4B through D of this section for the process the Contracting Officer will follow.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

3. Based on the approved schedule, Liquidated Damages may apply (See Contract).

4. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officers Representative will make a preliminary re-inspection after receipt of certification of the work being complete.

E. If during the pre-final inspection the Contracting Officer determines that additional deficient items exist that are not in compliance with the Contract Documents and/or would prevent the Government from accepting the Building/Facility for Government use, these deficiencies will be added to the punch-list to be corrected prior to the Contracting Officer accepting that the project is Substantially complete.

F. The Government may retain specialized Consultant(s) and/or an A/E Consultant(s) to participate in one Pre-Final Inspection associated with the work addressed in the Contract Documents, if retained, a single site visit will be funded for by the Government for the Consultant(s) to attend this activity. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contracting Officer to plan and schedule these activities so that Government personnel, Specialized Consultant(s) and, if retained, the Consultant(s) have no less than two weeks advance notice to arrange the site visit. In the event that the visit then needs to be re-scheduled, or if additional site visits by the Consultants are needed, the cost incurred for a re-scheduled pre-final inspection or for a re-inspection by the Contracting Officer, Government personnel, specialized consultants, and the Consultant(s) will be negotiated as a credit agreement to the Government by the Contracting Officer.

G. During the Pre-final inspection the Government Team (Government employees and Government Consultant(s)) will review the Contractor’s punch list of minor items and validate the list and/or add items to the list based on deficiencies, if any, identified from the requirements of the contract documents for the building/facility.

1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. This contract’s definition of substantially complete is as follows:

1. A Pre-final inspection has been completed and all deficiencies, minor items, identified by the contractor’s punch list and during the pre-Final Inspection by the Contractor and Government/Consultant(s), have been scheduled for correction and/or have been corrected.

2. Deficiencies and/or corrective actions of deficiencies identified on the Contractor’s punch list and Government/Consultant(s) added items



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

individually and as a whole will not hinder Government operations associated with the building/facility use for its intended purpose. The Contracting Officer is the sole approver for the definition of the buildings intended use, based on their understanding of what the use of the building will be. When required, the Contracting Officer will interview the Engineering Staff and End User(s) to define the buildings intended use.

3. For facilities/structures that will house Government Equipment/personnel: the facility or portion thereof to be used for its intended purpose by the Government, without undue interference from continuing contractor’s construction activities, is sustainably complete when:

a. All Life Safety systems are functional; complete; test results and reports have been submitted to the Government and have been accepted; and Life Safety systems are accepted by the authority having jurisdiction (Buckley Fire Department; City of Greeley Fire Department; Fort Carson Fire department).

b. The facilities envelope is weather tight from moisture, wind, temperature or other external environmental conditions that would impact the facility, government equipment, government personnel or the Governments intended purpose for the facility.

c. The facility and its components provides adequate protection for the building occupants and or equipment from hazards posed by additional or possible construction activities or other potential harmful conditions that may exist or become evident during the final work effort to complete the project per the construction contract documents.

4. All Warranties are complete and accepted by the Contracting Officer.

5. Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, specifications and drawings, all items addressed in the Contract Documents are installed, finished, tested and functional.

6. All submittals as addressed in the various specification sections and drawings, and/or as documented on the AF Form 66 are complete and have been approved by the Contracting Officer except for those items identified for closeout documentation.

7. A final cleaning of the building/facility and site has been accomplished and all Contractor’s equipment, materials, offices, etc. have been removed from the site.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

B. Contractor’s Responsibility:

1. Submit written certification to Contracting Officer that Contract Documents have been reviewed and that items listed in Para 1.5.A. 1 through 7 are satisfied, and work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and the Project, or designated portion of the Project is substantially complete. Minor items are of a nature where the correction of the items, as individual item(s) or taken as a whole or substantial number of items will not hinder the Government’s use of the building/facility/system or portion thereof for Buildings/Facilities intended use as defined in Para 1.5.A.3.

2. Submit the contractor developed and Government/Consultant(s) validated list of minor items (punch list), to be completed or corrected prior to the requested substantial completion date, and with dates for all items to be completed after the substantial completion date.

3. All major items are to be complete and a letter of certification to that fact submitted per paragraph 1.4.A.1. of this section as stated above prior to the pre-final inspection.

C. Contracting Officer will make an inspection after receipt of certification.

D. Should Contracting Officer consider that work is substantially complete:

1. Contractor shall prepare, and submit to Contracting Officer, a final list of minor items (Contractor’s Final Punch List) to be completed or corrected, as determined by the pre-final inspection. Include the dates when each item will be completed and any scheduling requirements for access to the building/facility or potions thereof. The Contractor will include the date of final cleaning and the date of removal of all the contractor’s equipment, offices, barricades, excess materials, etc. from the site.

2. The Contracting Officer will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion with the date the day after the completion of a final cleaning of the building/facility or portion thereof and associated site and the removal of all Contractor’s equipment, temporary offices, etc. The Contracting Officer will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, containing:

a. Date of Substantial Completion, the day after final cleaning and all the Contractor’s equipment, offices, barricades, excess materials, etc. or a date soonest after the Substantial Completion Inspection, whichever is the later.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

b. Combined Government and Contractor's list of minor items to be completed (Punch List). Contractor’s list shall be corrected, verified, and amended by Contracting Officer.

c. The time within which Contractor shall complete or correct work of listed deficient items.

d. Time and date Government will assume possession of work (Beneficial Occupancy) or designated portion thereof.

e. Responsibilities of Government and Contractor for:

1) Utilities.

2) Operation of mechanical, electrical, and other systems.

3) Maintenance and cleaning.

4) Security.

f. Amount of adjusted Liquidated Damages (LD), if applicable, for the cost of the Government to continue to administer the Contractor’s activities after the substantial completion date and the contract completion date, if the date to complete all the punch list items exceeds the final completion date as stated or as revised in the contract documents. This amount shall be the total LD costs, plus the Governments cost to perform the intended functions of the building at another location. Such cost to perform the intended functions to be carried out in the facility could include but not be limited to:

1) Rental of temporary facilities

2) Temporary Duty (TDY) costs associated with the function being carried out at another location off of Buckley AFB.

3) Utility costs to operate in temporary rented or existing facilities.

g. Signatures of:

1) Contracting Officer.

2) Contractor.

3. Government occupancy of project or designated portion of project:



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

a. Contractor shall perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01710, CLEANING.

b. Government will occupy project, under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion.

4. Contractor shall complete work listed for completion or correction, within the designated time.

E. Should Contracting Officer Find that work is not substantially complete:

1. The Contracting Officer shall immediately notify Contractor, in writing, stating reasons.

2. The Contractor shall complete work, and re-submit a written notice to Contracting Officer, certifying that project, or designated portion of project, is substantially complete.

3. Based on the approved schedule Liquidated Damages (LD) may apply (See Contract).

4. Contracting Officer will re-inspect work.

1.6 FINAL INSPECTION

A. Prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall

1. Submit the Punch List developed by the Contractor prior to the Pre-Final inspection and as adjusted by the Contracting Officer during the Pre-Final inspection with written certification that:

a. Contract documents and punch lists have been reviewed.

b. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents and the deficiencies identified in the punch lists have been corrected.

c. Work, to include all deficient work identified by the Contractor’s Quality Control efforts and the Governments Inspections have been tested in accordance with Contract Documents.

d. Project is completed and ready for final inspection.

B. Contracting Officer will make final inspection after receipt of certification.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

C. Should the Contracting Officer consider that work is finally complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents; the Contracting Officer shall request that the Contractor complete the project closeout submittals.

D. Should the Contracting Officer consider that work is not finally complete:

1. The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor, in writing, stating the reasons. Additional deficiencies may be identified after the Contracting Officer develops the initial list of reasons that the project is not finally complete.

2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and re-submit a written notice to the Contracting Officer certifying that work is complete.

3. Liquidated Damages may apply (See Contract).

4. The Contracting Officer will re-inspect the work after receipt of re-submitted certification.

E. The Government may retain specialized Consultant(s) and/or an A/E Consultant(s) to participate in one Final Inspection associated with the work addressed in the Contract Documents, if retained, a single site visit will be funded for by the Government for the Consultant(s) to attend this activity. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contracting Officer to plan and schedule these activities so that Government personnel, Specialized Consultant(s) and, if retained, the Consultant(s) have no less than two weeks advance notice to arrange the site visit. In the event that the visit then needs to be re-scheduled, or if additional site visits by the Consultants are needed, the cost incurred for a re-scheduled Final Inspection or for a re-inspection by the Contracting Officer, Government personnel, specialized consultants, and the Consultant(s) will be negotiated as a credit agreement to the Government by the Contracting Officer.

1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Project Record Documents: Specified requirements of Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.

1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Specified requirements of Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.



PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1.9 PREPARATION OF DD FORM 1354 WORKSHEET “TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF MILITARY REAL PROPERTY”

A. A list of items (DD Form 1354 worksheet) for which the costs and quantity data are required will be furnished to the Contractor by the Contracting Officer.

B. The Completed DD Form 1354 worksheet shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Contracting Officer within 30 days from the receipt of the list of items.

C. Reference Section 01000, Paragraph 1.38, Real Property/Equipment Report

D. A sample copy of the worksheet/checklist is attached.

1.10 COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS ACCEPTANCE

A. Prior to the conclusion of the project the Contractor shall be responsible for the completion of Form AFTO 747, a copy of which is attached.

1.11 WARRANTY AND EXTENDED WARRANTIES

A. Refer to Section 01740. Upon completion of project, prior to Substantial Completion, Contractor shall submit one (1) original and three (3) copies of guarantees and one (1) electronic copy of guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications to Contracting Officer. Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under contract.

B. Contractor shall submit guarantee covering entire project for 1 year. In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain portions of work, are for longer periods, the General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover those certain portions of work for such longer periods.

C. Contractor shall also submit Manufacturer’s standard and product specific warranties that extend longer than a 1 year period.

D. Guarantees shall become valid and operative upon the date the Government will assume possession of work (Beneficial Occupancy) or designated portion thereof in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is a result of abuse or neglect by Government, or their successor(s) in interest.




PROJECT CLOSEOUT


ATTCH: 1. DD FORM 1354

2. DD FORM 1354 CHECKLIST 3. AFTO FORM 747

4. PROJECT CLOSEOUT CHECKLIST

END OF SECTION



PROJECT CLOSEOUT


REAL PROPERTY ACCOUNTABILITY DD 1354

WORK SHEET Your ANG Wing

Project Title & ANG Project Number

This work sheet identifies typical items that need to be broken out on the DD Form 1354 and entered into the real property database.The work sheet does not include all possible items. The BCE will provide additional guidance as required.

NEW, ADDED, REPLACED OR REMOVED DATE: (CIRCLE APPROPRIATE ACTION)

BUILDING/FACILITY NUMBER: ( )

PROJECT TITLE DESCRIPTION:PROJECT #CONTRACT#

TOTAL SQ FT & CATEGORY TOTAL DESIGN TOTAL PROJECT

BUILDING NOMENCLATURE SQ FT DIMENSIONS CODE $ COST $ COST

BUILDING SYSTEMS

A. HEATING SYSTEMS:

UNIT OF UOM AREA CATEGORY ITEMIZED COSTS NOMENCLATURE MEASURE AMOUNT CODE

HTG FL OIL STOR GA X 821-112 HTG FR CEN PLT SF X 821-113 HTG PLANT MB X 821-115 HTG FCLTY BLDG MB X 821-117 ELEC PWR GEN PLT KW X 811-145 ELEC E/PWR GEN PLT KW X 811-147 MISC STOR TANK BL X 890-171 GAS MAINS LF E 824-964

Attachm

ent 14

51 AN

G D

esign Objectives and Procedures (T

AB

C) 16 A

PR 10


WORK SHEET

UNIT OF AREA CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE MEASURE AMOUNT CODE

B. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS:

A/C PLT 5 TO 25 TN TN X 890-121 A/C PLT 25 TO 100 TN TN X 890-122 A/C PLT OVER 100 TN TN X 890-123 A/C PLT LESS THAN 5 TN TN X 890-125

SF A/C WINDOW UNITS TN X 890-126

SF

C. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS:

CLOSED HEAD AUTO SPRINKLER SF X 880-211 HD

OPEN HEAD DELUGE SYSTEM SF X 880-212 HD

PA SPRINK SYSTEM SF X 880-216 HD

AUTO FIRE DETECTION SYS SF X 880-221 HD

MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EA X 880-222 C02 FIRE SYSTEM EA X 880-231 FOAM FIRE SYSTEM EA X 880-232 OTHER FIRE SYSTEM EA X 880-233 HALON 1301 FIRE SYSTEM EA X 880-234 DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM EA X 880-235 FOAM SYSTEM (Tank Farms) EA X 880-236

D. FUEL TANKS OPG STOR, DIESEL GA X 124-134 OPG STOSR, JET FUEL GA X 124-135 OPG STOR, MOGAS GA X 124-137 OPG STOR, SOLVENTS GA X 124-138 PIPELINE, LF LF E 125-554

AN

G D


AB

C) 16 A

PR 10 52




UNIT OF AREA CATEGORY FACILITY ITEMIZED COSTS NOMENCLATURE MEASURE AMOUNT CODE NUMBERS

E. BASE INFRASTRUCTURE/SYSTEMS:

ELECTRIC

PRIM DISTR LNE (OVERHEAD) LF E 812-223 PRIM DISTR LNE (UNDERGROUND) LF E 812-225 SEC DIST LINE (OVER HEAD) LF E 812-224 SEC DIST LINE (UNDERGROUND) LF E 812-226 EXTERIOR AREA LIGHTING EA E 812-926 UTILITY LINE DUCTS LF E 890-181 TRAFFIC LIGHTS EA E 812-928

TELEPHONE TELEPHONE DUCT FACILITY LF E 135-583 TELEPHONE POLE FACILITY LF E 135-586

WATER SAN SEWAGE MAIN LF E 832-266 HOT WTR MAINS LF E 822-245 WTR SUP MAINS LF E 841-161 WTR DISTR MAINS LF E 842-245 FIRE PROTECT WTR MAIN LF E 843-314 FIRE HYDRANT EA E 843-315 STORM DRAIN DSPL LF E 871-183 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM EA E 890-269 SEWAGE SEPTIC TANK KG E 831-169 IND WST MAIN LF E 832-255 WATER WELL KG E 841-166

SIDEWALK SIDEWALK SY E 852-289

TYPE CURBS & GUTTERS LF E 851-143 PAD, EQUIPMENT SY E 132-123 SPT STRU EA E 890-161

53 AN

G D


AB

C) 16 A

PR 10


WORK SHEET

UNIT OF AREA CATEGORY FACILITY ITEMIZED COSTS NOMENCLATURE MEASURE AMOUNT CODE NUMBERS

FENCE SECURITY FENCE LF E 872-247 INTERIOR FENCE LF E 872-248 BOUNDRY FENCE LF E 872-245

PARKING VEH PKNG, OPS SY E 852-261

TYPE

VEH PKNG N/ORGN SY E 852-267 TYPE

ROAD ROAD SY E 851-147

LF TYPE

DRIVEWAY SY E 851-145 TYPE

AIRFIELD APPROACH LIGHTING LF E 136-661 RUNWAY LIGHTING LF E 136-664 AIRFIELD LIGHTING EA E 136-666 TAXIWAY LIGHTING LF E 136-667 APRON SY E 113-321 PAD, CALIBRATION SY E 116-667 PAD, POWER CHECK SY E 116-664 PAD, POWER CHECK W/SPR SY E 116-665

AN

G D


AB

C) 16 A

PR 10 54




BLDG OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS LENGTH WIDTH

WingsOffsetsBasementAtticPorches, CoveredFoundationRoof

SIGNATURE DATE:TITLE OF PREPARER

55 AN

G D


AB

C) 16 A

PR 10


WORK SHEET

Form Approved I TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF DoD REAL PROPERTY OMB No. 0704-0188

PAGE OF PAGE~

J~,fe~~:~co~~~ort~it?:d~e~~ ~~~~t:i~;g~~!t7~~~r:i:,~e~s~~t::i~1et~ra~~~a~ti!1 a~~~~teif~~fsr:re~W;,; i~~~~~~~~~'.~;J~~i:i:,::~~~~~~~~~:d~i~;~~~gb~~~!~.gt~~! s~~~~"m~~:~n~~f;~!~~~~~r~~~o~~~=~~~=~~~sds!~~t~~:'Jtie~1~0i::!ng the Directorate, Information Management Division, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington. DC 20301-1155 (0704-0188). Respondents should be aware that notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information ~ it does not display a currently valid OMB control number. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN YOUR COMPLETED FORM TO THE ABOVE ORGANIZATION. 1. FROM (Organization Name) 2. DA TE PREPARED 3. PROJECT/JOB 4. SERIAL NUMBER 8. TRANSACTION DETAILS

(YYYYMMDD) NUMBER a. METHOD IX all that apply) b. WHEN/EVENT (X one) -

ACQUISITION BY CONSTRUCTION D TOTALASSET -TRANSFER BETWEEN SERVICES PLACED-IN-SERVICE

5. TO (Organization - Installation Code and Name) 6. RPSUID/SITENAME/ 7. CONTRACT 7a. PLACED-IN- -INSTCODE/INSTNAME NUMBER(S) SERVICE DATE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT D PARTIALASSET -(YYYYMMDD) INVENTORY ADJUSTMENT PLACED-IN-SERVICE

c. TYPE (X one) I n DRAFT I FINAL I INTERIM

9. 10a. 10b. 11. 12. 13. AREA OTHER 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. ITEM FACILITY RPUID CATEGORY CATCODE TYPE 14. 15. 16. 17. COST FUND FUND

INTER-ITEM

NO. NO. CODE PRIMARY PRIMARY UM SECONDARY SECONDARY EST DESCRIPTION CODE UM QUANTITY UM UM QUANTITY

SOURCE ORG CODE REMARKS

-

'

23. STATEMENT OF COMPLETION. The facilities listed hereon are in accordance with maps, 24.a. ACCEPTED BY (Typed Name and Signature) b. DATE SIGNED

I drawings, and specifications and change orders approved by the authorized representative of (YYYYMMDD) the using agency except for the deficiencies listed on the reverse side.

a. TRANSFERRED BY (Typed Name and Signature) b. DATE SIGNED I (YYYYMMDD)

c. TITLE (DPWIRPAO) 25. PROPERTY I c. TITLE (Area Engr./Base Engr.lDPW/Construction Agent) VOUCHER NUMBER

DD FORM 1354, SEP 2009 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE. Adobe Professional 8.0

26. CONSTRUCTION DEFICIENCIES (Attach blank sheet for continuations) 27. PROJECT REMARKS (Attach blank sheet for continuations)

INSTRUCTIONS

GENERAL. This form has been designed and issued for use in connection with the transfer of military real property between the military departments and to or from other government agencies. It supersedes ENG Forms 290 and 2908 (formerly used by the Army and Air Force) and NAVDOCKS Form 2317 (formerly used by the Navy).

Existing instructions issued by the military departments relative to the preparation of DD Form 1354 are applicable to this revised form to the extent that the various items and columns on the superseded forms have been retained. The military departments may promulgate additional instructions, as appropriate.

For detailed instructions on how to fill out this form, please refer to Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) 1-300-08, dated 16 April 2009 or later.

SPECIFIC DATA ITEMS.

1. From. Name of the transferring agency.

2. Date Prepared. Date of actual preparation. Enter all dates in YYYYMMDD format (Example: March 31, 2010 = 20100331).

3. Project/Job Number. Project number on a DD Form 1391 or Individual Job Order Number.

4. Serial Number. Sequential serial number assigned by the preparing organization (e.g., 2010-0001 ).

5. To. Name and address of the receiving installation, activity, and Service of the Real Property Accountable Officer (RPAO).

6. RPSUIDISITENAME/INSTCODE/INSTNAME. Real Property Site Unique Identifier and Site Name or Installation Code and Installation Name where the constructed facility is located.

7. Contract Number(s). Contract number(s) for this project.

7a. Placed-In-Service Date. RPA Placed In Service Date. This is the date the asset is actually placed-in-service.

8. Transaction Details. a. Method of Transaction. Mark (X) as many boxes as apply. b. When/Event. When or event causing preparation of DD Form 1354. X only one box. c. Type. Draft, interim, or final DD Form 1354. X only one box.

9. Item Number. Use a separate item number for each facility, no item number for additional usages.

DD FORM 1354 (BACK), SEP 2009

10a. Facility Number. Assigned in accordance with the Installation/Base Master Numbering Plan.

10b. RPUID. Real Property Unique Identifier - Identified in Real Property Inventory.

11. Category Code. The category code describes the facility usage.

12. Catcode Description. The category code name which describes the facility usage.

13. Type Code. Construction Type Code - Type of construction: P for Permanent; S for Semipermanent; T for Temporary.

14. Primary Unit Of Measure. Area unit of measure; use the unit of measure associated with the category code selected in 11 .

15. Primary Unit of Measure Quantity. The total area for the measure identified in Item 14. Use negative numbers for demolition.

16. Secondary Unit of Measure. Unit of Measure 2 is the capacity or other measurement unit (e.g., LF, MB, EA, etc.).

17. Secondary Unit of Measure Quantity. The total capacity/other for the measure identified in Item 16.

18. Cost. Cost for each facil ity; for capital improvements to existing facilities, show amount of increase only. If there is no increase for the capital improvement, enter N/A.

19. Fund Source. Enter the Fund Source Code for this item.

20. Funding Organization. Enter the code for the organization responsible for acquiring this facility.

21. Interest Code. RPA Interest Type Code. Enter the code that reflects government interest or ownership in the facility.

22. Item Remarks. Remarks pertaining only to the item number identified in Item 9; show cost sharing. ·

23. Statement of Completion. Typed name, signature, title, and date of signature by the responsible transferring individual or agent.

24. Accepted By. Typed name, signature, title, and date of signature by the RPAO or accepting official.

25. Property Voucher Number. Next sequential number assigned by the RPAO in voucher register.

26. Construction Deficiencies. List construction deficiencies in project during contractor turnover inspection.

27. Project Remarks. Project level remarks and continuation of blocks.

CYBERSPACE INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEM ACCEPTANCECIPS REQUIREMENT NUMBER

1. CIPS PROJECTTITLE 2. CIPS PROJECT DASHBOARD NUMBER

3. BASE 4. BUILDING AND ROOM NUMBER 5. USER

6. DOCUMENT AUTHORIZING SYSTEM

7. LIST OF RELATED PROJECTS/CONTMCTS

8. MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT/SOFTWARE INSTALLED, REMOVED OR TMNSFERRED (Use page 3 for additional space)

NSN/PNA

NOMENCLATUREB

ASCc

QTYD

DETAIL DOCUMENT NUMBERE

UR/T

F

9. NARRATIVE PROJECT SUMMARY

10. fNSPECTION AND TRANSFER SUMIvIARY(Enter'X'or "NA" on each line, A through l) (Use page 3 for additional space)

r A. INSTALLATION ACTIVITY lS RELIEVED OF RESPONSIBILITY

B. INSTALLATION TESTED PER TEST PLAN CRITERIA. FLIGHT CHECK, IF APPLICABLE. TEST PLAN AND TEST RESULTS ARE AfiACHED TOTHE PROJECT DASHBOARD IN CIPS.

C. REPORT OF MEASURED X-RADIATION IS ATTACHED TO THE PROJECT DASHBOARD IN CIPS

D. RF INTENSITY PLOT IS ATTACHED TO THE PROJECT DASHBOARD IN CIPS

E. EQUIPMENT ACCOUNTABILITY WAS TMNSFERRED

F. COMSEC ACCOUNT NUMBER IS:

G. REAL PROPERWWAS TRANSFERRED

H. AS INSTALLED DRAWINGS WERE PROVIDED TO THE BASE CSO

RESPONSIBLE FORECASTDATEOF DATE

l. DESCRIpT;ON OF MTNOR EXCEpTTONS ACTIVITY CORRECTTON CORRECTED

AFTO FORM 747,20130424 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE

ACCEPTANC€ CERTIFICATE

11. AN INSPECTION AND OPEMTIONAL TEST WAS CONDUCTED. THE SYSTEM IS ACCEPTED AS INSTALLED AS PLANNED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

ESTABLISHED STANDARDS. IT PERFORMS ACCORDING TO ESTABLISHED CRITERIA AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE UNDERSIGNED. SIGNATURES A.D

ARE MANDATORY BEFORE ITEM 12. CERTIFICATION SIGNATURES.

FUNCTION ORGANIZATION NAME/SIGNATURE TITLE GRADE

A. INSTALLATIONACTIVITY Click to sign

B. OPEMTINGACTIVITY Click to sign

C. MAINTAININGACTIVIry Click to sign

D. INSPECTION/QUALITYASSURANCEACTIVITY

Click to sign

E. BASESUPPLY Click to sign

F. CIVILENGINEERING Click to sign

G.

Click to sign

H.Click to sign

LClick to sign

'12. CERTIFICATION: ALL EXCEPTTONS, HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. ALL OPEMTING AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL' SPARE PARTS, TEST EQUIPMENT,

TOOLS, EXPENDABLE OPEMTING SUPPLIES, TECHNICAL DATA AND OTHER LOGISTICAL SUPPORT DEEMED NECESSARY TO MEET THE OPEMTIONALMISSION OF THE SYSTEM ARE AVAILABLE.

FUNCTION ORGANIZATION NAME/SIGNATURE TITLE GRADE

A. CSO/CERTIFIER Click to sign

B. USER Click to sign

ADDITIONAL REMARKS

AFTO FORM 747,20130424

8. MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT/SOFTWARE INSTALLED, REMOVED OR TMNSFERRED (Continued from Page 1)

NSN/PNA

NOMENCLATUREb

ASCc

QTY DETAIL DOCUMENT NUMBER I/R/TD E r

2.

4.

5.

o.

7.

8.

v.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

10. f NSPECTf ON AND TRANSFER SUMMARY(EnIer "X' or "NA" on each line, A through l) (Continued from Page 1)

DESCRIPTION OF MINOR EXCEPTIONSRESPONSIBLE FORECAST DATE OF DATE

ACTIVITY CORRECTION CORRECTED

1.

2.

3.

4.

6.

7.

8.

o

10.

1't.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18:

19.

20.

AFTO FORM 747,20130421

INSTRUCTION FOR AFTO 747

REFERENCE TO 33D-3303, CHAPTER 6 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

CIPS REQUIREMENT NUMBER: Enter the CIPS Requirement number associated with the project. Use local or MAJCOM/SPO/lead command

number for requirements that don't meet the CIPS definition. All requirement numbers will follow the following

naming convention: base geological location code (4 alpha characters)-fiscal year (3 numeric) the requirement was

identified/documented-s digital sequential number. Example: BAEY-13-00006 Reference Tech Order 33D-3003 for

CIPS information.

1, CIPS PROJECT TITLE: Enter the Project title from the CIPS Project Dashboard. There should be only one project dashboard per

requirement. Use local/SPO/MAJCOM project title for those projects that don't meet the CIPS project definition.

2. ClpS PROJECT NUMBER: Enter the project number from the CIPS Project Dashboard. There should be only one project dashboard per

requirement. Use local/SPO/MAJCOM project number for those projects that don't meet the CIPS project

3. BASE: Enter the location where the project is being installed.

4. BUILDING AND ROOM Enter the building number and the room number where the MAJOR Equipment/Software is being installed.

NUMBER: Reference list in item 8.

5, USER: Enter the organization and office symbol of the customer that requested the capability (equipmenUsoftware).

6. DOCUMENT AUTHORIZING Enter the weapon system, certificate to operate, or Enterprise Information Technology Data Repository (EITDR)

SYSTEM: number if aPPlicable.

7. LIST OF RELATED Enter the CIPS Project number or the contract number if there are related projects/contracts.

PROJECTS/CONTRACTS:

8. MAJOR ITEMS OR List the equipment items that were installed to provide the capability. lf the project was for removing or transferring,EQUIPMENTTSOFTWARE listthatequipment.INSTALLED REMOVED, ORTRANSFERRED:

9. NARRATIVE 'ROJECT

Enter a synopsis of what the project installed from the project dashboard or the project plan in CIPS.

SUMMARY:

10. INSPECTION AND TRANSFER SUMMARY:

10. A-H: Self-exPlantory

10. I NOTE: Major exceptions render the final inspection dead in the water and the system cannot be accepted orcommissioned whereas with minor exceptions, the system can be accepted but not commissioned by the USERand CSO/Certifiervia 12.A. and 12.B. signatures.

11. ACCEPTANCECERTIFICATION

11. A-D Are mandatory signatures and are required before the system can be transferred from the installing activity to the

maintaining activity.

11. E-l Self-exPlantory.

12. CERTIFIGATION: Narrative explains purpose.

AFTO FORM 747,20130424

- - PROJECT CLO-SEO UT CRcCKLlSr- - - eor1tra-cto - ~ -- - - - -

Name & Address

Contracting Officer (KO) Contract/Task Number:

Contract Performance Project Number, Title & Location

Period

Final Contract Value: $ I

2. Date of Physical Completion: Date Contracts Closed A-E I and Construction DATES

3. Action Items Forecasted Completed Comoletion Received Responsible Partv

Mechanical test & balance Contractor

Landscape completed Contractor

Final cleaning completed (See Division 1 Section 01770) Contractor

Fire inspection Contr./COTR

Safety inspection COTR

Pre-final inspection Contr. /COTR /KO

Beneficial Occupancy Date (Substantial Completion) Contractor/KO

Furniture delivery (if applicable) Contr./COTR/User

Equipment delivery (if applicable) Contr./COTR

Communications installed and operational Contr./COTR/Com

O&M Training by contractor (video taped by contractor) Contractor

Recycled or recovered material report Contractor

Final subcontracting plan report submitted (if large business) Contractor

Permanent lock cylinders installed and keyed Contractor

All material submittals received and approved Contractor

Change orders definitized (if applicable) Contr./KO

Security badges returned Contractor/SF

Contract completion statement signed and in contract file KO

No outstanding Value Engineering (VE) change proposal KO/CO TR

Red line drawings submitted and provided to A-E Contractor

Ribbon cutting date COTR

As built delivery A-E

Punch list completion Contractor

Real Property DD Form 1354 signed BCE/AE

Division 1 - Section 01700 required submissions completed COTR/KO

Final Invoice and Release of claims Contractor

Contractor and A-E performance evaluation completed and COTR/KO

provided to contractors (DD Form 2626 & 2631)

Attachment 2-1

Complete LEED and Commissioning documentation A-E

Final acceptance document issued by Contracting Officer KO

Final A-E billing A-E/KO

Return of unobligated funds KO/CO TR/FM

Financial completion KO/CO TR/FM/ANG

5. Knowing the funding status is crucial to building a plan to complete and closeout this project. We determined these amounts from the following calculations:

Contract funding Contingency funding

Contract award amount $ Contingency @ award

Executed modifications + $ Contingency replenishment+

Total contract funding $ Total contingency

Progress payments - $ Executed modifications

$

$

$

- $

Value of unplaced work $ _____ _ Unobligated contingency $ ______ _

Type c funding

Type C @ award $

Type C after award $

Total Type C $

Billed to date $

Unobligated Type C $ -------

6. In order to determine the specific actions required to finish this project and assign responsibilities for those actions, it is necessary to establish the current completion schedule.

Attachment 2-2

Constryctjon Status

Notice to proceed: -----------

Original duration:

Original contract completion date: ____ _

Executed time extensions: _______ days

Revised contract completion date: ______ _

8. Contracting Officer: 9. Contractor:

Signature: Signature: Printed Name: Printed Name:

Date: Date:

Attachment 2-3



CLEANING

SECTION 01710 CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Progress Cleaning.

B. Final Cleaning.


A. General Provisions of the Contract.

B. Individual Specification Sections - Cleaning Requirements.

C. Section 01060, SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Standards: Maintain project in accordance with the following safety and insurance standards:

1. The Corps of Engineers Manual, EM 385-1-1, latest edition, entitled: "General Safety Requirements," as referred to in General Provisions, Paragraph: “Accident Prevention.”

B. OSHA. Standards: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to comply with OSHA Standards. The OSHA Standards are subject to change, and such changes may affect the CONTRACTOR in his performance under the contract. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to know such changes, effective dates of changes, and comply with all requirements.

C. Hazards Control:

1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily.

2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.

3. Provide adequate ventilation during the use of volatile or noxious substances.



CLEANING

D. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws.

1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the installation.

2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.

3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to be cleaned.

B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL

A. Execute cleaning to ensure that the building, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish.

B. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

C. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust.

D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site in a timely manner and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off of Government property.

E. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing. Continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Do not drop or throw materials from heights.

G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.



CLEANING

H. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.

I. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

J. CONTRACTOR shall utilize a vacuum truck (or other self propelled sweep/vacuum apparatus approved by the GOVERNMENT) to sweep and vacuum exterior pavements at all sites and within the airfield perimeter. Power wash and clean all joints in exterior concrete. When the project is within the airfield fence, or adjacent to an access point to the airfield, the contractor will have all pavement surface within, adjacent to and traffic by contractor vehicles to and from the entry point to the airfield maintained free of dirt, rocks, mod, or other debris by sweeping on a daily bases to keep the pavement surface free of FOD.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. The General Contractor shall employ a professional cleaning service contractor for final cleaning.

B. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and of concealed spaces.

C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, temporary labels, fingerprints, and other foreign substances from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so designated to shine; finish vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.

D. Repair, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces.

E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.

F. Clean site; broom clean paved areas; rake clean landscaped surfaces.

G. Clean all exterior and interior glass.

H. Replace all air conditioning filters.

I. Clean all ducts, blowers, and coils.

J. Replace all filters of equipment operated during construction.



CLEANING

K. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, construction facilities, tools, equipment, and machinery from the site.

L. Maintain cleaning until project, or portion thereof, is occupied by GOVERNMENT.

M. Ensure all finished surfaces have been thoroughly cleaned and are free of dirt, dust and unsightly marks.

END OF SECTION



PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Project Record Document procedure.

B. Project Record Document Submittal procedure.



B. Section 01040, AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND GPS REQUIREMENTS

C. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS.

D. Section 01700, PROJECT CLOSEOUT.

1.3 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain onsite one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the work:

1. Contract Drawings (hand drawn and CADD). 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders. 5. All modifications to the Contract. 6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 7. Manufacturer’s Instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. 8. Field Test Records. 9. Daily and weekly construction reports.

B. Store documents in field office separate from documents used for construction.

C. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.

D. File documents in accordance with Project Filing Format of Uniform Construction Index.

E. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.

F. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.




G. Make documents available at all times for inspection by CONTRACTING OFFICER.

1.4 MARKING DEVICES

A. Provide red, green and blue colored pens for all markings. Additional requirements can be found in specification sections 01000 and 01040.

1.5 RECORDING

A. Label each document "RECORD DRAWINGS” or “AS-BUILT DRAWINGS” in ½”-inch high bold printed letters located in the lower right hand corner of each drawing and as not to cover any information.

B. Record information concurrent with construction progress.

C. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by GOVERNMENT.

D. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded.

E. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:

1. Measured depths of foundation in relation to finish floor datum. 2. Measured Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and

appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in

construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. CONTRACTOR shall provide utility locations in NAD 83 coordinates by survey or GPS.

4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by change order or field order. 6. Details not on original contract drawings. 7. All changes made by RFI, Addendum and Change Orders. 8. All changes shall be marked with date and method of change to include

the number associated with the change.

F. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product Section description of actual products installed, including the following:

1. Manufacturer’s name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda, Change Order, Field Orders, and other

modifications. 4. All changes made by RFI, Addendum and Change Orders.




5. All changes shall be marked with date and method of change to include the number associated with the change.

1.6 SUBMITTAL

A. At completion of project, deliver record documents to CONTRACTING OFFICER.

B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing:

1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. CONTRACTOR's name and address. 4. Title and number of each record document. 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of CONTRACTOR, or his authorized representative.

C. As-built drawings to be submitted to the CONTRACTING OFFICER shall include electronic (CADD) and hard copy in accordance with section 01040.



END OF SECTION







OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Format and content of manuals.

B. Instruction of Government

C. Schedule of submittals.



B. Section 01300, SUBMITTALS

C. Section 01410, TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

D. Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL

E. Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

F. Section 01700, PROJECT CLOSEOUT.

G. Section 01740, WARRANTIES.

H. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.


A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel:

1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products.

2. Completely familiar with requirements of this Section.

3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data.

4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.




1.4 FORMAT

A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. Original documents only shall be included in the manuals. No faxed or copies of faxed drawings or documents will be accepted.

B. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11-inch (216 by 280-mm) three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 1-1/2 inch minimum (38-mm) and 3-inch (76-mm) maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.

C. Cover: Identify each binder with typed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.

D. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment.

E. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20-pound paper.

F. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger Drawings to size of text pages.

G. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system description identified, in three parts as follows:

1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, roles, addresses, and telephone numbers of Contracting Officer, Contracting Officer Technical Representative, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.

2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Identify the following:

a. Significant design criteria.

b. List of equipment.

c. Parts list for each component.

d. Operating instructions.

e. Valve Chart.

f. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.




g. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.

3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:

a. Shop Drawings and product data.

b. Air and water balance reports.

c. Certificates.

d. Photocopies of warranties.

e. Attendance Rosters for Training Sessions.

f. DVD of training sessions.

1.5 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME

A. Table of Contents: As described above (paragraph 1.4)

B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and Suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.

C. Product Data: Mark each sheet clearly with arrows, clouding, and underlining to identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. Highlighting will not be acceptable.

D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Drawings shall show As-built conditions of completed project.

E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified in Section 01451, CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.

F. Warranties: Bind in copy of each warranty with corresponding piece of equipment or material.




1.6 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured Products.

B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

D. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Product specification sections.

E. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.

1.7 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature (including serial number and model number) of replaceable parts.

B. Manuals for mechanical systems shall meet the requirements outlined in ASHRAE Applications Handbook, Chapter 35, and the Systems Handbook, Chapter 39. Standardize O&M manual requirements among project specifications to the fullest extent possible.

C. Manuals shall include original data on all materials, systems, components and equipment provided for the project. Manuals shall be professionally prepared, included printed spine and cover with full table of contents and tabbed indexing. Full size sheets, if required, shall be folded into special holding pockets. All manual data shall be original copy. Faxed, handwritten or illegible material is not acceptable. Use 3-ring binders for ease of document addition or removal. Manuals shall be completed, submitted and approved by no later than 30 days after 75% construction completion.

D. Manuals shall include, among other items:




1. Full instructions on lubrication, servicing and maintenance scheduling

2. Operating instructions including start up, emergency shut down and re-start, seasonal servicing and re-start, etc

3. Owner’s manuals for each equipment item

4. Final certified TAB report for HVAC systems

5. All equipment wiring diagrams

6. All HVAC system control diagrams

7. All HVAC systems diagrams and operational diagrams

8. Full parts lists and exploded schematic diagrams

9. Backflow prevention device certification and yearly certification requirements per local code

10. Full warranty information

11. Full names, addresses, phone numbers and contact information for suppliers, service companies, and other vendors for the project

12. All control termination points must be permanently labeled and labeling documented at the panel and in the O&M manual.

E. Panel board Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed.

F. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.

G. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.

H. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. Contractor shall complete and include attached Maintenance Summary Form at the end of the specification.

I. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.

J. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.




K. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.

L. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly Drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.

M. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.

N. Provide Contractor's coordination Drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.

O. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.

P. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

Q. Include testing and balancing reports as specified in Section 01410, TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES.

R. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Product specification sections.

S. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data.

1.8 POSTED OPERATIONS INSTRUCTIONS

A. Posted instructions shall be completed with professionally prepared graphics, printed on full size sheets as defined in Section 01040 is: 559 mm x 864 mm (22 inches x 34 inches) nominal size drawings (ANSI D) with all details and text visually readable and shall be in color. Posted instructions shall be prepared for all mechanical systems and shall as a minimum include all components as follows:

1. Comprehensive schematics for air distribution and handling systems

2. Facility floor plans showing location of all equipment with coordinated identification

3. Piping diagrams (hot, cold, heating, chilled, compresses, fire, other)

4. System diagrams, including isometrics of equipment and systems (boiler, pumps, chiller, AHUs, VAVs, exhaust system, etc)

5. Valve charts

6. Equipment and schedules




B. Posted instructions shall include full control diagrams, which will include the following:

1. Sequence and control sequence of operations diagrams

2. Points list, which shall include all defined PI/AI/AO/DI/DO points along with a specific sequence of operations

3. Schematic HVAC systems and operations diagrams showing piping and ducting systems relative to each major equipment item

4. All control termination points must be permanently labeled and labeling documented at the panel and in the posted instructions.

C. Instructions shall be framed in extruded metal frames, mounted under glass. Instructions shall be permanently mounted in the clear wall area reserved in each mechanical room.

D. Provide operations instructions in a suitable graphics format suitable for adaption into the base’s Energy Management Control System (EMCS) PC graphics, point and click system.

1.9 INSTRUCTION OF GOVERNMENT AND THE INSTALLATION’S PERSONNEL

A. After all systems are functioning properly and before final inspection, the Contractor shall provide at his expense, manufacturer’s representatives to instruct Government and the Installation’s designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.

B. Training sessions shall be limited to four continuous hours where practical. Schedule additional 4-hour sessions as required, unless otherwise directed in the trade specific sections.

C. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within 6 months.

D. In addition to instructions given at the project, the Installation’s maintenance personnel shall be given a classroom instruction course on operation and maintenance of the systems. Furnish complete training materials, to include operation and maintenance data, to be retained by each trainee.

E. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.




F. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction.

G. All training shall be video taped and a copy of the training in DVD format provided as part of the Operations and Maintenance Manual submission and at no cost to the Government.

1.10 STORAGE OF O&M MANUALS

A. Contractor shall provide a wall-mounted mesh style lockable storage cabinet(s) for storing one complete set of O&M manuals in the mechanical room. Locks for storage cabinet (s) shall be keyed to match current Government O&M Manual Storage Cabinets (coordinate with COR).

B. Cabinet(s) shall be mounted 5’0” AFF to the bottom of the cabinet(s) unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer (CO) or the Contracting Officers Representative (COR).

1.11 SUBMITTALS

A. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and then operated by Government, submit completed volumes within:

1. Not later than 75% Project Completion for Draft O&M Manuals with particular focus on Specification Sections requiring commissioning activities.

2. Twenty days after beneficial Occupancy Date or 30 days after receipt of Government Comments on the Draft, which every is the LATER Data for Final O&M.

B. For Draft O&M Manuals the Contractor shall Submit 1 copy of completed volumes as required in this Section. The completed volumes submitted for review can be either hard bound three ring binders or an electronic copy of the data being provided for the volumes for review. This copy will be reviewed and returned with Contracting Officer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. This set shall be complete to the requirements of the manufacturer’s Training requirements listed in each section of the specifications and shall contain as a minimum the following:

1. Items listed in Paragraphs

a. 1.1;




b. 1.2;

c. 1.3;

d. 1.4 A-F, G.1, G.2, G.3.a, b, & c;

e. Para 1.5; A-E for Information Para 1.4 A-F, G.1, G.2, G.3.a, b, &c. For 1.5F copies of example warranties may be provided but are not required.

f. Para 1.6 A -E

g. Para 1.7 A-C; D 1-3, 5-9, 11&12; E-P, R&S.

C. For Final O&M Manuals the Contractor shall submit 1 electronic file copy and 3 hard bound three ring binder Copies of Completed volumes as required in this section. This copy will be reviewed and returned with Contracting Officer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. This submittal shall be complete and contain the following and include all required additional information referenced in other sections of the specifications and addressed in the Drawings:

1. Items listed in Para 1.1 through 1.10 Listed above

2. Additional Items listed by Section

3. Additional Items addressed by the Drawings.



ATTCH: 1. MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM (SEE 1.7.H FOR REQUIREMENTS)

END OF SECTION





MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM

PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.: _ 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM

2. MANUFACTURER

3. EQUITMENT/TAG NUMBER(S) _

4. WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (OVER 100 POUNDS) _

5. NAMEPLATE DATA (hp, voltage, speed, etc.) _

6. ACTURER'SLOCALREPRESENTATIVE

a. Name Telephone No. _

b. Address

7. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

Maintenance Operation Comments

Frequency

Lubricant (If Applicable)

List briefly each maintenance operation required and refer to specific information in manufacturer's standard maintenance manual, if applicable. (Reference to manufacturer's catalog or sales literature is not acceptable.)

List required frequency of each maintenance operation.

Refer by symbol to lubricant required.

...,. part No.

Description

Unit

Quant

ity

Unit Cost

Note: Identify parts provided by this Contract with two asterisks.

8. LUBRICANT LIST

Reference Symbol

Shell

Exxon Mobile

Chevron Texaco

BPAmoco

Or Equal

List symbols used in No.7 above.

List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for the specific use recommended.

9. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR OWNER'S INVENTORY.

MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM

PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.: _ 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM

2. MANUFACTURER

3. EQUITMENT/TAG NUMBER(S) _

4. WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (OVER 100 POUNDS) _

5. NAMEPLATE DATA (hp, voltage, speed, etc.) _

6. ACTURER'SLOCALREPRESENTATIVE

a. Name Telephone No. _

b. Address

7. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

Maintenance Operation Comments

Frequency

Lubricant (If Applicable)

List briefly each maintenance operation required and refer to specific information in manufacturer's standard maintenance manual, if applicable. (Reference to manufacturer's catalog or sales literature is not acceptable.)

List required frequency of each maintenance operation.

Refer by symbol to lubricant required.

...,. part No.

Description

Unit

Quant

ity

Unit Cost

Note: Identify parts provided by this Contract with two asterisks.

8. LUBRICANT LIST

Reference Symbol

Shell

Exxon Mobile

Chevron Texaco

BPAmoco

Or Equal

List symbols used in No.7 above.

List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for the specific use recommended.

9. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR OWNER'S INVENTORY.



WARRANTIES

SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers’ standard warranties on products and special warranties.

1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor’s period for correction of the Work.

B. Disclaimers and Limitations: manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors required countersigning special warranties with the Contractor.

1.2 RELATED SPECIFICATIONS

A. Specification 01000, General Requirements

B. Specification 01600, Material and Equipment: Systems Demonstration.

C. Specification 01700, Project Closeoout.

D. Specification 033510, Polished Concrete Finishing

E. Specification 071900, Water Repellents

F. Specification 074113, Metal Roof Panels

G. Specification 074213, Formed Metal Wall Panels

H. Specification 075323, EPDM Roofing

I. Specification 077200, Roof Accessories

J. Specification 079200, Joint Sealants

K. Specification 081416, Flush Wood Doors

L. Specification 083324, Overhead Rolling Doors

M. Specification 084113, Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts



WARRANTIES

N. Specification 085113, Aluminum Windows

O. Specification 086250, Tubular Daylighting Device

P. Specification 087100, Door Hardware

Q. Specification 088000, Glazing

R. Specification 096813, Tile Carpeting

S. Specification 102800, Toilet Accessories

T. Specification 104413, Fire Extinguisher Cabinents & Extinguishers

U. Specification 105113, Metal Lockers

V. Specification 111460, Overhead Reels

W. Specification 129300, Site Furnishings

X. Specification 16700, Communications, Premises Distribution System

Y. Specification 16721, Fire Alarm Systems

Z. Specification 16730, Mass Notification System

AA. Specification 223400, Fuel-Fired Domestic-Water Heaters.

BB. Specification 235523.16, High-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters.

CC. Specification 237200, Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment.

DD. Specification 238126, Split-System Air-Conditioners.

EE. Specification 260519, Lighting Control Panelboards

FF. Specification 262416, Panelboards

GG. Specification 265100, Interior Lighting.

HH. Specification 265600, Exterior Lighting.

II. Specification 262416, Panelboards.

JJ. Specification 260926, Lighting Control Panelboards.

KK. Specification 328400, Planting Irrigation

LL. Specification 329200, Lawns and Grasses



WARRANTIES

MM. Specification 329300, Exterior Plants

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Standard products warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Contracting Officer.

B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Contracting Officer. These include warranties on existing materials or features of a facility to include roofing systems, glazing, mechanical, plumbing, lighting, etc or a group of systems that may or may not require modification by the contractor to “recondition” parts or all of the existing materials or features to bring them to a warrantable condition. These warranties will be No Dollar limit Labor and material warranties for the specified life of the warranty.

1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

A. Reference Contract Clause FAR 52.246-12, “Inspection of Construction” and FAR 52.246-21, “Warranty of Construction”.

B. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.

C. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty with respect to the work repaired or replaced shall run from one year from the date or repair or replacement.

D. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Contracting Officer has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.

E. Contracting Officer’s Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Contracting Officer are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Contracting Officer can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.



WARRANTIES

1. Rejection of Warranties: The Contracting Officer reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

F. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

G. Warranty periods shall begin with date of Beneficial Occupancy or the date of Substantial Completion/Final Acceptance, whichever occurs first. Subcontractor installation or completion of reconditioning work shall not constitute the beginning of the warranty period.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written warranties to the Contracting Officer prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion.

1. If the Contracting Officer’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Beneficial Occupancy for the Work in its entirety, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties to fulfill the request of the Contracting Officer.

2. During the construction period, if a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Government, with a separate written agreement with the Contractor, submit properly executed warranties to the Contracting Officer within 15 days of Beneficial Occupancy of that designated portion of the Work.

B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a Subcontractor, Supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Contracting Officer for approval prior to final execution.

C. Refer to Division 2 through 32 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

D. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile 1 hard bound three ring binder with all original signed warranties properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, or manufacturer. Submittal shall also provide 3 hard bound three binders with copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, or manufacturer, and 1 electronic consolidated file of



WARRANTIES

all original warranties. Organize the warranty documents into three ring binders that are in an orderly sequence by specification section of this contract.

E. Also include copies of warranties per section 01730 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 LIST OF WARRANTIES

A. Schedule: Provide warranties on products and installations as specified in the following Sections:

B. Specification 01000, General Requirements

C. Specification 01600, Material and Equipment: Systems Demonstration.

D. Specification 01700, Project Closeoout.

E. Specification 033510, Polished Concrete Finishing

F. Specification 071900, Water Repellents

G. Specification 074113, Metal Roof Panels

H. Specification 074213, Formed Metal Wall Panels

I. Specification 075323, EPDM Roofing

J. Specification 077200, Roof Accessories

K. Specification 079200, Joint Sealants

L. Specification 081416, Flush Wood Doors

M. Specification 083324, Overhead Rolling Doors

N. Specification 084113, Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts

O. Specification 085113, Aluminum Windows

P. Specification 086250, Tubular Daylighting Device

Q. Specification 087100, Door Hardware

R. Specification 088000, Glazing



WARRANTIES

S. Specification 096813, Tile Carpeting

T. Specification 102800, Toilet Accessories

U. Specification 104413, Fire Extinguisher Cabinents & Extinguishers

V. Specification 105113, Metal Lockers

W. Specification 111460, Overhead Reels

X. Specification 129300, Site Furnishings

Y. Specification 16700, Communications, Premises Distribution System

Z. Specification 16721, Fire Alarm Systems

AA. Specification 16730, Mass Notification System

BB. Specification 223400, Fuel-Fired Domestic-Water Heaters.

CC. Specification 235523.16, High-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters.

DD. Specification 237200, Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment.

EE. Specification 238126, Split-System Air-Conditioners.

FF. Specification 260519, Lighting Control Panelboards

GG. Specification 262416, Panelboards

HH. Specification 265100, Interior Lighting.

II. Specification 265600, Exterior Lighting.

JJ. Specification 262416, Panelboards.

KK. Specification 260926, Lighting Control Panelboards.

LL. Specification 328400, Planting Irrigation

MM. Specification 329200, Lawns and Grasses

NN. Specification 329300, Exterior Plants

END OF SECTION


01800-1 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN MEASURES

SECTION 01800 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN MEASURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain USGBC LEED prerequisites and credits for this project to meet the Air National Guard’s Sustainable Design and Development policy for an Industrial Construction project. The applicable LEED credits are listed at the end of this section. The USGBC Project Registration Access Number will be filled under project number, 1000067898 for CRWU 06-9125.

B. The Aircraft Support Equipment (ASE) Maintenance & Storage Facility project shall be designed in accordance with UFC 1-200-02, High Performance and Sustainable Building Requirements, Executive Order 13423, 10 USC 2802(c), Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU, Energy Policy Act 2005, Energy Independence and Security Act 2007, as well as the Air National Guard (ANG) Sustainable Design and Energy Conservation and Companion to USGBC LEED® for NC 2009 – Version ANGv2009 (1). This facility will achieve LEED® Silver certification. Refer to the Air National Guard Sustainable Design and Energy Conservation Score Sheet at the end of this section.

C. Other LEED prerequisites and credits needed to obtain LEED certification depend on material selections and may not be specifically identified as LEED requirements. Compliance with requirements needed to obtain LEED prerequisites and credits may be used as one criterion to evaluate substitution requests and comparable product requests.

D. Additional LEED prerequisites and credits needed to obtain the indicated LEED certification depend on the A/E firm's design and other aspects of Project that are not part of the Work of the Contract.

E. Refer to individual specification sections for LEED requirements specific to the work of each Section. Requirements may or may not include reference to LEED.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, Air-conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 52.2. - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size.



B. Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI): Green Label Plus Program and Green Label Program.

C. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air.

D. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): STD-01-001 - FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship.

E. Green Seal Standards: GS-36, Green Seal Standard for Commercial Adhesives. GS-11, Green Seal Standard for Paints. GC-03, Green Seal Standard for Anti-Corrosive Paints.

F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA): IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction.

G. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD): Rule #1168 - VOC limits for adhesives. Rule #1113 - VOC limits for architectural coatings.

H. US Green Building Council (USGBC): LEED-NC Reference Guide, Version 2.2.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.

B. LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design

C. Rapidly Renewable Materials: Materials made from plants that are typically harvested within a 10-year or shorter cycle. Rapidly renewable materials include products made from bamboo, cotton, flax, jute, straw, sunflower seed hulls, vegetable oils or wool.

D. Regional Materials: Materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. If only a fraction of a product or material is extracted, harvested, recovered and manufactured locally, then only that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value.

E. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight. The recycled fraction of the assembly is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to determine the recycled content value.



1. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households or by commercial, industrial and institutional facilities in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose.

2. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as rework, regrind or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit additional LEED submittals required by other Specification Sections.

B. LEED submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate submittal to verify compliance with indicated LEED requirements. The contractor’s LEED AP will review all LEED submittals and certify the credit and compliance to the credit for the submittal.

C. LEED Implementation Plan: Provide preliminary submittal within 30 days of date established for the "Notice to Proceed" indicating how the LEED requirements will be met. Plan shall also include the following:

1. Name of individuals (including at least one LEED AP) on the Contractor’s staff responsible for ensuring LEED prerequisites and credits are earned and assembling documentation.

2. Templates to be used for tracking LEED credits in accordance with the LEED-NC Reference Guide.

3. Waste Management Plan in accordance with LEED-NC Reference Guide and SECTION 01520 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND CLEANUP.

4. Cumulative materials plan to determine if the listed materials can be expected to achieve the project goals. Submit cumulative materials plan before material purchasing begins.

a. MR Credit 5 – Regional Materials: List of proposed regional materials. Identify each regional material, including its source, cost and the fraction by weight that is considered regional.



b. MR Credit 7: Certified Wood: List of proposed certified wood products. Indicate each product containing certified wood, including its source and cost of certified wood products.

c. EQ Credits 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4: List of all proposed materials with potential to emit volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

5. Construction Indoor Air Quality Plan - During Construction and Before Occupancy.

D. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for materials used for Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead and profit. Include breakout of costs for the following categories of items:

1. N/A.

E. LEED Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit reports comparing actual construction and purchasing activities with LEED Implementation Plan for the following:

1. Prerequisite SS 1 – Construction Activity Pollution: Submit photos and reports for erosion and sedimentation control complying with Prerequisite SS 1.

2. MR Credit 2.1 & MR Credit 2.2: Waste reduction progress reports complying with SECTION 01520 “Construction Waste Management and Cleanup".

3. MR Credit 5.1: Regional materials.

4. MR Credit 7: Certified wood products.

5. EQ Credit 3.1: Construction Indoor Air Quality Plan: Documentation and Sequence of Finishes Installation Plan documentation.

F. LEED Documentation Notebook: The Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive notebook documenting compliance for each credit indicated on the attached LEED Project checklist. The LEED Documentation Notebook shall be formatted to match the LEED numbering system and tabbed for each prerequisite and credit. The Notebook shall be current and available on the jobsite at all times. It may be maintained and available for reference electronically is preferred. If the Contractor fails to maintain the LEED Documentation Notebook as specified, the Contracting Officer will deduct from the monthly progress payment an amount representing the estimated cost of maintaining the Notebook. This monthly deduction will continue until an agreement can be reached between the Contracting Officer and Contractor regarding accuracy and completeness of the



Notebook. The original, 3 copies and an electronic version on CD shall be submitted at project closeout.

Content: The Notebook shall include the LEED Project Checklist, completed LEED credit templates, applicable product data for material selection, final calculations, certifications for construction practices, procurement data, cumulative calculations and other items as identified in the approved LEED Implementation Plan. Notebook must contain all required data to support full compliance with the indicated LEED credit. LEED credits that are inherent to the design will be documented by the A/E Firm.

Documentation Submittals:

G.

1. Prerequisite SS 1 – Construction Activity Pollution: Submit photos and reports for erosion and sedimentation control complying with Prerequisite SS 1.

2. SS Credit 1 – Site Selection: Evidence that site meets requirements of SS Credit 1.

3. SS Credit 4.2 – Alternative Transportation: Shop Drawings showing bike racks for minimum 5% of building users and shower facilities for 0.5%

4. SS Credit 5.1 and 5.2 – Site Development: Shop Drawings for landscaping showing native plants and open space per requirements of Credits SS 5.1 and 5.2.

5. SS Credit 7.2 - Heat Island Effect, Roof: Product data for roofing assembly indicating SRI compliance.

6. SS Credit 8 – Light Pollution Reduction: Product data for interior and exterior lighting fixtures that stop direct-beam illumination from leaving the building site. Interior lighting shall intersect opaque building interior surfaces and not exit out windows. Exterior lighting does not exceed 80% of lighting power densities for exterior areas and 50 for building facades and landscape features. Refer to ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004 for additional information. Exterior lighting luminaire type/ID; quantity installed; initial lamp lumens per luminaire; initial lamp lumens above 90 degrees from nadir.

7. Prerequisite WE 1: Product Data of low flow fixtures per requirements of Prerequisite WE 1.



8. WE Credit 1 & 3 Water Efficient Landscaping and Water use Reduction: Product data for new HVAC equipment indicating refrigerant type and absence of CFC refrigerants.

9. Prerequisite EA 3: Product data for new HVAC equipment indicating refrigerant type and absence of CFC refrigerants.

10. EA Credit 1 Optimize Energy Performance: Product data for glazing indicating properties of glazing (U-value, solar heat gain coefficient, visible light transmittance). Product data for all insulation indicating R-Value per inch and thickness (or total R-Value) and location of insulation in building. Product data for efficiency HVAC equipment for both heating, cooling, and domestic hot water.

11. EA Credit 5 Measurement & Verification: Product Data and wiring diagrams for sensors and data collection system used to provide continuous metering of building energy and water consumption performance over time. Product data and shop drawings for outdoor air monitoring station.

12. MR Credit 2- Construction Waste Management, Divert 75%, except for Asbestos containing materials, from Disposal: Comply with Waste Management Plan. Receipts/tickets required for all items, as well as labeled photos showing implementation.

13. MR Credit 4 Recycled Content – Product Data (cutsheets) and certification letter indicating percentages by weight of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 20% minimum recycled content required.

14. MR Credit 5 - Regional Materials, 10% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured Regionally: Product data for regional materials indicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional.

15. MR Credit 6 – Rapidly Renewable Materials: Product Data for all Rapidly Renewable Materials as required per MR Credit 6.

16. MR Credit 7 - Certified Wood: Product data, vendor invoices and chain-of-custody certificates for products containing certified wood. Include statement indicating cost for each certified wood product and all wood-based products used for the Project. Minimum of 50% (by dollar value) of



permanently installed wood-based products and materials for the Project must be FSC-certified

17. EQ Credit 1 – Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring: Product Data and Shop Drawings for carbon dioxide monitoring system.

18. EQ Credit 3.1 – Construction IAQ Management Plan: Construction indoor air quality management plan and Sequence of Finishes Installation Plans per requirements of EQ credit 3.1.

19. EQ Credit 3.2 – Construction IAQ Management Plan: Building flush-out procedures per requirements of EQ credit 3.2.

20.

EQ Credit 4.1: Product Data including MSDS sheets and listings of all adhesives, sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system and indicating VOC content of each product used. All adhesives, sealants and primers shall comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. All aerosol adhesives shall comply with Green Seal Standard for Commercial Adhesives GS-36 requirements.

21. EQ Credit 4.2: Product Data including MSDS sheets and listings of all paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system and product data indicating VOC content of each product used. All paints, coatings and primers shall comply with Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints. All anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints shall comply with Green Seal Standard GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints. All clear wood finishes, floor coatings, stains, sealers and shellacs shall comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113, Architectural Coatings.

22. EQ Credit 4.3: Product Data including listing of all carpet and flooring types used within the building and product data indicating VOC content of each product used.

23. EQ Credit 4.4 – Lo-Emitting Materials: Product Data for composite wood and agrifiber products indicating that products contain no urea-formaldehyde resin. Include statement indicating adhesives and binders used for each product.

24. EQ Credit 5 – Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control: Product Data and photos for each entryway grille or grate and MERV 13 or higher filtration media used for each product.



25. EQ Credit 6.1 – Controllability of Systems: Product Data and Shop Drawings for lighting control systems as required per EQ Credit 6.1.

26. EQ Credit 8.1 – Daylight & Views: Product Data for each type of exterior glazing showing visible transmittance.

27. ID Credit 1.1 – Innovation in Design (Education Program): Product Data for informational kiosk used for LEED education and programming.

28. RP Credit 1.1 & 1.2 – Regional Priority: Comply with submittal requirements for listed regional credit under applicable Credit numbers.


A. LEED Coordinator: Engage an experienced LEED-Accredited Professional to coordinate LEED requirements. LEED Coordinator shall be responsible for site management and implementation of the LEED process including the following:

1. Coordination of Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Plan

2. Coordination of Construction Waste Management Plan

3. Enforcement and compliance to all low emitting material requirements

B. LEED Scorecard: A LEED scorecard of points applicable to this project follows the end of this section. Contractor is required to familiarize himself and his Subcontractors with the scorecard and the requirements in the applicable LEED Green Building Rating System documentation available from the USGBC. Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of any design or materials or specification requirements which will not meet the requirements of the LEED certification sought. Where items are listed on the scorecard in the “maybe” column, the Contractor is to assume these items are required until directed otherwise.

C. Listed Products and Substitutions: Not all listed products or manufacturers may meet the specified LEED requirements. Project basis-of-design manufacturers and products have been researched to be compliant to the best understanding of the Contracting Officer. Other listed manufacturers may provide products, but will be required to meet specified LEED requirements. Any manufacturers or products not meeting specified LEED requirements are not acceptable for use in the project.



PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 REGIONAL MATERIALS

A. MR Credit 5.1: Provide a minimum of 10 percent of building materials (by cost) that are regional materials.

2.2 CERTIFIED WOOD

A. MR Credit 7: Provide a minimum of 50 percent (by cost) of wood-based materials that are produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."

B. Wood-based materials include, but are not limited to, the following materials when made from wood, engineered wood products or wood-based panel products:

1. Rough carpentry.

2. Miscellaneous carpentry.

3. Heavy timber construction.

4. Wood decking.

5. Metal-plate-connected wood trusses.

6. Structural glued-laminated timber.

7. Finish carpentry.

8. Architectural woodwork.

9. Wood paneling.

10. Wood veneer wall covering.

11. Wood flooring and subflooring.

12. Wood lockers.

13. Wood cabinets.

14. Stage framing.



15. Wood doors.

Only include new permanently installed wood in the calculations.

2.3 LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

A. EQ Credit 4.1: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use adhesives and sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content:

1. Adhesives, Sealants and Sealant Primers - SCAQMD Rule #1168:

a. Architectural Applications:

(1) Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.

(11) Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.

b. Substrate Specific Applications:

(1) Metal to Metal: 30 g/L.

c. Specialty Applications:

(1) Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L.

(6) Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.

(7) Special Purpose Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L.

(8) Structural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L.

(9) Sheet Applied Rubber Lining Operations: 850 g/L.

(10) Top & Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L.

d. Sealants:

(1) Architectural: 250 g/L.

(2) Non-membrane Roof: 300 g/L.

(3) Roadway: 250 g/L.

(4) Single-Ply Roof Membrane: 450 g/L.

(5) Other: 420 g/L.



e. Sealant Primers:

(1) Architectural Non Porous: 250 g/L.

(2) Architectural Porous: 775 g/L.

(3) Other: 750 g/L.

2. Aerosol Adhesives - Green Seal Standard GS-36, Commercial Adhesives:

a. General purpose mist spray: 65% VOCs by weight.

b. General purpose web spray: 55% VOCs by weight.

c. Special purpose aerosol adhesives (all types): 70% VOCs by w

B. EQ Credit 4.2: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use paints and coatings that comply with the following required limits for VOC content to obtain LEED credit EQc4.2:

1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 5. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 6. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 7. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 9. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 10. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L.

C. EQ Credit 4.3: All carpet and carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label Plus program. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of EQ Credit 4.1 VOC limit of 50 g/L. All hard surface flooring must be certified as compliant with the FloorScore standard (current as of the date of this rating system, or more stringent version) by an independent third-party. Flooring products covered by FloorScore include vinyl, linoleum, laminate flooring, wood flooring, ceramic flooring, rubber flooring and wall base.

D. EQ Credit 4.4: Do not use composite wood and agrifiber products that contain urea-formaldehyde resin.



PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY POLLUTION PREVENTION:

Prerequisite SS 1: Comply with requirements of Prerequisite SS 1.

3.2 MONITORING AND VERIFICATION:

Credit EA 5: An independent agent of the Government will implement measurement and verification plan consistant with Option B: Energy Conservation Measure Isolation or Option D: Calibrated Simulation, Savings Estimation Method 2 in the EVO’s “International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III: Concepts and Options for Determininf Energy Savings in New Construction,” and as further defined by the Contracting Officer.

If not already in place, install metering equipment to measure energy usage. Independent agent will monitor, record and trend log measurements.

Independent agent will evaluate energy performance and efficiency by comparing actual to predicted performance.

Measurement and verification period shall cover at least one year of post-construction occupancy.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT:

Credit MR 2: Comply with requirements of credit MR 2 to divert 75% from landfill.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT:

Credit EQ 3.1: Comply with requirements of Credit EQ 3.1.

Credit EQ 3.2: Comply with requirements of Credit EQ 3.2.

END OF SECTION

2016Categories

Prereq 1Construction Activity Pollution Prevention

USGBC Prereq X X

A-E Comment: Achievable. Construction erosion control plan will be prepared. Local code/regulations typically require measures outlined in this prerequisite. No additional construction cost is assumed

Credit 1 Site Selection 1 1A-E Comment: Selection of the site serves as a basis for site design and therefore has economic synergies with all other sustainable design strategies related to site properties

Credit 2Development Density & Community Connectivity

5 5A-E Comment: Not achievable: Building is not within 1/2 mile of a residential neighborhood.

Credit 3 Brownfield Redevelopment 1 1 A-E Comment: This is not a brownfield.

Credit 4.1 Alternative Transportation,Public Transportation Access

6 6

A-E Comment: Not expected to be achieved: there are no light-rail lines within 1/2 mile, and there are no bus stops for 2 or more lines within 1/4 mile. Owner to notify if there is a base bus systemANG Recommended. A-E must evaluate feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scope.

A-E Comment: Achievable. Add bike racks for 5% (5/100) of building users and shower facilities for .5% (1 per 200). Shower facilities included in existing program, assumed adding 4 bike racks.) Estimating, FTE =20. Credit requires bike rack (non enclosed) and showers.

Credit 4.3Alternative Transportation, Low-Emitting & Fuel-Efficient Vehicles

3 3A-E Comment: No new parking associated with this project.

Credit 4.4 Alternative Transportation,Parking Capacity

2 2A-E Comment: No new parking associated with this project.

Credit 5.1Site Development,Protect or Restore Habitat

1 1

A-E Comment: Achievable by addressing 50% of the site (not incl. building footprint) with planting of native or or adapted plants and keeping the existing trees. (Assumed 45,000 sf of landscape.) Estimating 200% increase in from typical cost of landscaping to include native grasses shrubs and plantings

Credit 5.2 Site Development,Maximize Open Space

1 1A-E Comment: Achievable by counting an area equal to the building footprint as that building's landscape area. We will plant according to SS Credit 5 1ANG Recommended. A-E must evaluate feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Not achievable. Impervious area increasing and on-site detention is not provided because regional detention exists.ANG Recommended. A-E must evaluate project feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Not achievable. Infeasible due to site layout and constraints. Regional detention already in place.ANG Recommended. A-E must evaluate project feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scope and budget.A-E Comment: Not achievable.ANG Required. A-E must ensure project achieves this point.A-E Comment: Achievable on flat portion of building roof with a white EPDM or TPO roofing system. Provide new light colored roof structure for a pitched standing seam on building. Possible photovoltaic panels tower to achieve EA Credit 2 as well

Credit 8 Light Pollution Reduction 1 1 A-E Comment: Achievable with fixture selections.

Prereq 1 Water Use Reduction USGBC Prereq X X

A-E Comment: Use of low flow/dual flush water closets, ultra low flow urinals and electronic faucets will accomplish prerequist savings.

Credit 1 Water Efficient Landscaping 2 to 4 points

ANG Requirement. EPAct 2005 - Water Conservation. E.O. 13423 - Reduce Water Consumption. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: Achievable.

ANG Recommended. Avoid use of irrigation systems as project, location and climate allowA-E Comment: Achievable by xeriscaping the entire landscape area. We will utilize roof runoff in strategically placed dry creeks to water the new indigenous plants.

Credit 2Innovative Wastewater Technologies

2 2A-E Comment:

Credit 3 Water Use Reduction 2 to 4 points

ANG Recom.(1 point)Credit 4.2 Alternative Transportation,

Bicycle Storage & Changing Rooms

ANG Required

Sustainable Sites Possible Points: 26

Reduce by 50%

Credit 7.1 Heat Island Effect,Non-Roof

Water Efficiency Possible Points: 10

1

ANG Recom. (2 points)

ANG Recom. (1 point)

Credit 6.2 Stormwater Design,Quality Control

1

Credit 7.2 Heat Island Effect,Roof 1

ANG Required 2

LEED® - AP Project Comments:

Project Num:Project Title:

CRWU069125(A)ASE Maintenance and Storage

Design Status:

Project Design Points (Goals)

Credit DescriptionOther

Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit

Air National Guard Sustainable Design and Energy Conservation Score Sheet Companion to USGBC LEED® for NC v2009 - Version ANGv2010(1)

Includes Energy Policy Act 2005, Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU, Executive Order 13423 and Energy Independence and Security Act 2007 ImplementationDate:Base: Buckley Air Force Base, CO

Points and Point Cost ImpactUSGBC Project Registration

4/28/2017TYPE B-3

USGBC Project Title: Buckley ASE Maintenance & Storage 1000067898Program FY:

1


Credit 6.1 Stormwater Design,Quantity Control


No Potable Water Use or Irrigation

1

2

2

1

Page 1 of 6

2016Categories




Design Status:



Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit




4/28/2017TYPE B-3


ANG Requirement. EPAct 2005 - Water Conservation. E.O. 13423 - Reduce Water Consumption. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: These points may be achievable with ultra low flow fixtures.

ANG Recommended. A-E must evaluate project feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scope and budgetA-E Comment: Not achievable due to limited fixture quantities and types.

40% Reduction 1 1 A-E Comment: Not achievable due to limited fixture quantities and types.

Prereq 1Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems

USGBC Prereq X X

A-E Comment: Required.

Prereq 2 Minimum Energy Performance USGBC Prereq X X A-E Comment: Required.

Prereq 3Fundamental Refrigerant Management

USGBC Prereq X X

A-E Comment: Required.

Credit 1 Optimize Energy Performance 1 to 19 Points

ANG Provisional Requirement. EPAct 2005 - 30% Energy Use Reduction. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E to ensure project achieves this point, only as necessary for project to meet EPAct 30% reduction.

A-E Comment: Required. Will meet.ANG Provisional Requirement. EPAct 2005 - 30% Energy Use Reduction. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E to ensure project achieves this point, only as necessary for project to meet EPAct 30% reduction.

A-E Comment: Required. Will meet.ANG Requirement. EPAct 2005 -30% Energy Use Reduction. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this point even if resultant project exceeds EPAct 30% reduction.



A-E Comment: See above.ANG Provisional Requirement. EPAct 2005 - 30% Energy Use Reduction. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E to ensure project achieves this point, only as necessary for project to meet EPAct 30% reduction.

A-E Comment: See above.ANG Provisional Requirement. EPAct 2005 - 30% Energy Use Reduction. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E to ensure project achieves this point, only as necessary for project to meet EPAct 30% reduction.




A-E Comment: Required. Will meet.

32% New Buildings or 28%Existing Building Renovations

1 1A-E Comment: Refer to Energy Model Outputs.

24% New Buildings or 20%Existing Building Renovations 1

ANG Prov. Required (1 point)

1


1

1ANG Prov.

Required (1 point)

2

1




ANG Recom. (1 point)35% Reduction

30% Reduction



1




1

1



1



1



1

Energy & Atmosphere Possible Points: 35

ANG Required(2 points)

2


1

1


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Page 2 of 6

2016Categories




Design Status:



Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit




4/28/2017TYPE B-3



1 1A-E Comment: Refer to Energy Model Outputs.


1 1A-E Comment: Refer to Energy Model Outputs..


1 1A-E Comment: See above.











Credit 2 On-Site Renewable Energy 1 to 7 Points

ANG Recommended. EPAct 2005 and EISA 2007. Provide 30% domestic hot water via solar system if LCC effective. Provide roof mounted photovoltaic systems if LCC effective. A-E must thoroughly evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid items or options. Provide complete A-E Comment: The use of PV panels is unlikely due to budget constraints. Life cycle cost analysis of solar domestic hot water generation indicates the system to be economically unfeasibleANG Recommended. EPAct 2005 and EISA 2007. Provide 30% domestic hot water via solar system if LCC effective. Provide roof mounted photovoltaic systems if LCC effective. A-E must thoroughly evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid items or options. Provide complete A-E Comment: See above.ANG Recommended. EPAct 2005 and EISA 2007. Provide 30% domestic hot water via solar system if LCC effective. Provide roof mounted photovoltaic systems if LCC effective. A-E must thoroughly evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid items or options. Provide complete A-E Comment: See above.ANG Provisional Recommendation - see above. EPAct 2005 and EISA 2007. A-E must thoroughly evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid items or options. Provide complete LCC analysis.

A-E Comment: See above.ANG Provisional Recommendation - see above. EPAct 2005 and EISA 2007. A-E must thoroughly evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid items or options. Provide complete LCC analysis.



A-E Comment: See above.ANG Recommended. EPAct 2005 - Energy Conservation. E.O. 13423 - Energy Conservation. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid item or optionA-E Comment: Enhanced commissioning requires an independent review of the design by a 3rd party and is not included in the project scope at this timeANG Recommended. E.O. 13423 - Reduction of Toxic and Hazardous Materials Acquired. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must evaluate feasibility of project achieving this point as base bid item or option.

Credit 3 Enhanced Commissioning ANG Recom. (2 points)

Credit 4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management ANG Recom. (2 points) 2

1

2

13% Renewable EnergyANG Prov.

Recom. (1 point)

5% Renewable Energy ANG Recom. (1 point)


Recom. (1 point)


Recom. (1 point)


Recom. (1 point)

3% Renewable Energy ANG Recom. (1 point) 1

1% Renewable Energy ANG Recom. (1 point) 1

1

1

1

1

Page 3 of 6

2016Categories




Design Status:



Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit




4/28/2017TYPE B-3


A-E Comment: Equipment selection will contribute to this credit without additional costs. However, number of split system units will most likely make this credit unobtainableANG Requirement. EPAct 2005 - Metering of Utility with Smart Metering. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: Smart metering wil be incorporated.

Credit 6 Green Power 2 2 A-E Comment: The availability of green power from the local utility is extremely limited.

Also E.O. 13423 - Waste Prevention and Recycling Programs in Facilities.A-E Comment: Achievable, containers can be provided in project.

Credit 1.1 Building Reuse, Maintain Existing Walls, Floors & Roof

1 to 3 Points

Maintain 55% of Existing Walls, Floors & Roof

1 1A-E Comment: Not achievable. New construction.





Credit 1.2 Building Reuse, Maintain 50% of Interior Non-Structural Elements


Credit 2 Construction Waste Management 1 to 2 Points

ANG Requirement. E.O. 13423 - Increase Diversion of Solid Waste. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: Achievable: GC will need to implement a recycle/waste management program to achieve this point. A-E will need to address the plan in specifications. This is typically standard practiceANG Requirement. E.O. 13423 - Increase Diversion of Solid Waste. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: Achievable: GC will need to implement a recycle/waste management program to achieve this point. A-E will need to address the plan in specifications

Credit 3 Materials Reuse 1 to 2 Points

Reuse 5% 1 1

A-E Comment: This point will be difficult to achieve, considering the type of new construction and materials anticipated to be used, which do not lend themselves to being reused.

Reuse 10% 1 1 A-E Comment: See above.

Credit 4 Recycled Content 1 to 2 Points

ANG Required. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: Achievable, see below.

20% (post-consumer + ½ pre-consumer)

1 1

A-E Comment: Achievable and standard practice. We will count: light gauge steel, structural steel, roofing materials, gypsum wall board, ceiling tiles, flooring (hard flooring), building insulation, and manufactured wood products just to mention a few

Credit 5 Regional Materials 1 to 2 Points

ANG Required. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this point.A-E Comment: Achievable, however a final design, detailed estimate and additional time will be required to research materials that have raw materials extracted locally

20% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured Regionally

1 1A-E Comment: Additional time and effort will be required to verify if this point is achievable.

Credit 6 Rapidly Renewable MaterialsANG Recommended. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must evaluate feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scope.

A-E Comment: Achievable. Cotton or wool wall insulation, soy-based spray insulation under the roof deck and wheatboard millwork will need to be used

Credit 7 Certified WoodANG Recommended. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must evaluate feasibility and achieve if applicable by project scope.

A-E Comment: Achievable: the only wood based material in the project would be the stage framing and subfloor as well as wood doors. Standard practice

10% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured Regionally

ANG Required 1 1


1

1

Storage & Collection of Recyclables USGBC Prereq X

Materials & Resources Possible Points: 14


Divert 50% from Landfill

1ANG Required

Indoor Environmental Quality Possible Points: 15

1

Divert 75% from Landfill

ANG Required

10% (post-consumer + ½ pre-consumer) 1

X

1

1

1ANG Required

Prereq 1

Credit 5 Measurement & Verification ANG Required 3 3

Page 4 of 6

2016Categories




Design Status:



Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit




4/28/2017TYPE B-3


Also Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU.A-E Comment: Smart metering of utilities is required by EPAct and will be monitored by the DDC energy system.Also Federal, DoD and Air Force Regulation.

A-E Comment: This is a non-smoking facility.

Credit 1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring 1 1 A-E Comment: A dedicated outside air unit with a flow station will be incorporated for this point.

Credit 2 Increased Ventilation 1 1

A-E Comment: Although cost to include facility equipment to provide increase ventilation is only $15K - the impact to building energy use would make achievement of as many the energy points impossible Project will not pursue this pointANG Required. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: The contractor will be required to protect the HVAC equipment and distribution systems during construction.ANG Requirement. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: The contractor will be required to purge the building prior to occupancy.ANG Required - If Applicable. E.O. 13423 - Reduction of Toxic and Hazardous Materials Acquired. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Achievable, interior adhesives and sealants will be specified to meet low-emitting standards, which is standard practice.ANG Required - If Applicable. E.O. 13423 - Reduction of Toxic and Hazardous Materials Acquired. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Achievable, interior paints and coatings will be specified to meet low-emitting standards, which is standard practice.ANG Required - If Applicable. E.O. 13423 - Reduction of Toxic and Hazardous Materials Acquired. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Achievable, flooring systems will be specified to meet low-emitting standards, which is standard practice.ANG Required - If Applicable. E.O. 13423 - Reduction of Toxic and Hazardous Materials Acquired. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must achieve if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Achievable, composite wood and agrifiber products will be specified to meet low-emitting standards, which is standard practice.

Credit 5Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control

1 1

A-E Comment: Achievable, design will provide 10' length of entryway systems at each main entry. Where an entry is shorter than the required 10', an extra section of walk-off mat will be located inside the second set of doors. (Additional operational costs associated with cleaning required by USGBC is not included )ANG Required. EPAct 2005 - Energy Conservation. E.O. 13423 - Energy Conservation. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure project achieves this pointA-E Comment: May be achievable, but is dependent on occupancy.

Credit 6.2 Controllability of Systems,Thermal Comfort

1 1A-E Comment: Not achievable with an open office plan.

ANG Recommended. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must achieve this point if applicable by project scopeA-E Comment: Maintenance and ASE Areas not having mechanical cooling will most likely put this point at risk.

Credit 7.2 Thermal Comfort, Verification 1 1 A-E Comment: This point requires the Owner to perform a survey of tenants after occupancy.ANG Required. Federal Sustainable Buildings MOU. A-E must ensure that project achieves this point. A7O project manager can waive requirement if A-E demonstrates that obtaining point is not possible due to project scope.A-E Comment: Achievable.

Credit 8.2 Daylight & Views,Views for 90% of Spaces

1 1A-E Comment: Not achievable.

Credit 1.1 Innovation in Design:Provide Specific Title

1 1A-E Comment: Education Program.


1 1A-E Comment:

ANG Required 1

Innovation & Design Process Possible Points: 6

Credit 8.1Daylight & Views,Daylight 75% of Spaces

ANG Required 1

Credit 4.2 Low-Emitting Materials,Paints & Coatings

ANG Required 1

Credit 4.1 Low-Emitting Materials,Adhesives & Sealants

ANG Required

Credit 6.1Controllability of Systems,Lighting

Low-Emitting Materials,Carpet Systems

ANG Required

ANG Required

Low-Emitting Materials,Composite Wood & Agrifiber Products

Credit 4.4

Credit 4.3

Credit 3.2Construction IAQ Management Plan, Before Occupancy

ANG Required

Credit 3.1 Construction IAQ Management Plan, During Construction

1

Prereq 1 Minimum IAQ Performance USGBC Prereq

ANG Required 1

Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control

USGBC Prereq

1

Credit 7.1 Thermal Comfort,Design


1

1

1

1

1

1

X

X

X

Prereq 2 X

1

1

1

1

1

Page 5 of 6

2016Categories




Design Status:



Design Points

PointsNon

Achievable

Points

ANG Req.

Points Credit




4/28/2017TYPE B-3



1 1A-E Comment:


1 1A-E Comment:

ANG Policy. EPAct 2005.A-E must ensure project achieves this point.A-E Comment: Several are on team.

Credit 1.1 Regional Priority:Provide Specific Title

1 1A-E Comment: WEc1 - No Potable/Irrigation


1 1A-E Comment: EPAct requirements dictate meeting this standard. - EAc1 - 48% new


1 1A-E Comment: EAc2, SSc2, SSc6.1


1 1A-E Comment: Not achievable due to limited fixture quantities and types. WEc3

Req. Pts.

Oth. Pts. X Pts. Proj.

GoalPoints and Point Cost Impact Summary 110 31 0 57 50

Summary: Project LEED Score and Cost Estimate

USGBC Rating System:

ANG Category Requirements:

1Credit 2 LEED® Accredited Professional

Regional Priority Possible Points: 4

1ANG Required

Score: 50

Vertical - USGBC Silver 50 to 59 points. Industrial - USGBC Silver 50 to 59 points. Horizontal - 11-13 USGBC points. Utility - 9-10 USGBC points.

Certified 40 to 49 points Silver 50 to 59 points Gold 60 to 79 points Platinum 80+

Page 6 of 6


01900-1 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01900 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS

A. Definition

1 Commissioning (Cx) is a systematic quality assurance process which helps ensure that selected equipment and systems are installed and operate per the contract documents and project’s design intent.

2 The commissioning process consists of a series of procedures which start as soon as commissioned equipment and systems start being installed and continues through the end of the construction process.

B. Commissioning Authority:

1 The Cx process for systems covered by the Cx specifications will be led by Commissioning Authority (CA).

C. Commissioning Team

1 The Cx process will be a team effort and will encompass and coordinate the traditionally separate functions of system documentation, system installation, equipment start-up, control system calibration, testing, balancing, verification, and performance checkouts.

2 The Contractor and their Sub-contractors installing and/or furnishing equipment and systems listed in Section 1.3 - Scope of Work including their suppliers, vendors and the TAB Contractors will be part of the Cx Team.

D. Impact on Contractor Responsibility:

1 The Cx Process does not reduce the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a finished and fully functioning product. The Cx Process also does not alter any obligation the Contractor has for operation and maintenance manuals, training or any other contractual requirements.

2 The CA does not have the authority to provide direction to the Contractor. Any issues arising during the Commissioning Process which impact schedules, costs or contractual obligations should be addressed to the Contracting Officer for resolution.

E. Commissioning Process Overview:

As part of the commissioning process, the Contractor and their Sub-Contractors shall participate in the following Commissioning Activities:



1 Pre-Functional Procedures (PFPs) consist of a series of field observations conducted during the installation of commissioned equipment to verify that equipment is installed per the contract documents and is ready for startup.

2 Contractor Pre-Startup Testing consists of normally specified contractor testing such as leak testing of ductwork and piping and megger testing of electrical equipment. The commissioning process is used to ensure that this testing is rigorously executed and documented in preparation for equipment startup.

3 Equipment Startup Procedures ensure that startup is performed per the equipment manufacturer’s recommended procedures and startup activities and data are documented for future reference.

4 Contractor Post-Startup Testing consists of normally specified contractor testing activities occurring after startup including, but not limited to, TAB of ventilation and hydronic systems, control system point-to-point testing and testing of BAS sequences of operation, individual room thermostat operation, emergency generator testing, etc. The commissioning process provides oversight during the execution and documentation of these tests to ensure successful system operation.

5 Functional Performance Procedures (FPPs) determine if equipment, sub-systems and major systems operate in accordance with the design intent and the contract documents. Specific issues, which will be evaluated in these procedures, include equipment capacity & efficiency, operation of safeties and interlocks, control system operation stability and tuning.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS:

A. Abbreviations and definitions of common commissioning process terms are attached as Appendix 1 to this specification.

1.3 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The following procedures and requirements apply to the Contractor, their sub-contractors, suppliers and vendors furnishing and/or installing components, equipment and systems covered by the commissioning scope as outlined below.

B. Covered Systems:

1 The commissioning scope will include all the equipment and systems listed in the spec divisions below:

Division 15 HVAC & DDC

2 A detailed list of equipment to be commissioned can be found in Appendix 3 of this Spec section.



1.4 CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION

A. General

1 Contractor providing and/or installing equipment and systems included in Section 1.3 ‘Scope of Work’ above are required to participate fully in the Commissioning Process.

2 The Contractor shall include all costs to complete the Cx requirements in their contract price including all costs for sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers.

3 The Contractor shall ensure acceptable representation, with the means and authority to prepare, coordinate and execute the Commissioning Process as described in the contract documents.

B. Contractor’s Commissioning Representative (CCR)

1 Each contractor participating in the Cx Process will each designate a single-point contact person to work with the CA and the Commissioning Team to coordinate commissioning activities, ensure timely execution of Cx Procedures and prompt resolution of commissioning issues.

2 The CCR shall be the contractor’s Project Manager, Field Superintendent or similar with authority to do the following:

a. Make decisions regarding commissioning activities and issues

b. Schedule technicians for participation in commissioning activities

c. Interface between the Commissioning Team and the contractor’s sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers.

d. Commit to commissioning schedules and completion dates.

3 The CCR will be responsible for coordinating the contractor’s participation in the Cx Process. As part of this role, the CCR shall

a. Attend all Commissioning Meetings

b. Keep the COR, General Contractor and CA apprised of the contractor’s progress, schedules and other matters impacting execution of the Commissioning Procedures.

c. Coordinate the contractor’s work schedules and staffing to ensure that the qualified technician(s) are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete procedures, tests, adjustments, and/or problem resolutions.

d. Ensure that the contractor’s Commissioning Notebook(s) and Contractor Commissioning Documents are being maintained on-



site, well organized and current as required in item 1.6 ‘Commissioning Documentation’ of this specification.

C. Field Technicians

1 The Contractor shall provide qualified field technicians who are trained and familiar with installation, operation and troubleshooting of systems and equipment being commissioned for participation in the commissioning activities outlined in this document.

2 These same technicians shall be made available to assist the CA in resolving commissioning Field Observation Notes (FONs®) issues and for repeat and follow-up commissioning tasks as required.

3 The Contractor shall arrange for and provide technicians from their sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers where specified and where contractor’s own personnel lack the required training or experience necessary to ensure that all commissioned equipment and systems are correctly installed and fully functional.

4 System performance problems and discrepancies may require additional technician time, CA time, reconstruction of systems, and/or replacement of system components. The additional technician time will be made available for subsequent Cx periods at no cost to the Government until the required system performance is obtained.

1.5 COORDINATION & SCHEDULING

A. Commissioning Meetings

1 Commissioning Orientation Meeting

a. The CA will conduct and initial Commissioning Orientation Meeting for the Contractor and selected Sub-contractors to familiarize all parties with the Cx process, and to ensure that the roles and responsibilities of each party are clearly understood.

b. This meeting will be scheduled by the COR and CA after awarding of contracts but prior to the start of materials installation.

c. The Contractor will keep all minutes from the meetings on this issue and submit them to the CO and all other participants in the process.

2 On-going Commissioning Progress Meetings

a. The CA will conduct regularly scheduled Commissioning Progress Meetings for the duration of the project construction phase.



b. The purpose of these meetings will be to coordinate and schedule Cx activities, review Cx activity status, and discuss status and resolution of Cx issues (i.e. Field Observation Notes®).

c. Cx Progress Meetings will start soon after installation of commissioned systems begins and will occur as appropriate.

d. The Contractor will keep all minutes from the meetings on this issue and submit them to the CO and all other participants in the process.

B. Scheduling of Cx Activities

1 The Contractor will work with the COR and CA to schedule the Cx activities using established protocols. Most of this work will be conducted as part of the On-Going Commissioning Meetings. Once scheduled, the commissioning activities will be integrated into the master schedule by the Contractor.

2 Coordination, scheduling and completion of Contractor commissioning activities described in this specification are the responsibility of the Contractor and their Subs. Note that the Cx schedule relies on the progress of the construction schedule, for which the Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) are also responsible.

3 Scheduling problems will be brought to the attention of the COR and CA in a timely manner in order to expedite the Cx Process and to minimize interruption to both the construction and commissioning schedules.

4 Commissioning of systems will proceed per the criteria established in the specific sections that follow, with activities to be performed on a timely basis.

5 In general, Pre-functional Procedures and Contractor Pre-startup Testing will be completed and documented prior to equipment startup. Exceptions to this requirement may be allowed, with prior agreement by the COR, Commissioning Team and Contractor, if needed to expedite progress.

6 Equipment Startup Procedures and Contractor Post-startup Testing (including TAB, Control Contractor Point-to-Point Testing and Control Contractor Sequence Checkouts) will be successfully completed, and fully documented prior to initiation of Functional Performance Procedures and Integrated System Procedures.

7 Issues identified during execution of the Commissioning Process and documented by the CA on the Field Observation Notes® will be addressed promptly to minimize the potential for schedule disruptions and to prevent the accumulation of large numbers of outstanding issues as the job progresses.

C. Notification of Field Activities



1 Many of the Commissioning Procedures which will be performed by the Contractor and their Sub-contractor(s) need to be witnessed and signed-off by either the COR and/or Commissioning Team. Selected Commissioning Procedures may also be witnessed by the COR.

2 To facilitate witnessing of these procedures, the Contractor must provide advance notice to the COR and Commissioning Team prior to procedure execution. The amount of advance notice required will be jointly agreed to by the COR, Cx Team and Contractor. Typical intervals are 48 – 72 hours, but in no case will notification be less than 24 hours prior to procedure execution.

3 Any procedures may be witnessed by the COR, CA or other appropriate member of the Cx Team. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the COR in advance of each procedure to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness as desired. Procedures which have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete and will be re-tested by the Contractor (with witnesses present) at no cost to the Government and without delay to either the construction or commissioning schedules.

1.6 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION

A. General

1 Timely and accurate documentation of commissioning activities is essential for the commissioning process to be effective. To this end, all commissioning activities conducted by the contractors shall be documented as outlined below and in Part 3 Execution of this specification.

2 Contractor Commissioning Documents which will be completed by the contractors include the following:

a. Prefunctional Checklists

b. Pre-startup Contractor Test Forms

c. Equipment Startup Plans and Forms

d. Post-startup Contractor Test Forms & Reports

3 All Contractor Commissioning Documents prepared by the contractors will be fully completed in a neat and workmanlike manner so as to be fully legible. Documentation which, at the COR’s or Commissioning Team’s discretion, is incomplete, inaccurate or less than fully legible shall be deemed unacceptable.

4 Commissioning procedures and tests, which are rejected by the team due to incomplete, inaccurate or illegible contractor documentation, shall be



repeated by the Contractor and new Contractor Commissioning Documents shall be prepared to the COR’s and Commissioning Team’s satisfaction at no additional cost to the Government.

5 Procedures deemed unacceptable by the Commissioning Team after being repeated due to inadequate documentation may be subject to completion by the CA, as outlined in item 3.8 ‘Cost of Re-Evaluation’ below.

6 All Contractor Commissioning Documents will be completed on the job-site, concurrent with the activities being documented. Remedial documentation of commissioning activities either off-site or after the procedures have been completed is unacceptable.

7 All Contractor Commissioning Documents will be submitted to the COR and Commissioning Team for review and acceptance upon completion.

B. Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System

1 The Contractor and their Sub-contractors shall be responsible for maintaining a tracking system to monitor the progress of their commissioning activities. This tracking system will include spreadsheet-based tracking forms and sets of drawings which will be marked-up by the Contractor to indicate status of specified commissioning activities.

2 The CA will assist the Contractor and their Sub-contractors in developing and setting up their commissioning tracking system. The CA will provide spreadsheet-based tracking forms that are customized to the project. This entire tracking system, spreadsheets and drawings, will be submitted to the CO for review by the Government, prior to the review and acceptance of any equipment submittals.

3 The Contractor and their Sub-contractors shall regularly update their tracking system forms and/or drawings as commissioning activities are completed so as to provide a readily available summary of the current status of the Contractor’s commissioning activities.

4 Tracking forms and marked-up drawings shall be kept in the Contractor’s Commissioning Notebook(s) as outlined below and made available to the CO and Cx Team on request for review.

5 Sample tracking system forms are included as Appendix 2 to this specification. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing their bids for this project. The actual forms used on this project will be similar in scope and format to the sample forms, but the specific content will differ somewhat from the sample forms to specifically reference the requirements of this project.

C. Commissioning Notebook(s)

1 All Contractor Commissioning Documents (including both in-progress and completed documentation) and Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System forms shall be kept on-site in the contractor’s field office, neatly organized, in 3-ring notebooks known as Commissioning



Notebooks. The Contractor will keep the material in the Notebooks up-to-date on a daily basis as commissioning tasks occur.

2 Commissioning Notebooks shall be labeled on both cover and spine to indicate the contractor’s name, the project name and the notebook’s contents.

3 The CA will assist the contractors in setting up and organizing their Commissioning Notebooks.

4 Commissioning Notebooks shall be kept available, on-site, to the CO and the Cx Team and for their review.

D. Record Drawings

1 Contractor shall regularly update a ‘redlined’ set of record drawings showing commissioned systems as work is being installed so that the drawings remain current with the field work, and as required in Division 01 of the project specifications.

2 Redlining record drawings at the end of construction shall not be acceptable

3 The Contractor’s up-to-date, in-progress redlines shall be kept on-site in the Contractor’s field office and available for review by the CO and the Cx Team.

E. Access to Contractor Documentation

1 Contractor shall provide the CA with access to shop drawings, coordination drawings, equipment cut-sheets, schematics, in-progress record drawings, etc. to assist the CA in execution of the Cx process.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall forward to the CA all Division 15 and Division 16 submittals that are listed in the Submittal Schedule after approval by the appropriate Design Team members. The CA will review the Submittals for Commissionability, Maintainability, and compliance with the OPR and BOD (per LEED requirements). The CA will review the Submittals and issue any comments and a review report to the CO within 10 working days of receiving them from the Contractor.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT

A. General



1 The party responsible for each Commissioning Procedure shall furnish all tools, equipment and instrumentation required for execution of that Procedure.

2 Testing equipment and instrumentation used for execution of Commissioning Procedures will be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with the tolerances specified in the specifications. If not otherwise noted, the following minimum requirements apply:

a. Temperature sensors and digital thermometers: certified calibration within the past year to an accuracy of 1.0 °F and a resolution of + or - 0.1°F.

b. Pressure sensors: accuracy of + or - 2.0% of the value range being measured (not full range of meter) and calibrated within the last year.

c. Electrical meters (voltage, current, etc.) shall be true RMS and shall have been calibrated within the last year.

d. Specialty meters (db, RF, etc.) shall be calibrated with the last year.

e. Other sensors used for testing, (RH, CO, CO2, etc.) shall have been calibrated within the last 6 months.

3 All test equipment and instrumentation used for Commissioning Procedures will be calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged.

4 Calibration tags will be affixed or certificates readily available.

B. Proprietary Test Equipment

1 Proprietary test equipment, interface devices and software required by any contractor, vendor or equipment manufacturer for programming, start-up, or other commissioning activity whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment for use during commissioning.

2 The Contractor or Manufacturer providing such equipment will demonstrate its use, and assist in the Cx process as needed.

3 Special equipment, tools and instruments (only available from vendor, specific to a piece of equipment) required for testing equipment, according to these Contract Documents will be included in the base bid price to the Contractor and left on site, except for stand-alone data logging equipment that may be used by the CA.

2.2 BAS HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE SUPPORT



A. Field Panel Software and Hardware

1 The BAS Contractor shall furnish the CA with one (1) copy of all hardware and software needed to connect to, communicate with and command the BAS field panels and controllers at no additional charge to the CA. This hardware and software will be used by the CA for execution of the commissioning process. Software and hardware provided to the CA for this purpose, does not include any provisions for use by the Project Test & Balance Contractor (PTB).

2 Hardware and software covered under this requirement includes, but is not limited to:

a. Communication modules, software keys, and similar hardware needed for communication from a laptop computer, PDA or similar device to field panels or controllers

b. Proprietary cables required for communication between laptop computers or PDAs to field panels or controllers

c. Passwords, access levels and similar software permissions necessary for execution of the Cx Process.

d. Software and hardware manuals for all control system hardware and software provided to the CA.

3 This requirement is not meant to include provision of standard hardware such as laptop computers and PDAs nor provision of standard software such as Windows or MS Explorer.

4 At the conclusion of the Commissioning Process, this hardware and software will be turned over to the 140th CE Facility Management personnel for their use in operating and maintaining the building.

B. Front-End Software & Hardware

1 The BAS Contractor shall furnish the CA with one (1) copy of their front-end software and associated hardware as needed to connect to, communicate with and command the BAS at no additional charge to the CA or the project.

2 Hardware and software covered under this requirement includes, but is not limited to:

a. Proprietary software needed to communicate to field panels or controllers. Revision levels for all software shall be identical with the revision level being provided to the project for the front-end operator workstation(s).

b. Communication modules, software keys, and similar hardware needed for operation of the software or to communicate with the BAS.



c. Proprietary cables required for communication between laptop computers and the BAS.

d. Passwords, access levels and similar software permissions necessary for execution of the Cx Process.

e. Software and hardware manuals for all control system hardware and software provided to the CA.

3 This requirement is not meant to include provision of standard hardware such as laptop computers nor provision of standard software such as Windows or MS Explorer.

C. Operator Workstation Access

1 The BAS Contractor shall provide the CA with software and hardware needed for accessing the BAS’ front-end operator workstation(s). At a minimum, this shall include appropriate level user identification names and passwords. Access level shall allow the CA to fully execute all commissioning procedures and will include the ability to:

a. View system operation

b. Override set-points

c. Command digital and analog output points

d. View BAS programming source code (read-only)

e. View and print graphics

f. Create, view, modify, print and download trend logs, histories and reports

D. Technical Support

1 The BAS Contractor shall also provide technical support to the CA as reasonably requested by the CA regarding setting up and operating BAS hardware and software to support successful execution of the Cx Process.

E. Duration of Support

1 Use of hardware and software provided under this section may be limited to the duration of the Cx Process at the BAS Contractors discretion, but shall not be terminated until final completion of the Cx Process including resolution of all outstanding construction phase FONs® issues and successful execution of Post-Occupancy phase commissioning activities.

2.3 ELECTRICAL MONITORING SYSTEM HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE SUPPORT



A. The contractor providing the Electrical Monitoring System shall provide the CA with software and hardware as outlined in section 2.2 above, where applicable, to support commissioning of the electrical monitoring and distribution systems.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PRE-FUNCTIONAL PROCEDURES

A. Scope

1 The Pre-functional Procedures (PFP) consists of a series of field observations and documentation conducted during the installation of commissioned equipment to verify the following:

a. Installed equipment matches the specifications and approved submittals

b. Equipment is installed per the specifications, drawings, manufacturer’s recommendations, and good current practice

c. Utility connections to equipment, such as electrical, steam, chilled water, etc. have been successfully completed

d. Equipment is ready for start-up

2 Contractor should expect to complete one (1) Pre-functional Checklist for each major piece of equipment covered by the commissioning process such as pumps, fans, air handling units, control panels, switchgear, substations, and electrical distribution panels.

3 Additional checklists will be required to verify installation of distribution systems such as piping, ductwork, electrical wire and conduit, etc. The number of required Pre-functional Checklists will vary from system to system, and may be limited to one form per system per zone (or possibly per floor) for repetitive items.

4 See Appendix 3 for a list of Pre-functional Checklists that will be completed by the Contractor as part of this project.

B. Pre-functional Checklists

1 A selection of sample Pre-functional Checklists are included at the end of this specification as Appendix 4. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing their bids for this project. The actual forms used on this project will be similar in scope and format to the sample forms, but the specific content will differ somewhat from the sample forms to specifically reference the requirements of this project.



2 The Pre-functional Checklists used for this project will be finalized by the CA after receipt of equipment Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) Manuals from the Contractors (see item C1 below)

3 Pre-functional Checklists shall be completed and maintained on-site per the requirements of this specification, Section 1.6 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.

C. Contractor Requirements

1 The Contractor shall provide the CA with one (1) copy of the equipment manufacturer’s standard Installation, Operation and Maintenance (IOM) Manuals within 60 days after approval of submittals. The CA will use the installation recommendations included in these documents to finalize the Pre-functional Checklists.

2 The Contractor and their Sub-contractors furnishing and/or installing the equipment being commissioned will be responsible for the execution of the Pre-functional Procedures and accurate completion of the Pre-functional Checklists for that equipment.

3 The CA will provide oversight and assistance to the contractors during the execution of the Pre-functional Procedures and will periodically review the contractors in-progress Pre-functional Checklists for accuracy, completeness and to verify that checklists are being kept up-to-date.

4 The Contractor and their Sub-contractors shall begin execution of the Pre-functional Procedures as soon as the affected equipment arrives on the job site, by verifying nameplate information matches the specifications and approved submittals.

5 During installation, the Contractor shall regularly review and update the appropriate Pre-functional Checklists so that potential installation issues are identified as early in the construction process as possible. The CA will periodically review the contractor’s in-progress Pre-functional Checklists to verify that they are current with the project status.

6 Issues observed during the PFPs will be immediately reported to the COR and CA in accordance with the procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 ‘Issue Resolution’.

7 PFP’s will be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted by the CO and CA prior to equipment start-up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at the CO’s and CA’s discretion, but will be limited to minor items, such as labeling of equipment, which will not impact start-up or subsequent equipment operation.

8 The Contractor shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System to indicate current PFP status.

9 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the PFPs. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.



3.2 CONTRACTOR PRE-STARTUP TESTING

A. Scope

1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to contractor/vendor pre-startup testing for commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this section. This process does not reduce the Contractor’s responsibility for successfully completing and documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the specifications.

2 The goals of these activities are to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously executed using sound test procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.

B. Contractor Pre-startup Test Forms

1 The Contractor Pre-startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a minimum, will record the following information:

a. Type of test being performed (hydrostatic leak test, pneumatic leak test, megger test, db, RF, flows, etc.)

b. System or equipment being tested

c. Technician(s) performing the test

d. Test date and time

e. Detailed description of section of system being tested (if applicable)

f. All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (static and differential pressures, test duration, radio frequency, electrical resistance, etc.)

g. Signature of technician(s) performing test

h. Signature of the COR or Cx Team member witnessing the test

2 The Contractor and their vendors may use their standard testing forms; providing these forms meet the requirements outlined above and have been previously reviewed and approved by the Cx Team.

3 If standard test forms are not available, the CA will assist the Contractor and their Vendors in developing test forms for the Contractors and Vendors use.

4 All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the requirements of this specification, Section 1.6 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.



5 All test forms will be submitted to the CO and CA for review and acceptance by the Cx Team upon completion.


1 Prior to initiating any of the Pre-startup Testing covered by this specification the Contractor will meet with the CA to review the Contractor’s proposed test procedures and test forms.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all specified pre-startup testing.

3 The COR and/or the Cx Team will witness selected Pre-startup Tests to ensure that approved procedures are being followed and that tests are being properly documented.

4 Any Pre-startup Tests may be witnessed by either the COR, CA or other appropriate member of the Cx Team. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the COR in advance of each test to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness the test as desired. Tests which have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete and will be re-tested by the Contractor.

5 Issues observed during the Contractor Pre-startup Testing will be immediately reported to the COR and CA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 ‘Issue Resolution’.

6 All Contractor Pre-startup Testing shall be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted by the COR and CA prior to equipment start-up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at the COR’s and CA’s discretion, but will be limited to minor items, which will not impact start-up or subsequent equipment operation.

7 The Contractor shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System to indicate current status of their Pre-startup Testing. The CA will periodically review the contractor’s in-progress test forms and tracking system for accuracy, completeness and to verify that checklists are being kept up-to-date.

8 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the Pre-startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.

3.3 CONTRACTOR START-UP PROCEDURES

A. Scope

1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to Equipment Startup are meant to help ensure the following:

a. Equipment installation and Pre-startup Testing has been fully completed and documented prior to startup



b. Startup procedures meet the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations

c. Startup activities are fully documented

2 Equipment Startup requirements covered by this section of the commissioning specification include the following:

a. All commissioned equipment requiring startup by the equipment manufacturer, vendor or representative

b. All rotating equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, fans, compressors, and generators with a motor or engine size of 5hp or greater or serving critical equipment.

c. All electrical equipment including, but not limited to switchgear, substations, transformers and distribution panels operating at 460V or greater

d. Where required in the specifications regardless of size or voltage.

B. Equipment Startup Plan

1 At least 30 days prior to scheduled Equipment Startup, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a written Startup Plan to the Co and CA which, at a minimum, will include the following:

a. Personnel required for startup including vendors, other trades, etc.

b. Prerequisites required for startup (utility connections, PFP’s, Pre-startup Testing, and other as applicable)

c. Proposed startup procedures

d. Proposed forms to be used for documenting startup procedures

e. Proposed preventive maintenance forms and procedures (if equipment to be kept in service after startup)

2 Where available, the equipment manufacturer’s standard startup procedures and forms should be used as the basis of the Contractor’s Startup Plan. Where equipment manufacturer’s standard startup procedures and/or forms are not available, the Cx Team will assist the contractors in developing the necessary procedures and forms.

3 The CO and Cx Team will review the Contractor’s proposed Startup Plan(s) and will recommend revisions as appropriate prior to scheduling of startup activities.



4 Startup of covered equipment shall be documented using Startup Forms which have been previously reviewed and approved as part of the Contractor’s Startup Plan.

5 All Startup Forms will be fully completed and maintained by the Contractor per the requirements of this specification, Section 1.6 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.

6 All Startup Forms will be submitted to the CO for review, and acceptance by the Cx Team upon completion.


1 The Contractor will coordinate with the COR and CA to schedule startup activities. This will include the following:

a. Ensuring that all PFP’s and contractor Pre-startup Testing are completed and documented prior to startup

b. Ensuring that all required utilities are available prior to startup

c. Ensuring that appropriate personnel have been identified and scheduled to participate including vendors, manufacturer’s representatives, other trades, etc.

d. Tools, test equipment and/or instrumentation required for startup will be available

2 No unscheduled and/or inappropriate startups shall be allowed.

3 The use of startup forms, procedures, or documents that have not been previously approved by the CO and Cx Team, as part of the Equipment Startup Plan, will not be accepted as startup documentation.

4 The COR and the Cx Team will witness selected startups to ensure that approved procedures are being followed and that activities are being properly documented.

5 Any Startup procedures may be witnessed by either the COR, CA or other appropriate member of the Cx Team. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the COR in advance of each procedure to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness the test as desired. Procedures which have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete and will be re-tested.

6 Issues observed during execution of the Startup Procedures will be immediately reported to the COR and CA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 ‘Issue Resolution’.

7 The Contractor shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System to indicate current status of their Startup Procedures. The CA will periodically review the contractor’s Startup



Forms and tracking system for accuracy, completeness and to verify that documentation is being kept up-to-date.

8 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the Startup Procedures. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.

9 Equipment which will not be left in operation after startup shall be laid-up by the Contractor per the manufacturer’s recommended procedures.

10 Equipment kept in use after startup, shall be operated and maintained by the Contractor per the equipment manufacturer’s published O&M procedures.

11 All maintenance activities performed by the Contractor will be documented on pre-approved maintenance work order forms. These forms may be furnished by the 140th CE Facilities Management; otherwise the contractors will develop appropriate forms and submit them to the CO for review and approval as part of their startup plan.

12 Completed maintenance work order forms shall be submitted to the CO for review and acceptance by the Cx Team upon completion.

3.4 CONTRACTOR POST-STARTUP TESTING

A. Scope

1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to Contractor Post-startup Testing for commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this section. This process does not reduce the Contractor’s responsibility for successfully completing and documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the specifications.

2 The goal of these activities are to augment the testing requirements listed elsewhere in the specifications and to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously executed using sound test procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.

B. Contractor Post-startup Test Reports

1 The Contractor Post-startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a minimum, will record the following information:

a. Type of test being performed (duct traverse, point-to-point checkout, etc.)

b. System or equipment being tested

c. Technician(s) performing the test

d. Test date and time



e. Detailed description of system or section of system being tested

f. All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (pressures, flow rates, rpm, volts, amps, temperatures, etc.)

g. Signature of technician(s) performing test

h. Signature of COR or Cx Team member witnessing the test (where applicable)

2 The Contractor may use their standard testing forms; providing these forms meet the requirements outlined above and have been previously reviewed and approved by the CO and the Cx Team.

3 The use of Post-startup testing forms, procedures, or documents that have not been previously approved by the CO and Cx team, will not be accepted as Post-startup testing documentation.

4 All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the requirements of this specification, Section 1.6 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.

5 All test forms will be submitted to the CO for review and acceptance by the Cx Team upon completion.

C. General Requirements

1 Prior to initiating any of the Post-startup Testing covered by this specification, the contractor shall meet with the COR and CA to review the Contractor’s proposed test procedures and test forms.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all specified Post-startup Testing.

3 The CA will provide oversight and assistance to the contractors in developing their test procedures and test forms.

4 The COR and/or Cx Team will witness selected Post-startup Tests to ensure that approved procedures are being followed and that tests are being properly documented.

5 Issues observed during the Contractor Post-startup Testing will be immediately reported to the COR and CA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 ‘Issue Resolution’.

6 The Contractor shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System to indicate current status of their Post-startup Testing. The CA will periodically review the contractor’s in-progress test forms and tracking system for accuracy, completeness and to verify that checklists are being kept up-to-date.

7 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the Post-startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.



8 The Contractor shall provide a written list of instrumentation which will be used for Post-startup Testing indicating instrument make, model number, serial number, range, accuracy and calibration date to the CO and CA prior to the start of testing.

D. HVAC Test and Balance

1 Project Test and Balance Contractor (PTB) Requirements:

a. The PTB shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all TAB activities specified in Div 15 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.

b. Prior to the start of TAB activities, the PTB shall submit proposed TAB procedures and documentation to the CO and CA for review.

c. After this review, and prior to start of field work, the PTB will attend one or more planning meetings as required with the COR and Commissioning Team to review and discuss outstanding issues relating to TAB procedures and forms, discuss resolution of issues identified during the PTB’s plan review and field inspections, and to coordinate field work. The Contractor will keep all minutes from the meetings on this issue and submit them to the CO and all other participants in the process.

d. Prior to the start of field work, the PTB shall issue a final set of TAB procedures and TAB forms incorporating comments received from the COR and Commissioning Team review.

e. The PTB will notify the COR and Commissioning Team a minimum of two (2) weeks in advance of the time for start of TAB work to allow the COR and CA time to assess system readiness.

f. The PTB will work cooperatively with the COR and CA.

g. The PTB shall coordinate with the controls contractor to ensure that changes made to the control system during TAB (flow coefficients, duct areas, etc.) are archived and become the default or initial values for these parameters.

h. The PTB shall ensure that all areas of the project are balanced to the appropriate air pressure relationships for those areas (negative or positive pressure).

i. The PTB shall provide daily lists of issues and/or problems identified during TAB work to the COR and CA for follow-up & resolution with the appropriate contractors.

j. Participate in verification of the TAB report, which will consist of repeating any selected measurement contained in the TAB report



where required by the COR and CA for verification or diagnostic purposes.

k. The TAB Final Acceptance Inspection specified in Div 15 shall be conducted by the CA and will include a field verification of up to 10% of the PTB’s field readings.

l. The PTB will provide technicians and instrumentation to support the field verification.

m. Instruments used for the field verification shall be the same instruments (by model and serial number) that were used for the original TAB work.

n. Failure of an item during the TAB field verification is defined as:

1) For all readings other than sound, a deviation of more than 10 percent from the reported value.

2) For sound pressure readings, a deviation of 3 decibels. (Note: variations in background noise must be considered).

o. A failure of more than 10 percent of the readings tested during the field verification shall result in the rejection of the final TAB report and require re-balancing of the system(s) in question.

E. Controls & Instrumentation Testing

1 Prior to start of control system Functional Performance Procedures, the Building Automation System (BAS) Contractor shall verify and document that all control systems are installed and operating properly including the following:

a. Control Panels & Hardware Installation shall be fully verified and the appropriate Pre-Functional checklists completed prior to proceeding to subsequent installation/checkout steps.

b. Point-to-Point Checkout shall be completed and documented per the requirements specified in Div 23 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate, and item 3 below.

c. Control Sequence Checkout. Contractor shall verify that operation of control system programming matches all specified sequences of operation. For these checkouts, the Contractor shall, as much as possible, simulate actual operating conditions for the various operating modes being tested (heating, cooling, emergency power, etc) by false-loading systems, adjusting setpoints and similar techniques. The CA will make the control sequence FP Checklists available to the BAS Contractor for use in these checkouts.



d. Tune all Control Loops to obtain the fastest stable response without unreasonable hunting, offset or overshoot. Record tuning parameters and response test results for each control loop and provide trend reports to document results. Trend logs shall show both steady-state operation and response to setpoint changes as specified in Div 15 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.

e. Test All Alarms and Safeties. Record all alarm parameters and alarm messages. Document all alarms and safeties have been tested and are functioning properly.

2 The BAS Contractor shall work with the TAB Contractor(s) to make sure that changes to the BAS made during TAB, such as flow coefficients, flow setpoints and duct areas are permanently archived in the BAS and become the initial or default values for their respective controllers. If BAS adjustments made by the TAB Contractor(s) get lost or overwritten prior to archiving, it shall be the BAS Contractor’s responsibility to re-enter this data at no additional cost to the Government.

3 Point-to-Point Checkout Requirements

a. Items described in this section apply to and augment the Field Points Testing requirements as specified in Div 15 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.

1) These procedures will verify the following for each physical control point:

2) Field device is installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and the project drawings and specifications

3) Field verify calibration of all analog inputs and outputs

4) Verify labeling of controllers, field devices, and wiring

5) Physical points are correctly addressed and communicating properly between its controller and the field device.

b. Detailed written procedures for execution of Point-to-Point Checkouts shall be submitted to the CO and CA by the Contractor for review and approval prior to the start of testing. Proposed procedures shall be based on the manufacturer’s recommendations and good current practice. Include proposed test forms as part of this submittal.

c. The Contractor shall provide all tools and instrumentation necessary for execution of this testing. All instrumentation must



be in calibration and meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.

d. The COR and CA reserve the right to field verify up to 10% of the Contractor’s Point-to-Point Checkout testing. The Contractor shall provide the technicians and instrumentation used for the original testing to assist the COR and CA with this field verification.

3.5 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES

A. Scope

1 Functional Performance Procedures (FPP) are executed after commissioned equipment and systems have been installed, started-up and balanced. The goal of these procedures is to verify that commissioned equipment, sub-systems and major systems operate and perform per the design intent and the project specifications.

2 Equipment-level FPPs will be used to verify operation and capacity of selected equipment such as boilers, chillers cooling towers, pumps, exhaust fans, air handling units, etc.

3 System-level FPPs will verify the following aspects of system operation

a. System operation under both normal and alternate operating conditions and modes

b. Interactions between equipment and sub-systems

c. Operation of safeties and interlocks

d. Control system operation, response time, stability and tuning

e. System response to abnormal and/or emergency conditions such as equipment failure and power outages

f. Prepare for execution of Integrated System Procedures

4 See Appendix 3 for a list of Functional Performance Procedures that will be completed for this project.

B. Functional Performance Checklists

1 A selection of sample Functional Performance Checklists are included at the end of this specification as Appendix 5. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing their bids for this project. The actual procedures and forms used for this project will be similar in scope and format to the samples, but the specific content will differ somewhat to specifically address the requirements of this project.



2 The Functional Performance Procedures and Checklists used for this project will be finalized by the CA after receipt of approved contractor submittals, including equipment Installation – Operations & Maintenance bulletins.


1 The CO will coordinate and schedule FPP activities in conjunction with the Contractor and other members of the Cx Team.

2 Scheduling of FPPs will be contingent on notification from the Contractor to the COR and CA that equipment and systems are ready for checkout.

3 Other prerequisites for execution of FPPs shall include the following

a. All PFP’s, Contractor Pre-startup Testing and Startup Procedures have been completed and documented

b. TAB has been completed

c. Field Observation Notes® affecting equipment or system performance or operation have been resolved

4 Prior to claiming readiness for FPP, the controls contractor shall ensure that the following items are completed and documented:

a. Point-to-point checkouts

b. Verify that network communication between all devices and systems is established

c. Sequence of Operation checkouts

d. Printed and annotated trend logs and histories establishing acceptable operation including

1) Stable control

2) Recovery from upset/changes (e.g., from setback)

3) Special and/or seasonal modes

4) Emergency and alarm modes including loss/restoration of power

5 Execution of the FPPs will be led by the CA with assistance from the Contractor and their Sub-contractors providing and installing the equipment and systems being commissioned.

6 Typical contractor activities during FPP execution may include the following

a. Starting/stopping equipment



b. Energizing/de-energizing electrical distribution gear

c. Opening/closing valves and dampers

d. Manipulating BAS inputs, outputs and setpoints

e. Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data

Alternately, these activities may be performed directly by the COR and CA with prior permission from the appropriate contractor(s). In either case, the Contractor shall maintain full responsibility for the facility, equipment and systems operated during the FPPs, maintain all guarantees and warranties, and shall repair any damage to the facility caused during the FPPs.

7 The Contractor shall provide the services of vendor’s technicians at the COR’s or CA’s request to assist in commissioning of major equipment such as chillers, boilers and emergency generators.

8 Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the FPPs shall be provided by the CA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and instrumentation which will be provided by the contractors. All instruments provided by the Contractor shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.

3.6 NOT USED

3.7 NOT USED

3.8 ISSUE RESOLUTION

A. Scope

1 The CA will maintain and periodically publish a Field Observation Notes (FONs®) Report, which will be used to document issues identified during the commissioning process. The FONs will initially be issued following site visits by the CA. As construction proceeds, the FONs will be issued on a weekly basis. The FONs will be submitted to the CO and the Contractor and uploaded to the base’s construction management website within 24 hours of completion.

2 The Contractor shall promptly respond to the FONs® Reports in writing concerning the status of each open issue identified as their responsibility during execution of the commissioning process. Contractor responses shall include the following information as appropriate:

a. Explanations of any questions or disagreements (issue responsibility incorrectly assigned, issue outside of contractor’s scope, etc.)

b. Actions taken to resolve issue



c. Proposed actions including completion dates

3 The Contractor, including their sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers are responsible for resolution of all issues identified during execution of the commissioning process. The CA will be available to work with the contractors and facilitate issue resolution.

4 The Contractor shall responded to the FONs® issues in a timely manner, in writing, typically within 72 hours of notification, to avoid impact to the construction schedule including the commissioning process.

5 The information reported in the FONs® shall not be construed to authorize any changes in contractual requirements, schedules or project costs. Any such questions will be promptly directed through the General Contractor to the Contracting Officer.

B. Contractor Requirements

1 During Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-startup Testing, Startup Procedures and Post-startup Testing:

a. Issues identified by the contractors during execution of Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post Startup Procedures shall be clearly noted on the appropriate Pre-functional Checklist, Startup Form, Test Form, or noted on a separate sheet and attached to the appropriate Checklist or Form.

b. Outstanding items of the PFP, Pre-startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post-startup Testing that were not completed successfully shall also be noted at the bottom of the appropriate Checklist, Form or on an attached sheet.

c. Contractors shall notify the COR, with a copy to the CA, of any outstanding issues or deficiencies in writing within (2) two days of issue identification.

d. The CA will review the issue notification reports and submit any comments and questions to the CO.

e. The contractor(s), including appropriate sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers will work with the COR and CA to correct and re-evaluate issues or uncompleted items.

f. As soon as outstanding items have been corrected, the Contractor shall:

1) Notify the CO and CA that the issue has been resolved by updating and resubmitting their issue notification report.

2) Resubmit updated Checklists, Startup Forms and/or Test Forms as applicable



g. Issues identified during Prefunctional Procedures and Pre-startup Testing shall be resolved prior to Startup of the affected equipment or system.

h. Items left incomplete, which later cause deficiencies or delays during execution of FPPs, FLSPs or ESP may result in back-charges to the responsible party. Also see “Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect” procedures in this section.

2 During Functional Performance Procedures, Fire Life Safety Procedures and Emergency Systems Procedures

a. Issues noted during execution of FPPs, FLSPs or ESP will be noted on the test forms by the CA.

b. Minor issues may be corrected immediately on identification and prior to proceeding with the procedure being executed at the discretion of the COR and CA. The COR’s and CA’s decision will be based on what impact the issue has on the procedure being executed, and the expected time required to resolve the new issue. Issues resolved in this manner, will be documented on the appropriate form or checklist.

c. CA will endeavor to expedite the checkout process and minimize unnecessary delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures.

d. Once any questions are resolved on an issue and the Contractor accepts responsibility to correct it:

1) The CA will document the issue on the FONs® Report and the Contractor response and intentions and then go on to another procedure or sequence.

2) The Contractor will correct the issue, and submit a written statement of correction certifying that the equipment is ready to be re-evaluated to the COR and CA.

3) The Contractor reschedules the re-evaluation with the COR and CA and the checkout is repeated once. If satisfactory performance is not achieved during the second procedure, the cost of additional procedures will be billed in accordance with the paragraphs below “Cost of Re-Evaluation”.

e. If there are questions about an issue, regarding whether it is an issue, who is responsible, or how to resolve it:



1) The CA will document the issue on the FONs® Report with the Contractor’s response and a copy will given to the CO and the Contractor.

2) The CA will document the resolution process on the FONs® Report.

3) Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the appropriate party will correct the issue, sign a statement of correction and submit it to the CO and CA.

4) The Contractor reschedules the checkout with the COR and CA and the checkout is repeated once. If satisfactory performance is not achieved during the second procedure, the cost of additional procedures will be billed in accordance with the paragraphs below “Cost of Re-Evaluation”.

3 If issues are identified by the CA during spot-checks of completed Contractor Cx Procedures (Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post Startup Procedures); it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to demonstrate that the identified issues are not widespread and pervasive for all similar systems and equipment installed for this project. This may require re-execution of all affected Cx Procedures as determined by the CO and the Commissioning Team.

C. Cost of Re-Evaluation

1 The cost for Contractor to re-execute any Commissioning Procedure due to open issues shall be borne by the Contractor.

2 The CA will be available for two attempts of any Commissioning Procedure (one initial and one re-try) with minimal follow-up where necessary (due to deficiencies, systems not ready, etc.) to try to accomplish each checkout as part of the contract. When additional work is required because systems are not ready or because they do not successfully pass Commissioning Procedures after they have been indicated as ready, the Contractor will be charged for the additional costs. Additional fees will be paid to the CA by the Government and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor.

3 Any required re-testing by any contractor shall not be allowed as a justified reason for a claim of delay or for a time extension by the Contractor.

D. Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect: If 10%, or three, whichever is greater, of identical pieces (size alone does not constitute a difference) of equipment fail to perform to the Contract Documents (mechanically or substantively) due to manufacturing defect, not allowing it to meet its submitted performance spec, all



identical units may be considered unacceptable by the COR. In such case, the Contractor shall provide the Government with the following:

1 Within one week of notification from the COR, the Contractor or manufacturer's representative shall examine all other identical units making a record of the findings. The findings shall be provided to the COR within two weeks of the original notice.

2 Within two weeks of the original notification, the Contractor or manufacturer shall provide a signed and dated, written explanation of the problem, cause of failures, etc. and all proposed solutions which shall include full equipment submittals. The proposed solutions shall not significantly exceed the specification requirements of the original installation.

3 The COR will determine whether a replacement of all identical units or a repair is acceptable.

4 Two examples of the proposed solution will be installed by the Contractor and the COR will be allowed to test the installations for up to one week, upon which the COR will decide whether to accept the solution.

5 Upon acceptance, the Contractor and/or manufacturer shall replace or repair all identical items, at their expense and extend the warranty accordingly, if the original equipment warranty had begun. The replacement/repair work shall proceed with reasonable speed beginning within one week from when parts can be obtained.

6 Approval: The CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on the test form. Formal approval of the functional test is made later after review by the CA and by the COR, if necessary. The CA recommends acceptance of each test to the COR using a standard form. The COR shall give final approval on each test using the same form, providing a signed copy to the CA and the Contractor.

3.9 ACCEPTANCE

Only after the satisfactory completion of the Pre-Functional Installation, Start-Up/Testing, Functional Performance and System Performance Checkouts will the system be ready for acceptance. At no time will acceptance be made for individual pieces of equipment. Final acceptance will only be for systems that will operate as intended in the basis of design and the design intent.

3.10 Appendices

Appendix 1 – Abbreviations and Definitions.

Appendix 2 – Sample Commissioning Tracking Forms

Appendix 3 – List of required Pre-functional and Functional Checklists



Appendix 4 – Sample Pre-functional Checklists

Appendix 5 – Sample Functional Performance Checklists

- END OF SECTION -



APPENDIX 1 – COMMISSIONING ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

The following are common abbreviations used in the Commissioning Specifications

Abbrev. Description Abbrev. Description

A/E Architect/Engineer FP Functional Performance

BAS Building Automation System FPP Functional Performance Procedure

CA Commissioning Authority GC General Contractor

CC Prime Controls Contractor IOM Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual

CCR Contractor’s Commissioning Representative

ISP Integrated Systems Procedure

Cx Commissioning IT Information Technology

CO Contracting Officer ME Mechanical Engineer

COR Contracting Officer’s Representative

MC Prime Mechanical Contractor

COTR Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative

O&M Operation and Maintenance

EC Prime Electrical Contractor PF Pre-Functional

EE Electrical Engineer PFP Pre-Functional Procedure

ESP Emergency Systems Procedure

PTB Project Test & Balance Contractor

FLSP Fire Life Safety Procedure Subs Subcontractors

FM 140th CE Facility Management

TAB Test, Adjust and Balance

FMP Failure Mode Procedure

FONs® Field Observation Notes®

Note that the terms Contractor, MC, EC, CC, or PTB as used in the Commissioning Specification should be understood to include both the associated Contractor and any sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers providing services or equipment to the General Contractor. Definitions

Acceptance Phase: Final phase of the construction occurring after successful execution of all required Cx Procedures and Final Operational Testing during which system installation and operation is demonstrated to the Government and Authority Having Jurisdiction for the purposes of achieving occupancy and accreditation.



Approval: acceptance that a document, piece of equipment or system has been reviewed and found to be properly installed and is functioning in the tested modes according to the contract documents.

Architect Engineer (A/E): the prime consultant (architect) and sub-consultants who comprise the design team, generally the mechanical designer/engineer and the electrical designer/engineer.

Building Automation System (BAS) central DDC control system used to control and monitor operation of the buildings mechanical systems.

Commissioning Authority (CA): an independent person, company or agent retained by the Government and not otherwise associated with the A/E team members or contracting team members. The CA implements the overall commissioning process and carries out or observes the tasks necessary to complete the commissioning process. The CA does not take an oversight role like the Government’s representative or construction manager.

Commissioning Report: the document that records the results of the commissioning process, including the as-built performance of the MEP system and documents all sign-offs.

Commissioning Specifications: the contract document that details the contractor’s role and responsibilities for execution of the Cx process.

Commissioning Team: those people responsible for working together in carrying out the commissioning process.

Contract Documents: the documents binding on parties involved in the construction of this project (drawings, specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.)

Contractor: refers to all contractors or authorized representatives and all applicable subs, vendors, and suppliers contracted through that (those) contractors as well as any vendors or suppliers contracted directly to the Government. This defines any and all General Contractor, Prime or Trade Labor Contractor as “Contractor(s) whether or not self-performing work.

Control system: systems which provide control and monitoring functions for associated mechanical, electrical, plumbing and specialty systems.

Datalogging: monitoring flows, currents, status, pressures, etc. of equipment using stand-alone dataloggers separate from the control or BAS systems.

Design Narrative or Design Documentation: sections of either the Design Intent or Basis of Design, generally included in early A/E submittals to describe proposed systems.

Emergency Systems Procedures (ESPs): A scripted test of facility electrical, mechanical , and other building systems designed for the facility and performed under simulated failure of utility power. Procedures include, failure of utility power while monitoring critical back-up systems and the systems that they power, verification of automatic re-start procedures and performance after restoration of power, and documentation of equipment operating status and parameters during all phases of the test.

Factory Testing: testing of equipment by the equipment manufacturer’s personnel usually conducted at the manufacturer’s factory or assembly plant. Factory testing is often witnessed by an Government’s representative and/or other members of the Cx Team prior to releasing the equipment for delivery to the job site.



Field Observation Notes® (FONs®): Electronic database or spreadsheet tracking method used by the CA for monitoring the status of issues raised during execution of the Cx Process.

Fire Life Safety Procedures: Part of the ISPs used to evaluate interactive operation of building systems under simulated fire conditions. Typical procedures include tripping selected smoke detectors and verify operation of HVAC systems, elevator systems, fire doors, security systems, etc. May also include evaluation of smoke evacuation from selected spaces using smoke bombs, theatrical fog generators or similar smoke substitutes.

Functional Performance Checklist: the document containing a list of items developed by the CA to record the performance of the equipment or system in question during Functional Performance Procedures.

Functional Performance Procedures (FPPs): A series of evaluations developed by the CA to verify operation of equipment and systems using manual (direct observation) or monitoring methods. FPPs are performed after completion of the Prefunctional Procedures, Startup Procedures, Contractor Pre-startup and Post-startup Testing and serve as a prerequisite for the ISPs. Equipment level FPPs verify the capacity, performance and efficiency of commissioned equipment relative to the manufacturer’s published (submitted) equipment data and the contract documents. System-level FPPs evaluate dynamic operation of systems and sub-systems under various operating conditions (heating, cooling, etc.) as outlined in the Sequence of Operations. Emphasis in the system-level FPPs is on programming and operation of the BAS.

General Contractor: the Contractor responsible for overall day-to-day management and coordination of the project. The Contractor serves as the bridge between the Government and the Prime Trade contractors. Integrated Systems Procedures: A series of procedures including Fire Life Safety Procedures and Emergency System Procedures used to evaluate building-wide operation of commissioned systems under simulated fires and power failure conditions. During the ISP’s emphasis is placed on evaluating interactions between building systems and transition of building systems between different operating modes.

Issue: (or Open Issue) a condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with the contract documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with the design intent).

Manual Procedures: Cx Procedures which use hand-held instruments, immediate control system readouts or direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the “observation”).

Monitoring: the recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using dataloggers or the trending capabilities of control systems.

Non-Compliance: see Issue.

Non-Conformance: see Issue.

Over-written Value: writing over a sensor value in the control system to see the response of a system (e.g., changing the outside air temperature value from 50F to 75F to verify economizer operation). See also “Simulated Signal.”



Government-Contracted Tests: tests paid for by the Government outside the Contractor’s contract and for which the CA does not oversee. These tests will not be repeated during functional tests if properly documented.

Pre-Functional Checklist: An inspection list that is used to document that equipment is installed correctly and is ready for startup. These checklists are developed by the CA and are completed by the Contractor with oversight and assistance from the CA.

Pre-Functional Procedures (PFPs): A series of static inspections used to verify equipment installation and to prepare the equipment or system for initial operation (e.g., belt tension, oil levels, etc.). The word “Pre-Functional” refers to before Startup. Even without a commissioning process, contractors typically perform some, if not many, of the PFP items a CA will recommend. However, few contractors document in writing the execution of these items. Therefore, for most equipment, the contractors execute the PFP on their own. The CA only requires that the procedures be documented in writing, and does not witness much of the PFP, except for larger or more critical pieces of equipment.

Project Test and Balancing Contractor: the contractor(s) who is responsible for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing the facilities HVAC systems.

Sampling: functionally testing only a fraction of the total number of identical or near identical pieces of equipment. Typically used for devices such as VAV boxes.

Seasonal Performance Checkouts: functional checkouts that are deferred until the system(s) will experience conditions closer to their design conditions.

Simulated Condition: condition that is created for the purpose of testing the response of a system (e.g., applying a hair drier to a room temperature sensor to see the response in a VAV box).

Simulated Signal: disconnecting a sensor and using a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance or pressure to the transducer and DDC system to simulate a sensor value.

Specifications: the construction specifications of the Contract Documents, may be abbreviated as spec or specs.

Startup Procedures: Procedures followed for the initial energizing or starting of equipment, following a pre-approved Startup Plan. Startup Procedures occur after successful execution of Prefunctional Procedures and Contractor Pre-startup Testing.

Startup Plan. A set of written procedures used to prepare for and startup of a piece of equipment. Startup Plans are typically based on standard procedures and documentation provided by the equipment manufacturer.

Subs: the subcontractors or vendors to the Contractor who provide and/or install building components and systems.

Testing Contractors: a Sub, responsible for various contractor-required system testing (e.g., generator load tests, ATS testing, telecom loop testing, etc.).

Test Procedures: the step-by-step process which must be executed to fulfill the test requirements. Test procedures typically include documentation requirements which also must be completed to constitute a completed procedure.



Test Requirements: requirements specifying what modes and functions, etc. shall be tested. The test requirements are not the detailed test procedures. The test requirements are specified in the Contract Documents (Sections 15997; 16997, etc.). Examples include duct leakage, hydro, megger testing and other similar tests.

Trending: monitoring of equipment and system operation using the Building Automation System.

Vendor: supplier of equipment.



APPENDIX 2 – SAMPLE COMMISSIONING TRACKING FORMS

Commissioning Status Tracking Report Updated on: 12/13/01 Updated by: MVS

BY E-CUBE BY CONTRACTOR (Insert Date Complete) BY E-CUBE

Equip. Tag Description Location PF

For

ms

% PF Cx Completed Star

t-up

Done

Star

t-up

Repo

rt

Subm

ittal

s

Man

uf I-

OM

Man

uals

Test

and

Ba

lanc

e

T&B

Repo

rt

O&M

M

anua

lsFu

nctio

nal

Form

s

% FF Cx Complete Notes

Air-Handling Units

AHU-1 1st Flr AHU 2nd Flr Mech (2-21) Awaiting completion of controlsAHU-2 2nd & 3rd Flr AHU 2nd Flr Mech (2-39) Awaiting completion of controlsAHU-3 Kitchen/Dining Rm AHU 2nd Flr Mech (2-39)AHU-4 Gymnasium AHU 2nd Flr Mech (2-21) Awaiting completion of controlsMAU-1 Kitchen Hood Unit Roof

Air Conditioning Unit

AC-1 MDF Room UnitACC-1 AC-1 Condensing Unit Roof

Fans

TE-1 Toilet Exhuast Rm 2-21TE-2 Toilet Exhuast RoofER-1 AHU-1 Exh Mech Room 2-21 Need to check fan pressuresER-2 AHU-2 Exh Mech Room 2-39ER-3 AHU-3 Exh Mech Room 2-39DE-1 Dishwasher Exh RoofKE-1 Kitchen Exh Roof Need to check fan pressures

Terminal Units

FPBs Fan Powered General Awaiting completion of ControlsVAVs Variable Air Volume General Awaiting completion of ControlsCVBs Constant Volume General

Air Cooled Chillers

CH-1 Air Cooled Chiller Roof To be re-tested in Spring 2002CH-2 Air Cooled Chiller Roof To be re-tested in Spring 2002



APPENDIX 3 – LIST OF REQUIRED PRE-FUNCTIONAL & FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS

System Description Equipment Description

Cx PFP Requirement Cx FP Requirement 1 Each

(a) 1/Flr 2/Flr Other 1 Each

(a) 1/Flr 2/Flr Other

By Contractor

By CA

Division 15 Mechanical

HVAC System

Roof Mounted Chiller X X

Ductwork

Building Automated Control System(s) Roof Mounted Chiller X X (A)

(A) Forms created by Contractor or Vender, reviewed by CA



APPENDIX 4 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS



PROJECT NAME

Pump - Prefunctional ChecklistSystem(s): Unit ID:Location: Ref Dwgs:Name / Company / Date(s):

Instructions: Check off items as completed. Work in progress should be left blank until done. Note comments, problems, etc. in spaces provided. Installing contractor to sign-off form when complete.

Nameplate Data:Pump: Manuf: Model #: Serial #:

GPM: HD: HP:Imp Size: Pump Type: RPM:

Motor: Manuf: Model #: Serial #:HP: Volts/Amps: RPM:SF: PF: EFF:Frame: Encl: Insul Class:

Starter: Manuf: Type: Size:Htr Manuf: Size: Manual Reset:

ITEM OK COMMENTSStorage / Handling

Protected against dirt / debris during storageMotor protected from water/moisturePump openings covered until pipe connected

Labeling and IdentificationUnit labeled w/ engraved plastic nameplatePump and motor mfg. nameplate installed, readable

General InstallationLocated per plansPump/motor nameplate data matches equipment schedulePump installed on 4" housekeeping padInstalled level and plumbAdequate clearance for service / maintenanceNo visible sign of leaksCoupling installed, no noticable slop Pump/motor shafts rotate freelyOSHA approved coupling guard installedFlow direction correctBaseplate grouted with Embeco non-shrinking groutFoundation bolts tightenedFinal alignment done after grouting and bolts tightened

Pump Motor1.15 Service FactorODP EnclosureRated for inverter duty, class H insulation w/ VFDMotor base adjustable for alignment

Notes:



APPENDIX 4 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS

(continued)

ITEM OK COMMENTSVibration Isolation

Pump mounted on steel/concrete inertia baseVib isolation per spec 15240Pump base placed on blocks prior to isol. Install2" clearence between inertia base and housekeep padWeight transferred to springs after piping done, system filledInertia base free to move, springs not bottomed-outTrash/debris removed from under inertia baseFlex conns. installed on suc/disch (per manuf instr)Piping within 50' of pumps isolated

Piping ConnectionsPiping supported separately from pumpPiping installed level and plumbSuction/discharge isolation vlvs installed, accessibleY-strainer w/ blowoff valve in pump suction lineCheck valve and manual balancing valve in disch line5 dia of straight pipe @ inlet to end-suction pumpAir separator/strainer at pump suction linesLow point drains, high point vents installedPress guage across strainer & across pumpGuage piping installed @ tapped holes in pump flangesPump base drain valved and run to nearest floor drainExp. tanks installed @ pump suction, air charge OK

InsulationCold water pumps (< 60F) instulated with armaflexArmaflex fitted to pump, removable w/ velcro closuresInsulation doesn't cover nameplates

Electrical ConnectionsElectrical connections complete Final connection to motor w/ flexPower available from MCC or VFDLocal disconnect switch installed (if applicable)Starter, VFD and/or local disconnect labeled Conduit routing & support OK Conduit and wire size per code/spec.Fuses and motor overloads installedFuse sizing correct, overload size/setting correctOverloads set for manual reset (not auto)

Notes:

Signatures:

Installing Contractor / Vendor: Date:



APPENDIX 5 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLISTS

END OF SECTION 01900

PROJECT NAMEPUMP - FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST

Location: Equipment ID:

Participants (name, company, phone, date(s)): Installing Contractor:Reference Dwgs:

Manufacturer / Nameplate:

Operating Conditions:

Testing Instruments Used:

FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCEITEM OK/Value COMMENTS

GeneralHand / Off / Auto operation OKStart / Stop vibration and noise acceptableRun vibration / noise / cavitation acceptablePump rotation correctNo visible leaksFlow provingMotor Temperature OK

Shut-Off PressuresMeasured Gauge TAB

Suction pressureDischarge pressureDifferential pressure (Design = _______)Impeller size OKLocal gauges correct

Operating Flows & PressuresMeasured Gauge TAB

Suction pressureDischarge pressureDifferential pressure (Design = _______)Flow Rate (Design = _______ GPM)

Electrical MeaurementsVolts (Design = ________ +/- 10%) A/B: A/C: B/C:Amps (FLA = ________) (SFA = _______) A: B: C:Power (kW) W1: W2:Power FactorHeater size / settings correctHeaters set for manual reset

Companion EquipmentDifferential Pressure switches functionalDiff. Press switches indicate poistive flowFlow switch functionalCT sensor functional

COMMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS:






INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS (SI)

STANDARDS

SECTION 01980 INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS (SI) STANDARDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The metric system the United States Government has adopted is the International System of Units, abbreviated SI, from the French "Le Systeme International d'Unites," the definitive reference on the SI published in 1991 by the International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM).

B. The Omnibus Trade a Competitive Act of 1988 designates "the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States trade and commerce."

C. The Air National Guard requires that all construction documentation drawings and specifications fully comply with the soft metric conversion practices as described in this section. In the event of a conflict between metric and English units, the English units shall be used.

1.2 BASIC METRIC STANDARDS

A. Definition of SI Units:

1. Six metric SI base units of measurement are used in design and construction:

Quantity Unit Symbol

Unit of length * meter m

Unit of mass (weight) kilogram kg

Unit of time second s

Unit of electric current ampere A

Unit of thermodynamic temperature Celcius ΕC

Unit of luminous intensity candela cd




STANDARDS

* The term "length" includes all linear measurements - length, width, height, thickness, diameter and circumference.

2. Two decimal multiples and submultiples of base SI units are in common use in design and construction. They are the prefixes kilo (1000) and milli (0.001). For example, kilogram (kg) and millimeter (mm).

3. Using the Base Units: Derived units are used in design and construction. The following derived metric units are used by all design disciplines:

Quantity Name Symbol

Length millimeter mm

Area square millimeter mm2

square meter m2

Volume cubic millimeter mm3

cubic meter m3

4. Additional derived metric units used for specific engineering disciplines are defined in the article "Engineering Data" in this section.

5. Following is a list of units outside of SI but that are used with the International System:

Name Symbol Value in SI Units

Liter L 0.001 m3

Ton t 1000 kg

Degree Ε (ã/180)rad

Minute ' (1/60)deg

Second " (1/60)'




STANDARDS

Name Symbol Value in SI Units

Hour h 1 (same unit)

Second s 1 (same unit)

B. Basic rules for writing metric symbols and names:

1. Unit symbols are printed in upright type and in lower case except for the liter (L) or unless the unit name is derived from a proper name, then the first letter of the symbol is in upper case (i.e., millimeter = mm; newton = N).

2. Unit names are printed in lower case, even those derived from a proper name (i.e., kelvin = K).

3. Unit symbols are unaltered in the plural, but unit names are written in the plural (i.e., 100 kilograms = 100 kg not 100 kgs).

4. Unit symbols are not followed by a period, except at the end of a sentence (i.e., write 100 mm not 100 mm.).

5. Leave a space between a numeral and a symbol (i.e., write 100 mm not 100mm).

6. Do not leave a space between a unit symbol and its decimal prefix (i.e., write millimeter not milli-meter and kg not k g).

7. A degree mark or abbreviation is used with Celsius temperature (i.e., 20Ε C).

8. Symbols are used in conjunction with numerals (i.e., the total area is 100 m2). Write out unit names if numerals are not used (i.e., area is expressed in square meters).

9. Do not mix names and symbols (i.e., write kilograms or kg not k-grams).

10. Use decimals, not fractions (i.e., write 0.75 g not 3/4 g).

11. Use a zero before the decimal marker for values less than one (i.e., write 0.45 g not .45 g).




STANDARDS

12. Millimeters are always expressed as whole numbers (i.e. 1200) and meters are expressed as decimal numbers taken to 3 places (i.e., 1.200).

13. Use spaces in lieu of commas to separate blocks of three digits for any number over four digits. Four digit numbers do not require a space (i.e., write 10 500 mm not 10,500 mm, but write 1500 mm).

C. Conversion Standards:

1. Hard metric refers to products manufactured to round, nominal metric dimensions such as 300, 600, and 1200. The product must be physically modified in order to be efficiently utilized in a metric project. A "hard conversion" number is a rounded, rationalized metric number that is created and that is easy to work with. It is the intent of the design to make maximum use of domestically produced, hard metric products when available, or when products are custom made.

a. For example: Rectangular metal ductwork is a custom product. Drawings will show hard metric sizes such as 300 x 600.

2. Soft metric means no physical change. Products are metric in name only, having been "relabeled" in metric dimensions. Soft metric is mathematically converting an inch-pound measurement to its exact metric equivalent and then rounding to the highest degree possible to obtain the largest, cleanest, most easily constructible numbers.

3. When converting from inch-pound units to metric units, always convert lengths to inches before converting to metric units and rounding. For example, 10 feet, 3 inches = 123 inches x 25.4 mm = 3124.2 mm, rounded to 3124 mm. It is preferable to round to increments of 1000, 100 or 10. If 3200 mm is considered excessive, round to 3120 mm or 3150 mm.

4. Round to the non-offending direction (left to right). For example, the building code may require 36 inches (914 mm) of unobstructed width for pedestrian walkways. The left most digit is 9, representing 900 mm which would offend the code. The non-offending direction is higher, so round to 920 mm.

5. General Metric Conversion Factors for Area, Length, Volume and Mass:




STANDARDS

From Inch- Quantity Pound Units To SI Units Multiply by

Length foot (ft) m 0.3048 foot (ft) mm 304.8 inch (in) mm 25.4

Area square foot (ft2, sf) m2 0.09290304

square inch (in2) mm2 645.16

Volume cubic foot (ft3, cf) m3 0.0283168

cubic foot (ft3, cf) L(0.001 m3) 28.31685 gallon (gal) L(0.001 m3) 3.78541

cubic inch (in3) mm3 16 386.064

cubic inch (in3) mL 16.4

Mass pound (lb) kg 0.453592

1.3 ENGINEERING DATA

A. Engineering calculations will be produced in metric, to the extent feasible. Because some calculation software is not available in metric, calculations may be executed in inch-pound units and the relevant output data converted to metric.

B. Civil Engineering:

1. General metric rules for civil engineering:

a. Slope is expressed in non-dimensional ratios. The vertical component is shown first and then the horizontal. For example, a rise of one meter in four meters is expressed as 1:4. The units that are compared should be the same (meters to meters, millimeters to millimeters).

b. For slopes less than 45 degrees, the vertical component should be unitary (i.e., 1:20). For slopes over 45 degrees, the horizontal component should be unitary (i.e., 5:1).




STANDARDS

c. Plane angles in surveying (cartography) will continue to be measured in degrees (deg), minutes (') and seconds (") rather than the metric radian.

d. Contour intervals will be every half-meter (0.500 m or 500 mm).

e. Elevation references will be expressed in meters.

2. Metric units used specifically for Civil Engineering are:


Length kilometer km

Area hectare (10,000 m2) ha

square kilometer km2

Mass (weight) metric ton (1000 kg) t

Rate of flow liters/second L/s

cubic meters/second m3/s

3. Civil Engineering Conversion Factors:


Area acre hectare (ha) 0.404687 square yard square meter (m2) 0.83612736

Length mile kilometer (km) 1.609344 yard meter (m) 0.9144

Volume cubic yard cubic meter (m3) 0.764555 acre foot cubic meter (m3) 1233.49

Rate of flow gallons/minute liters/second (L/s) 0.063090 cubic feet/second cubic meters/second (m3/s) 0.0283168




STANDARDS

C. Structural Engineering:

1. General metric rules for structural engineering:

a. There are separate units for mass and force.

b. Kilogram (kg) is the base unit for mass, which is the unit quantity of matter independent of gravity.

c. Newton (N) is the derived unit for force (mass times acceleration, or kgm/s2). It replaces the unit "kilogram-force" (kgf), which should not be used.

d. Newton meter (Nm) is the unit for torque or moment. Do not use the unit "joule".

e. Pascal (Pa) is the unit for pressure and stress. The term "bar" is not a metric unit and should not be used.

f. Structural calculations should be shown in MPa or kPa.

2. Metric units used specifically for structural engineering are:


Mass metric ton (1000 kg) t

Mass per unit length kilogram/meter kg/m

Mass per unit area kilograms/sq meter kg/m2

Mass density Kilograms/cubic meter kg/m3

Force newton N kilonewton kN

Force per unit length newtons/meter N/m

kilonewtons/meter kN/m

Pressure, stress, Modulus of elasticity

pascal Pa

kilopascal kPa

Bending moment, torque, moment of force

newton meter Nm




STANDARDS


kilonewton meter kNm

Moment of mass kilogram meter kgm

Moment of inertia millimeters to the fourth power

mm4

Section modulus cubic millimeters mm3

3. Structural Engineering Conversion Factors:

From Inch-

Quantity Pound Units To SI Units Multiply by

Mass kip metric ton 0.453592

Mass/unit length plf kg/m 1.48816

Mass/unit area psf kg/m2 4.88243

Mass density pcf kg/m3 16.0185

Force lb N 4.44822 kip kN 4.44822

Force/unit length plf N/m 14.5939 klf kN/m 14.5939

Pressure, stress, modulus of elasticity psf Pa 47.8803 ksf kPa 47.8803

psi kPa 6.89476

ksi Mpa 1.35582

Bending moment, torque, moment of force ft-lb Nm 1.35582 ft-kip kNm 1.35582

Moment of mass lbft kgm 0.138255

Moment of inertia in4 mm4 416231




STANDARDS


Section modulus in3 mm3 16387.064

D. Mechanical Engineering:

1. General metric rules for mechanical engineering:

a. Joule (J) is the unit for energy, work and quantity of heat. It is equal to a newton meter (Nm) and a watt second (Ws). It replaces a large number of inch-pound units.

b. Watt (W) is both the inch-pound and metric unit for power and heat flow. It replaces horsepower, foot pound- force per hour, Btu per hour, calorie per minute, and ton of refrigeration.

c. Moisture movement is expressed by the terms "vapor permanence" and "vapor permeability".

d. The inch-pound unit "perm" continues to represent the degree of retardation of moisture movement. The lower the value, the greater the retardation.

2. Metric units used specifically for mechanical engineering are:


Capacity liter L

Airflow velocity meter/second m/s

Volume flow milliliter/second mL/s liter/second L/s

Temperature degree Celsius °C

Force newton, kilonewton N, kN

Pressure pascal Pa kilopascal kPa

Energy, work kilojoule, megajoule kJ, Mj

Rate of heat flow watt, kilowatt W, kW




STANDARDS


Heat release kilowatt/square meter kW/m

Steam flow rate kilogram/second kg/s gram/second g/s

Heat flux density watt/square meter W/m2

Mass density kilogram/cubic meter kg/m3

Thermal conductivity watt/meter*kelvin W/(m*K)

Thermal conductance watt/square meter*kelvin W/(m2*K)

Thermal resistivity meter*kelvin/watt (m*K)/W

Thermal resistance square meter*kelvin/watt (m2*K)/W

Specific volume cubic meter/kilogram m3/kg

Rotational frequency revolution/minute rpm

Heating value, solid or liquid

megajoule/kilogram MJ/kg

Heating value, gas megajoule/cubic meter MJ/m3

3. Mechanical Engineering Conversion Factors:


Power ton (refig) kW 3.517 hp (electric) kW 0.745700 Btu/h W 0.293071 boiler hp kW 9.81

Heat flux Btu/(h*ft2) W/m2 3.1545913

Rate of heat flow Btu/h W 0.2930711

Thermal conductivity (k value) (Btu*in)/(ft2*h*ΕF) W /(m*K) 0.1442275

Thermal conductance(U value) Btu/(ft2*h*ΕF) W/(m2*K) 5.678263

Thermal resistivity 7 value)

(ft2*h*ΕF)/ (Btu*in) (m*K)/W 6.933464




STANDARDS


Thermal Resistance 7 value)

(ft2*h*ΕF)/ Btu (m2*K)/W 0.17611

Specific heat capacity, specific enthrophy Btu/(lb*ΕF) kJ/(kg*K) 4.1868

Specific energy, latent heat

Btu/lb kJ/kg 2.326

Volume rate of flow cfh, ft3/h mL/s 7.866 cfs, ft3/s L/s 28.3168

Steam rate of flow lb/h g/s 0.126 lb/h kg/s 0.000126

Gas rate of flow cfh, ft3/h mL/s 7.866 cfm, ft3/min L/s 0.4719474

Velocity, speed fpm, ft/min m/s 0.00508 fps, ft/s m/s 0.3048

Temperature ΕF ΕC 5/9(degF-32)

Energy, work, quantity of heat kWh MJ 3.6 Btu kJ 1.055056

ftlb J 1.35582

Liquid rate of flow gpm L/s 0.0631 gph mL/s 1.05

Pressure psi kPa 6.895 Inch water Pa 248.8 Inch water/100 ft pipe Pa/m 8.163 Foot water kPa 2.99 Foot water/100 ft pipe kPa/m 0.0981

E. Electrical Engineering:

1. General metric rules for electrical engineering:

a. Candela (cd) is the unit for luminous intensity. It replaces candle and candlepower.




STANDARDS

b. Lux (lx) is the unit for illuminance. It replaces lumen per square foot and footcandle.

c. Luminance is expressed in candela per square meter (cd/m2). It replaces candela per square foot, footlambert and lambert.

2. Units used specifically for electrical engineering:


Frequency hertz Hz

Power watt, kilowatt W, kW

Energy kilowatt hour kWh

Electric current ampere A

Electric potential volt, kilovolt V, kV

Resistance ohm ohm

Luminous intensity candela cd

Luminance candela/square meter cd/m Luminous flux lumen lm

Illuminance lux lx

3. There are no unit value changes for electrical engineering except for illuminance and luminance. The units are neither English "inch pound" nor metric, but rather are the same value for each system.

Quantity IP units SI units Value

Power, radiant flux W W 1 (same unit)

Frequency Hz Hz 1 (same unit)

Electric current A A 1 (same unit)

Electric potential V V 1 (same unit)

Resistance ohm ohm 1 (same unit)

Luminous intensity cd cd 1 (same unit)

Luminous flux lm lm 1 (same unit)

4. Electrical Engineering Conversion Factors:

From Inch-




STANDARDS

Quantity Pound Units To SI Units Multiply by

Luminance lambert kcd/m 3.18301 cd/ft cd/m 10.7539 footlambert cd/m 3.42626

Illuminance footcandle lx 10.7639

1.4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

A. Scales:

1. All drawings are produced with metric drawing scales which are expressed in non-dimensional ratios.

2. There are nine (9) preferred base scales: 1:1 (full size), 1:5, 1:10, 1:20, 1:50, 1:100, 1:200, 1:500, 1:1000.

3. Three others have limited usage: 1:2 (half size), 1:25, 1:250.

4. Floor plans are generally drawn at 1:100 which is similar to 1/8" scale.

B. Dimensioning:

1. Only one unit of measurement is used on the drawings for all disciplines except civil engineering. Dimensioning on the Construction Documents will be in millimeters (mm). Use of millimeters is consistent with how dimensions are specified in major building codes.

2. There will not be any dual dimensioning.

3. For civil drawings only, dimensions will be stated in meters (m), expressed to the third decimal where required.

4. Centimeters are not used for dimensioning.

5. On the drawings the unit symbol is eliminated and only an explanatory note such as "All dimensions are shown in millimeters" or "All dimensions are shown in meters," is provided.

6. Whole numbers always indicate millimeters; decimal numbers taken to three (3) places always indicate meters.

C. Metric Module:

ADD TO AND ALTER WEAPONS RELEASE B805 CRWU 019119



STANDARDS

1. A metric module can be used to facilitate drawings and dimensioning. Where modules are used, the recommended basic metric module is 100 mm, which is similar to the 4-inch module used in building construction. Acceptable multi-modules and sub-modules may be 6000, 3000, 1200, 600, 300, 100, 50, 25, 20, and 10.

D. Specifications:

1. For Specifications: The dimensional references will be stated in metric, in millimeters (mm), with no dual dimensioning.

2. Domestically produced hard metric products will be specified to the maximum extent feasible. In the event a product is not available domestically in hard metric sizes, a non-metric sized product may be specified, and its data will be soft converted to a metric equivalent.

E. Submittals:

1. For Shop Drawings: Manufacturers are required to submit all product data and shop drawings using metric units. Product literature and engineering data shall be provided with metric dimensions. It is acceptable if product data contains dual dimensions. Shop Drawings must be dimensioned in feet/inches and millimeters.

END OF SECTION


024116-1 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

SECTION 024116 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Demolition and removal of buildings and site improvements. 2. Removing below-grade construction. 3. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities. 4. Salvaging items for reuse by Contracting Officer.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Specifications 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal" for

recycling and disposal of nonhazardous demolition wastes and for removal and storage of refrigerant.

3. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade site improvements not part of building demolition.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Demolish: Completely remove and legally dispose of off-site.

B. Recycle: Recovery of demolition waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

C. Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Contracting Officer ready for reuse. Include fasteners or brackets needed for reattachment elsewhere.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other



items of interest or value to the Contracting Officer that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of the Contracting Officer.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Contracting Officer.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.

B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit informational report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

1. Adjacent Buildings: Detail special measures proposed to protect adjacent buildings to remain.

C. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of demolition work, with starting and ending dates for each activity.

2. Temporary interruption of utility services. 3. Shutoff and capping of utility services.

D. Building Demolition Plans: Drawings indicating the following:

1. Locations of temporary protection and means of egress for adjacent occupied buildings.

E. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to the Contracting Officer prior to start of demolition.

F. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by building demolition operations. Comply with Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before the Work begins.

G. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.




A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

D. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to building demolition including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. 3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of

demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review and finalize protection requirements. 5. Review procedures for noise control and dust control. 6. Review procedures for protection of adjacent buildings. 7. Review items to be salvaged and returned to the Contracting Officer.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of the Work.

B. Buildings immediately adjacent to demolition area will be occupied. Conduct building demolition so operations of occupied buildings will not be disrupted.

1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent occupied buildings.

2. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings.

a. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.

C. The Contracting Officer assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished.

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by the Contracting Officer as far as practical.

2. Before building demolition,



a. the Contracting Officer has removed all items needed

D. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use and is included in this specification. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present.

1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

3. Environmental assessment of Building 1606 to be demolished is included at the end of this specification section.

E. On-site storage or sale of removed items or materials is not permitted.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with the Contracting Officer’s base operations and operations of adjacent occupied buildings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION CONTRACTORS

A. Qualified Demolition Contractor:

1. Contractor should be able to demonstrate that they have completed similar demolition work in the previous years.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting demolition operations.

B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by



salvage operations. Comply with Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation."

D. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction before starting demolition.

B. Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving buildings and structures to be demolished.

1. The Contracting Officer will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.

2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If removal, relocation, or abandonment of utility services will affect adjacent

occupied buildings, then provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures.

4. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Existing Utilities: Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing.

D. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition.

E. Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:

1. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to the Contracting Officer. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during demolition operations. Maintain exits from existing buildings.



B. Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services to remain and protect from damage during demolition operations.

1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to the Contracting Officer and authorities having jurisdiction.

a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to occupants of affected buildings if shutdown of service is required during changeover.

C. Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

1. Protect adjacent buildings and facilities from damage due to demolition activities.

2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around

perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 4. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury

to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 5. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building

demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures.

6. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations.

7. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust, noise, and dirt migration to occupied portions of adjacent buildings.

D. Remove temporary barriers and protections where hazards no longer exist. Where open excavations or other hazardous conditions remain, leave temporary barriers and protections in place.

3.5 DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish indicated existing buildings completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

2. Maintain fire watch during and for at least (four) 4 hours after flame cutting operations.

3. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 4. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as

not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.



B. Engineering Surveys: During demolition, perform surveys to detect hazards that may result from building demolition activities.

C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from the Contracting Officer and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

D. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.

3.6 DEMOLITION BY MECHANICAL MEANS

A. Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

B. Remove debris from elevated portions of the building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

1. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to minimize ground impact and dust generation.

C. Salvage: Items to be salvaged are indicated by COR.

D. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction.

1. Remove below-grade construction, including basements, foundation walls, and footings, completely.

E. Existing Utilities at Demolition Site: 1. Abandon existing utilities and below-grade utility structures. Cut utilities

flush with grade outside the footprint of the facility. 2. Ensure utilities are inactive before demolition. 3. Reroute existing utilities or protect in place during demolition.

F. Existing Utilities at New Construction: 1. Demolish existing utilities and below-grade utility structures that are within 4

feet outside footprint indicated for new construction. Abandon utilities outside this area unless noted otherwise.

2. Reroute existing utilities as shown on Construction Documents



3. Fill abandoned utility structures with satisfactory soil materials 4. Piping: Disconnect piping at unions, flanges valves or fittings. 5. Wiring Ducts: Disassemble into unit lengths and remove plug-in and

disconnecting devices.

3.7 SITE RESTORATION

A. Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from building demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."

B. Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.

3.8 REPAIRS

A. Promptly repair damage to adjacent buildings caused by demolition operations.

3.9 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site. See Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal" for recycling and disposal of demolition waste.

B. In the event that the demolition option is awarded, additional materials and resources LEED points may be available.

C. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent

surfaces and areas.

D. Do not burn demolished materials.

3.10 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION